Quarterlytics / Industrials / Industrial - Distribution / Fastenal

Fastenal

fast · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker fast
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Industrial - Distribution
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · Fastenal
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2023

ANNUAL REPORT

2023ANNUAL REPORT9706863 2023 Annual Report | JP 2.24 | Printed in the USACONTENTSTable of1-3Letters to Shareholders and Employees4-510-Year Selected  Financial Data and Financial Highlights6Stock and  Financial Data7Stock Performance Highlights8Creating Value and Measuring the ImpactInside Back CoverDirectors | Executive Officers | Corporate Information2023 ANNUAL REPORTThis core model is supported by a range of high-touch services and high-tech solutions to help customers solve problems and gain efficiencies. High-Tech Solutions•  Mobile apps – simplifying ordering and other processes•  FAST360° – tools to visualize inventory locations and status•  Trajectory – tracking how vended products are used in the business•  FASTCribSM – software to manage requisitions, inventory, and assets•  eProcurement Integration – automating processes while improving accuracy and visibilityHigh-Touch Services •  620+ supply chain professionals(4) including 130+ on the ground in Asia•  Approximately 90% of product tonnage is transported between our hubs and our in-market locations via our captive logistics fleet•  420M products made, modified, or maintained by our manufacturing and industrial services teams•  580+ subject matter specialists (e.g., Lean, safety, engineering, metalworking)23,201 employees71% directly serve our customers874,000+ Fastenal School  of Business trainings completedIt starts with a simple premise: great people, close to the customer, with a passion for learning and growth.In our industry, there’s generally a trade-off between service and scope. On one end of the  spectrum are small distributors who offer local service but limited technology and geographic reach. On the other end are large suppliers with strong eCommerce platforms and national reach but limited local service. In this landscape, Fastenal stands apart in our ability to support customers  with local service, comprehensive technology, and consistent capabilities on a global scale.The goal is to help organizations reduce cost, risk, and growth constraints in their supply chains. The result: an opportunity for our customers to reduce their total cost of ownership for products purchased from Fastenal by an average of 21.2% (learn more on pg. 8).These Fastenal Managed Inventory (FMI®) programs represented 40.3% of total sales in 2023.95% of total revenue comes from customers utilizing more than one of our sales channels and tools, with 74% of total revenue coming from customers utilizing four or more.(3)Our local team operates in 3,419 in-market selling locations across 25 countries.64% of our $1.5B in inventory is staged locally or within customer sites for same-day access.1,597 public branches1,822 Onsite locationsOur local service is enhanced by a variety of technology solutions.56.1% of our total revenue flows through this “Digital Footprint.”(1)113,138 weighted FASTBin/FASTVend installations (MEUs(2))MOVING FORWARD IN OUR ESG JOURNEYIn the latter part of 2022, we achieved third-party certification to the ISO 45001 occupational health and safety management standard, the ISO/IEC 27001 information security management standard, and the ISO 14001 environmental management standard – all reflecting our core commitment to being a safe, secure, and sustainable organization.Having completed an ESG materiality assessment in late 2022, we began 2023 by road-mapping our ESG strategy and building out our internal ESG Community of Practice to promote structured cross-departmental collaboration. In Q4 2023, we completed a scope 3 materiality assessment to broaden our understanding of our carbon inventory and guide future efforts to reduce our environmental impact.As a result of our efforts and improved reporting on ESG matters, we received the 2023 Sustainability Award from Business Intelligence Group and made Newsweek’s 2024 list of America’s Greenest Companies. We finished the year by being awarded a silver medal from EcoVadis, signifying that our sustainability performance ranks in the top 25% of all companies in all industries assessed by EcoVadis.Scan below to learn more about our ESG programs and progress.FASTVend™Providing secure access and usage tracking close to the point of use in a customer’s facility.FASTBin™Point-of-use devices with embedded technology providing a 24/7 sightline to the customer’s current inventory state.FASTStockSMUsing mobile technology  to illuminate inventory and simplify replenishment.eCommerceImproves the efficiency of procurement/purchasing processes. Represented 23.6% of total sales in 2023 vs. 8.4% in 2019.(1)   Our Digital Footprint is a combination of our sales through FMI Technology (FASTStock, FASTBin, and FASTVend) plus that portion of our eCommerce sales that do not represent billings of FMI services.(2)   Machine Equivalent Units (MEUs).  (3)   Sales channels and tools include branch, Onsite, FMI, national accounts, and web. (4)   Includes individuals specializing in the following: sourcing, quoting, purchasing, supplier development and operations, compliance, and logistics.Annual  MeetingThe annual meeting of shareholders will be at 10:00 a.m., Central Daylight Time, on Thursday, April 25, 2024, at the Remlinger Muscle Car Museum located at 3560 Service Drive, Winona, Minnesota.Home OfficeFastenal Company2001 Theurer BoulevardWinona, Minnesota 55987-0978Phone: 507-454-5374  I  Fax: 507-453-8049Legal  CounselFaegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLPMinneapolis, MinnesotaForm  10-KA copy of our 2023 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is available without charge to shareholders upon written request to Investor Relations at the address of our home office listed on this page. Copies of our latest press releases, unaudited supplemental company information, and monthly sales information are available at: https://investor.fastenal.com.IndependentRegistered PublicAccounting FirmKPMG LLPMinneapolis, MinnesotaTransfer AgentEquiniti Trust Company, LLCMendota Heights, MinnesotaCorporate InformationExecutive OfficersDirectorsChair of the Board; Retired President of North America Surface Transportation Division, C.H. Robinson Worldwide, Inc.Director since 2009SCOTT A. SATTERLEEExecutive Vice President, Strategic Planning, Ecolab Inc. (global water, hygiene, and infection prevention solutions provider)Director since 2020HSENGHUNG SAM HSUChief Executive Officer of M.A. Mortenson Company (family-owned construction company)Director since 2016DANIEL L. JOHNSONChief Financial Officer, First Citizens Bank (Iowa community bank)Director since 2021SARAH N. NIELSENSenior Vice President of Global Supply Chain and Logistics, Target Corporation (multi-category retailer)Director since 2023IRENE A. QUARSHIERetired Senior Executive  Vice President - Human Resources, Fastenal CompanyDirector since 2000REYNE K. WISECUPRetired Senior Executive Vice President - Operations,  Fastenal CompanyDirector since 2019NICHOLAS J. LUNDQUISTVice President and Chief Financial Officer, A.L.M. Holding Company (construction and energy company)Director since 2009MICHAEL J. ANCIUSPresident of the Aftermarket, Parts, Garments, and Accessories Division of Polaris Inc. (recreational vehicle manufacturer)Director since 2015STEPHEN L. EASTMANPresident and Chief Executive Officer, Fastenal CompanyDirector since 2016DANIEL L. FLORNESSPresident and Chief Executive OfficerEmployee since 1996DANIEL L. FLORNESSExecutive Vice President - Chief Accounting Officer and TreasurerEmployee since 1994SHERYL A. LISOWSKISenior Executive  Vice President - SalesEmployee since 1999CHARLES S. MILLERExecutive Vice President -  Human ResourcesEmployee since 2015NOELLE OASSenior Executive  Vice President -  Information TechnologyEmployee since 1993JOHN L. SODERBERGChief Sales OfficerEmployee since 1996JEFFERY M. WATTSExecutive Vice  President - OperationsEmployee since 2003ANTHONY P. BROERSMAExecutive Vice  President - SalesEmployee since 1995WILLIAM J. DRAZKOWSKIExecutive Vice President - ManufacturingEmployee since 1992JAMES C. JANSENSenior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial OfficerEmployee since 2016HOLDEN LEWISSelf-Employed Business Consultant; Retired Corporate Vice President and Chief Information Officer of Cargill, IncorporatedDirector since 2012RITA J. HEISESometimes the best insight into an organization is to understand how they think about themselves (versus the image they present to the outside world).  We have always operated under the premise there is no façade, and we openly share ourselves (warts included). To that end, we started sharing a section from the Blue Team Report, our internal annual report to employees, several years ago. Page three includes the lead-in letter from the current report.The Fastenal culture could be characterized as a “glass half-full” mindset or, stated more directly, a “group of pragmatic optimists.” One of the goals in writing this year’s letter to employees, and in sharing some insight into our January 2024 earnings call, was to remind us of the work we’ve completed and to use this reminder as a means to shed some of the unneeded baggage that may have come along for the ride. Another goal was simply to reset our view towards our opportunity – a big market in need of a great supply chain partner like Fastenal. Shifting gears to our message to you, our valued shareholders, here are three items which were either noted in the earnings call or are relevant to a discussion about 2023 (and beyond). First, our global footprint has evolved. In 2022, our total international business exceeded $1 billion for the first time.  In 2023, our international business in just the Americas exceeded $1 billion for the first time. This business is primarily in Canada and Mexico, and it’s operated with locally grown talent. Our international business outside the Americas continues to progress, and today we think of it as a $200-million business poised for the future.At this size, the depth of employee talent is large enough to benefit from an increase in investment. The first step to this increased investment involved splitting our international business into two pieces – Americas (outside the United States) and Eurasia (Europe and Asia). We then elevated two successful international leaders to lead these new business units.  Next, we challenged everyone within our supporting infrastructure, which is primarily United States-based, to spend some time traveling internationally and to actively invest more time and attention to helping their “international cousins.” Our international business units represent about 17% of our revenue and should receive at least 17% of our attention. Build for the future!Second, we completed a large-scale multi-year branch optimization initiative in the United States, and to a lesser degree in Canada, which began a decade ago (and which occurred largely unnoticed).  As highlighted in our January 2024 earnings call, our United States and Canada branch network peaked in 2013 at just over 2,600 locations. In 2013 and 2014, we had a slight reduction because we weren’t pushing the team to open branches. During this time, we also gained momentum with the expansion of our Onsite locations (the subset of our business dedicated to one customer versus a local market). There was a separate component of our business also gaining momentum: our industrial vending business (a service channel we now refer to as FASTVend, a subset of Fastenal Managed Inventory, or FMI). Since 2015, our local sales leadership actively contracted their branch network. To assist, we provided our district managers with a 10,000-foot view of the marketplace.  (As noted, much of the reduction occurred in the United States. This subset represented about  2,400 of our 2,600 United States and Canadian locations a decade ago.) At our peak United States branch count, we estimate we were within a 30-minute drive of about 95% of the United States manufacturing marketplace.  At today’s count of 1,441, we believe we still have 30-minute access to roughly 93.5% of the U.S. manufacturing marketplace (with a similar presence in Canada) based on our prior analysis of a target branch count of 1,450. The contraction lowered our occupancy expense in the field and was a necessary part of our Onsite expansion; however, the work of consolidating and relocating also distracted our local team. It’s nice to have this distraction behind us.The branch optimization initiative was a major undertaking, but we believe the most significant change of the last decade is our expanded Onsite location network. (See the chart on the following page, which was previously provided in our January 2024 earnings call flip book.)The best way to think of our Onsite network is a business model adaptation that enhances our ability to pursue the total addressable market. In full disclosure, the Onsite network encompasses three main variations: (1) a dedicated business unit with people and inventory primarily placed in the customer’s facility, (2) a dedicated business unit with people and inventory primarily placed in a facility located near the customer site, or (3) a dedicated business unit primarily located in the back of an existing Fastenal branch.  The latter two types are usually a result of a customer’s lack of space for us in their facility.  We prefer option one but will adjust to any of the three.The evolution of our branch and Onsite network unlocks our energy to pursue by freeing up time for greater engagement with our customers. It also allows us to lower our cost structure. The former is about inquiry and customer service, and the latter is about expanding the basket of products (or customer needs) available to us based on situational economics. (The operational efficiency of the Onsite model allows us to do and supply things for our customers that traditionally would not have been cost-effective.)Here is an example of the impact based on four of our oldest markets (Minnesota, Wisconsin, Iowa, and Illinois). These four U.S. states represented about 19% of our global revenue in 2007 (our 40th year as a business).  From 2007 to 2017, our revenue in this geography had a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 5.7%, and our pre-tax earnings had a CAGR of 5.6%.  In 2023, these four American states represented about 15% of our global revenue; and from 2017 to 2023, this revenue expanded to a CAGR of 8.2%, while our pre-tax earnings expanded to an 8.5% CAGR. Simply put, our local team enhanced our ability to grow in a very mature market by changing their approach.  Part of the change involved reducing the number of branch locations in these four states by almost 30% versus a decade ago while expanding the Onsite location count roughly seven-fold. In these four states, our Onsite business grew from about 18% of revenue to about 46%.  If we want to be more wonky on the view and look at our six oldest metropolitan markets touching these four states (Minneapolis, Madison, Milwaukee, Omaha, Des Moines, and Chicago), a similar story emerges. The branch count drop is slightly greater than 30%, and the Onsite count expansion is more pronounced, with a greater than 10-fold increase. Similarly, our CAGR for revenue and pre-tax earnings expanded, and the percent of our business operated through an Onsite expanded.THANK YOU For Being a Shareholder of FastenalDan FlornessPresident & Chief Executive Officer2023 ANNUAL REPORT1 Again, the details are a little wonky, but the point is simple: The Blue Team in these markets challenged the status quo, redefined their approach, and improved an already-great business. I believe this enhances our future potential in every market in which we operate. Time will demonstrate if this belief is correct.The third and final item is our operating cash flow – i.e., the Net cash provided by operating activities line in our cash flow statement (and the ultimate health of a business’ long-term potential). The improvement to operating cash flow we enjoyed in the fourth quarter of 2022 continued in 2023. For background, during 2021 and most of 2022, we dramatically increased our inventory to support our customers in a period plagued by global supply bottlenecks. As conditions started to improve in late 2022, we started to unwind this inventory expansion. Given the cash flow dynamics of a distribution business, this unwind dramatically improved our operating cash flow.This cash belongs to you – thank you for giving us the opportunity to use it over the last several years to support our customers.  The cash was sent to you in the form of a supplemental dividend paid in December 2023, the fourth such supplemental dividend in our history. (The other three were explained in greater detail in last year’s letter to shareholders.)  Rest assured, this supplemental dividend is a statement about confidence in the business, not about opportunities to invest.We believe our ability to generate cash in the future, and our ability to supplement available cash with debt if needed (given our conservative balance sheet), will allow us to invest in opportunities as we continue our pursuit of Growth Through Customer Service.Good luck in 2024, and thank you for your belief in the Blue Team at Fastenal.Go Blue!DANIEL L. FLORNESSPresident and Chief Executive Officer•Total in-market(1) locations were 3,419 at the end of 4Q23, up 3.4% from 3,306 at 4Q22. Our total in-market location count continues to grow due to a rising installed base of Onsites. In 2015, Onsites constituted 9.1% of our in-market locations; in 2023, they were 53.3%.•Our Onsite business began with a customer request 20+ years ago. Over time, this morphed into our Onsite business model. This prompted us to revisit our branch network density, which we began to reduce in 2013.•Over the last several years we have stated our U.S./Canada network would likely trend toward 1,450 traditional branches. We ended 2023 with 1,441 branches in the U.S./Canada markets and believe our branch count will remain between 1,400 and 1,500.•At our peak United States branch count in 2013, we believe we had 30-minute access to 95.0% of the U.S. manufacturing base. Based on prior analysis of a target branch count of 1,450, we believe we still have 30-minute access to roughly 93.5% of the U.S. manufacturing base.  GETTING CLOSER TO THE CUSTOMER55(1) In-market locations include traditional branches, international branches, and OnsitesU.S. & Canada BranchesAll Other Branches & Onsites2010201120122013201420152016201720182019202020212022202305001,0001,5002,0002,5003,0003,5004,000In-Market Location CountYOY Change20132014201520162017201820192020202120222023U.S. & Canada Branches 0.9%  (2.3%)  (0.7%)  (5.1%)  (5.0%)  (7.1%)  (5.7%)  (6.1%)  (11.7%)  (7.2%)  (6.3%) All Other Branches & Onsites 19.1%  276.5%  17.4%  40.8%  40.7%  41.5%  22.7%  13.1%  11.5%  13.9%  11.9% Combined 1.3%  6.1%  1.2%  0.6%  2.9%  4.5%  3.4%  1.2%  (1.8%)  3.0%  3.4% 2 AN EXCERPT FROM THE  2023 BLUE TEAM REPORTHarnessing OurSUPERPOWERYou could write a book on what’s special within Fastenal. Come to think of it, Bob Kierlin already did – it’s titled The Power of Fastenal People. It’s an interesting read, and I would highly recommend it. Even if you’ve read it before, a refresher never hurts. To be honest, every employee in Fastenal (me included) would have been well served to have read it in 2022 and in 2023. It would have reminded us how important it is to (1) support each other and (2) stay focused on our common goal. As it turned out, we wavered on both fronts, and as a result, we underperformed in both years.It wasn’t as obvious in 2022. The global economy was mending from the pandemic, supply chains were constrained, and inflation was running hot. Our strength in supply chain really shined through, and we grew well; however, under the surface we knew we were losing something. We started to forget about our priorities and purpose, and we became a bit too focused on ourselves. As 2023 progressed, it became apparent, and then a weaker global marketplace amplified the problem.There’s a quote credited to Winston Churchill from the World War II era, and it goes something like this: “You can always count on the Americans to do the right thing – after they’ve tried everything else.” I’m not sure why this quote popped into my head, but it seemed to aptly describe the Blue Team’s approach to 2023. The good news: After some soul searching and structural changes, we’ve progressed from “tried everything else” to “do the right thing,” which for us means refocusing on our core strengths as an organization.Fastenal has a superpower. I believe the essence of this power can be summarized as our ability to find great people, ask them to join, and give them a reason to stay. In an era when it’s easy to find differences and separation, we excel at the opposite, and the members of the Blue Team cherish the unique humanness in each other. We also care enough to push each other to learn, to change, and to grow; and this creates a winning culture. Yes, we sometimes drive each other crazy with our speed of change, but that’s okay – our customers like this about us. We harness this superpower every day by remembering some simple truths:1.  Get everyone pursuing a common goal and you can accomplish great things.  2. Understand our obligations to each other.3. Goals matter!The first truth is about our desire to deliver great customer service, knowing the market’s reward for this service is growth. As alluded to above, we lost sight of this truth in 2022 and 2023. In 2024, our common goal is serving the customer well. Fortunately, our motto is easy to remember: Growth Through Customer Service.The second truth is understanding our obligations to each other. We directly serve our customers through the local Blue Team in our branch and Onsite network. Everyone else provides the assist by focusing on helping the local Blue Team. This keeps it simple, and we find success together.If you listen to our quarterly earnings calls, you might have been taken aback by the bluntness in our January 18th call. Don’t get me wrong, we provided some context by discussing the weak economy: 14 consecutive months of economic contraction in the manufacturing sector, as indicated by a sub-50 Purchasing Managers’ Index (PMI), the longest period of contraction since the Great Recession. But we spent more time discussing our poor execution and the steps taken to address the problem.On this and on earlier calls we spoke about some needed course corrections, and about asking some people to step into new roles. We also spoke about the positives – our success with FMI, our celebration of 20 years in China (and my recent visit to the Blue Team there to recognize the milestone), and our upcoming ten-year celebration in India. If the schedule works out, I hope to visit our Blue Team in India later this year.Speaking of new roles, Jeff Watts (who was promoted to chief sales officer in 2023) laid out three simple concepts for 2024 when he spoke at our recent Employee Expo: (1) Alignment – working together toward a common goal, (2) Accountability – embracing a culture of ownership, and (3) Execution – translating plans into action. The concepts are simple and direct.As we move into 2024, I’m excited by what I see:  We are focused on our strength: driving planned/managed spend.  We are acknowledging and addressing our deficiencies: improving our capabilities around unplanned/unmanaged spend. This includes addressing weakness in our eCommerce capabilities and creating PO automation to simplify daily processes. We’re also improving our knowledge capabilities (i.e., IT/data capabilities) to view our business through a holistic “customer” lens versus an individual “account” lens.  We have a clear sales focus: Target 5, Onsite growth, FMI, and the Customer Solutions Consultant (CSC) program. We’ve also simplified the language we use to describe our diverse customer base: “contract” and “non-contract” customers.Earlier I mentioned a recent trip to China (so recent I’m still experiencing a bit of jet lag). There were many highlights from the trip – meeting the team in person, seeing their facilities and how they support their local customers and their Blue Team cousins across the globe, spending time with a long-term supplier. However, what stood out to me is the number of people recognized for five, ten, fifteen, and twenty years of service. We are still a very young organization in China, and it’s amazing how many people have decided to make Fastenal a career.As always, good luck in 2024 … and GO BLUE!DANIEL L. FLORNESSPresident and Chief Executive Officer2023 ANNUAL REPORT3 Operating Results2023% Change202220212020201920182017201620152014Net sales$7,346.75.2%$6,980.6$6,010.9 $5,647.3$5,333.7$4,965.1$4,390.5$3,962.0$3,869.2$3,733.5Gross profit$3,354.54.3%3,215.82,777.2 2,567.82,515.42,398.92,163.61,964.81,948.9 1,897.4   % of net sales45.7%46.1%46.2%45.5%47.2%48.3%49.3%49.6%50.4%50.8%Operating income$1,528.75.2%1,453.61,217.41,141.81,057.2999.2881.8795.8828.8787.6  % of net sales20.8%20.8%20.3%20.2%19.8%20.1%20.1%20.1%21.4%21.1%Net earnings$1,155.06.3%1,086.9925.0 859.1 790.9751.9578.6499.4516.4 494.2   % of net sales15.7%15.6%15.4%15.2%14.8%15.1%13.2%12.6%13.3%13.2%Basic net earnings per share$2.026.7%1.891.611.501.381.311.000.860.890.83Basic weighted average shares outstanding571.3-0.4%573.8574.8573.8573.2573.9576.4577.9582.9593.0Diluted net earnings per share$      2.026.7%1.891.601.491.381.311.000.860.880.83Diluted weighted average shares outstanding (1)573.0-0.5%575.6577.1575.7574.4574.3576.7578.3584.1594.6Dividends and Common  Stock Purchase Summary2023% Change202220212020201920182017201620152014Cash dividends paid$1,016.842.9%$711.3$643.7 $803.4$498.6$441.9$369.1$346.6$327.1$296.6   % of net earnings88.0%65.4%69.6%93.5%63.0%58.8%63.8%69.4%63.3%60.0%Cash dividends paid per share $1.7843.5%1.241.121.400.870.770.640.600.560.50Purchases of common stock$--237.8-52.0 -103.082.659.5292.9 52.9  % of net earnings-21.9%-6.1%-13.7%14.3%11.9%56.7%10.7%Common stock shares purchased--5.0-1.6-4.03.83.214.22.4Average price paid per share$--47.58-$32.54 -$25.75$21.72$18.58$20.63$22.06Financial Position at Year End2023% Change202220212020201920182017201620152014Operational working capital assets  (accounts receivable, net, and inventories)$2,610.3-4.1%$2,721.2$2,423.8 $2,106.9 $2,108.1$1,993.0$1,700.7$1,492.7$1,381.6$1,331.3Net working capital (4)  (current assets less current liabilities)$2,359.61.1%2,335.02,174.4 1,886.91,912.51,878.81,584.81,445.11,291.61,207.9 Fixed capital    (property and equipment, net)$1,011.10.1%1,010.01,019.2 1,030.7 1,023.2924.8893.6899.7818.9 763.9Total assets (4)$4,462.9-1.9%4,548.64,299.0 3,964.73,799.93,321.52,910.52,668.92,532.5 2,359.1 Total debt   (current portion of debt and long-term debt)$260.0-53.2%555.0390.0405.0345.0500.0415.0390.0365.090.0Total stockholders' equity$3,348.85.9%3,163.23,042.2 2,733.22,665.62,302.72,096.91,933.11,801.3 1,915.2 Cash Flow Summary2023% Change202220212020201920182017201620152014Net cash provided by operating activities (2) $1,432.752.3%$941.0 $770.1 $1,101.8$842.7$674.2$585.2$519.9$550.3$501.5  % of net earnings124.0%86.6%83.3%128.3%106.5%89.7%101.1%104.1%106.6%101.5%Less capital expenditures, net$(160.6)-1.1%(162.4) (148.2) (157.5)(239.8)(166.8)(112.5)(183.0)(145.3)(183.7)  % of net sales2.2%2.3%2.5%2.8%4.5%3.4%2.6%4.6%3.8%4.9%Acquisitions and other $(0.6)0.0%(0.6)(0.3)(124.2)0.1(7.1)(66.8)(5.1)(35.3)(5.6)Free cash flow (3)$1,271.563.4%778.0621.6820.1603.0500.3405.9331.8369.7312.2  % of net earnings110.1%71.6%67.2%95.5%76.2%66.5%70.2%66.4%71.6%63.2%All information contained in this Annual Report reflects the 2-for-1 stock split in 2019.(1) Reflects impact of stock options issued by the company that were in-the-money and outstanding during the period.(2) Reflects the impact of Accounting Standards Update 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, adopted January 1, 2017.10-Year Selected Financial Data (AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS EXCEPT PER SHARE INFORMATION)4 Operating Results2023% Change202220212020201920182017201620152014Net sales$7,346.75.2%$6,980.6$6,010.9 $5,647.3$5,333.7$4,965.1$4,390.5$3,962.0$3,869.2$3,733.5Gross profit$3,354.54.3%3,215.82,777.2 2,567.82,515.42,398.92,163.61,964.81,948.9 1,897.4   % of net sales45.7%46.1%46.2%45.5%47.2%48.3%49.3%49.6%50.4%50.8%Operating income$1,528.75.2%1,453.61,217.41,141.81,057.2999.2881.8795.8828.8787.6  % of net sales20.8%20.8%20.3%20.2%19.8%20.1%20.1%20.1%21.4%21.1%Net earnings$1,155.06.3%1,086.9925.0 859.1 790.9751.9578.6499.4516.4 494.2   % of net sales15.7%15.6%15.4%15.2%14.8%15.1%13.2%12.6%13.3%13.2%Basic net earnings per share$2.026.7%1.891.611.501.381.311.000.860.890.83Basic weighted average shares outstanding571.3-0.4%573.8574.8573.8573.2573.9576.4577.9582.9593.0Diluted net earnings per share$      2.026.7%1.891.601.491.381.311.000.860.880.83Diluted weighted average shares outstanding (1)573.0-0.5%575.6577.1575.7574.4574.3576.7578.3584.1594.6Dividends and Common  Stock Purchase Summary2023% Change202220212020201920182017201620152014Cash dividends paid$1,016.842.9%$711.3$643.7 $803.4$498.6$441.9$369.1$346.6$327.1$296.6   % of net earnings88.0%65.4%69.6%93.5%63.0%58.8%63.8%69.4%63.3%60.0%Cash dividends paid per share $1.7843.5%1.241.121.400.870.770.640.600.560.50Purchases of common stock$--237.8-52.0 -103.082.659.5292.9 52.9  % of net earnings-21.9%-6.1%-13.7%14.3%11.9%56.7%10.7%Common stock shares purchased--5.0-1.6-4.03.83.214.22.4Average price paid per share$--47.58-$32.54 -$25.75$21.72$18.58$20.63$22.06Financial Position at Year End2023% Change202220212020201920182017201620152014Operational working capital assets  (accounts receivable, net, and inventories)$2,610.3-4.1%$2,721.2$2,423.8 $2,106.9 $2,108.1$1,993.0$1,700.7$1,492.7$1,381.6$1,331.3Net working capital (4)  (current assets less current liabilities)$2,359.61.1%2,335.02,174.4 1,886.91,912.51,878.81,584.81,445.11,291.61,207.9 Fixed capital    (property and equipment, net)$1,011.10.1%1,010.01,019.2 1,030.7 1,023.2924.8893.6899.7818.9 763.9Total assets (4)$4,462.9-1.9%4,548.64,299.0 3,964.73,799.93,321.52,910.52,668.92,532.5 2,359.1 Total debt   (current portion of debt and long-term debt)$260.0-53.2%555.0390.0405.0345.0500.0415.0390.0365.090.0Total stockholders' equity$3,348.85.9%3,163.23,042.2 2,733.22,665.62,302.72,096.91,933.11,801.3 1,915.2 Cash Flow Summary2023% Change202220212020201920182017201620152014Net cash provided by operating activities (2) $1,432.752.3%$941.0 $770.1 $1,101.8$842.7$674.2$585.2$519.9$550.3$501.5  % of net earnings124.0%86.6%83.3%128.3%106.5%89.7%101.1%104.1%106.6%101.5%Less capital expenditures, net$(160.6)-1.1%(162.4) (148.2) (157.5)(239.8)(166.8)(112.5)(183.0)(145.3)(183.7)  % of net sales2.2%2.3%2.5%2.8%4.5%3.4%2.6%4.6%3.8%4.9%Acquisitions and other $(0.6)0.0%(0.6)(0.3)(124.2)0.1(7.1)(66.8)(5.1)(35.3)(5.6)Free cash flow (3)$1,271.563.4%778.0621.6820.1603.0500.3405.9331.8369.7312.2  % of net earnings110.1%71.6%67.2%95.5%76.2%66.5%70.2%66.4%71.6%63.2%All information contained in this Annual Report reflects the 2-for-1 stock split in 2019.(1) Reflects impact of stock options issued by the company that were in-the-money and outstanding during the period.(2) Reflects the impact of Accounting Standards Update 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, adopted January 1, 2017.(3) Free cash flow is not a financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP and is reconciled to the most closely comparable GAAP measure, net cash provided by operating activities, in the chart above, with the GAAP measure presented first under “Cash Flow Summary.” We define free cash flow as net cash provided by operating activities less capital expenditures, net of proceeds from sales of property and equipment, less cash paid for acquisitions. Our management uses free cash flow as a supplemental measure in the evaluation of our business, as we believe it provides our management and our investors a meaningful evaluation of our liquidity.(4) Reflects the impact of Accounting Standards Update 2016-02, Leases, adopted January 1, 2019. Financial Highlights 2023 ANNUAL REPORT5 As of January 19, 2024, there were approximately 900 record holders of our common stock, which includes nominees or broker dealers holding stock on behalf of an estimated 662,000 beneficial owners.In 2023 and 2022, we paid dividends per share totaling $1.78 and $1.24, respectively. This included a special dividend of $0.38 per share paid in the fourth quarter of 2023, reflecting what was at the time our high cash balances, as well as our favorable outlook for future cash generation. On January 17, 2024, we announced a quarterly dividend of $0.39 per share to be paid on February 29, 2024 to shareholders of record at the close of business on February 1, 2024. Our board of directors intends to continue paying quarterly dividends; however, any future determination as to payment of dividends will depend upon the financial condition and results of operations of the company and such other factors as are deemed relevant by the board of directors.In 2023, we did not purchase any shares of our common stock. In 2022, we purchased 5,000,000 shares of our common stock at an average price of $47.58 per share.The following chart displays the daily closing sales price of our shares listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market for the last two years.2022Nasdaq: FAST2023(1)   Gross cash flow is a non-GAAP financial measure. Gross cash flow is reconciled to the most closely comparable GAAP measure, net cash provided by operating activities in the table above. Please refer to our Consolidated  Statements of Cash Flows as disclosed in our Consolidated Financial Statements on our 2023 Form 10-K for additional details.(2)  Net debt is a non-GAAP financial measure that represents proceeds from debt obligations less payments against debt obligations. Please refer to our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as disclosed in our Consolidated Financial Statements on our 2023 Form 10-K for additional details.202320222021Net cash provided by operating activities                                                         $1,432.7941.0770.1 Uses of (proceeds from) cash from changes in operating assets and liabilities(105.9)324.1318.9All other uses of (proceeds from) cash flow from operating activities,  excluding depreciation and amortization5.5(1.6)6.7Gross Cash Flow                                                                                          $1,332.31,263.51,095.7Reconciliation of Gross Cash Flow to Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities(Dollar Amounts in Millions)Uses of Gross Cash Flow (1)(Dollar Amounts in Millions)Net Debt (2)Other(all other uses or proceeds from gross cash flow)Purchases of Common StockCash Dividends PaidCapital Expenditures(purchases of property and equipment, less proceeds from sale of property and equipment)Net Working Capital(changes to operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions)202120222023($1,016.8)($318.9)$30.1($148.2)($643.7)0($15.0)($324.1)$7.1($162.4)($237.8)($711.3)$165.0($160.6)$34.2($295.0)$105.9Net Debt (2)Other(all other uses or proceeds from gross cash flow)Purchases of Common StockCash Dividends PaidCapital Expenditures(purchases of property and equipment, less proceeds from sale of property and equipment)Net Working Capital(changes to operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions)202120222023($1,016.8)($318.9)$30.1($148.2)($643.7)0($15.0)($324.1)$7.1($162.4)($237.8)($711.3)$165.0($160.6)$34.2($295.0)$105.9202320222021Stock & Financial Data 6 (1)  The share data represents past performance, which is no guarantee of future results.(2)  Unless otherwise noted, the amounts on this page are presented in whole numbers versus millions as is prevalent in the remainder of this document.Historical Stock PerformanceInitial Public Offering (IPO)On August 20, 1987 (date of our initial public offering), 1,000 shares of our stock sold for $9,000. Approximately 36 years later, on December 31, 2023, those 1,000 shares, having split eight times, had become 192,000 shares worth $12,435,840, for a gain of approximately 22.2% compounded annually. In addition, the holder of these shares would have received $2,285,664 in dividends since August 20, 1987, for a total gain of approximately 22.8% compounded annually.Ten YearsOn December 31, 2013, 1,000 shares of our stock sold for $47,500. Ten years later, on December 31, 2023, those 1,000 shares, having split once, were 2,000 shares worth $129,540, for a gain of approximately 10.6% compounded annually. In addition, the holder of these shares would have received $18,960 in dividends since December 2013, for a total gain of approximately 12.1% compounded annually.Five YearsOn December 31, 2018, 1,000 shares of our stock sold for $52,300. Five years later, on December 31, 2023, those 1,000 shares, having split once, were 2,000 shares worth $129,540, for a gain of approximately 19.9% compounded annually. In addition, the holder of these shares would have received $12,820 in dividends since December 2018, for a total gain of approximately 22.2% compounded annually.DividendsWe have paid dividends in every year since 1991, and quarterly dividends since 2011. In addition, Fastenal paid a special one-time dividend during December 2023, 2020, 2012, and 2008.A Simple PhilosophySince going public in 1987, we have maintained a consistent focus on avoiding, if feasible, the potentially dilutive impact of our activities on our shareholders. To this end, we have grown our organization principally with internal cash flow, have supported the Fastenal Company and Subsidiaries 401(k) and Employee Stock Ownership Plan with stock purchased in the open market, and, since creating a stock option program in 2003, have periodically purchased common stock in the open market to, among other things, offset the potential impact of our stock option grants. We have purchased approximately 54.4 million shares since 2003 and have granted our employees options to purchase approximately 32.4 million shares. (Note: These amounts have been adjusted to reflect the impact of stock splits.) This has allowed us to balance internal investment with cash returns to shareholders. For example, in the last five years we have enjoyed total sales of $31,319 million and total pre-tax earnings of $6,346 million. During this same time period, we spent approximately $5,636 million to compensate a group of great employees, we supported our customers’ needs by adding approximately $617 million in operational working capital assets (accounts receivable, net, plus inventory) and by spending approximately $869 million in net capital expenditures (purchases of property and equipment, net of proceeds of sales), and we returned $3,964 million to our shareholders. The latter was principally through dividends (approximately $3,674 million), with the remainder through share purchases. A final point worth noting: We are an important element of the tax base in the many communities in which we operate. During the last five years, we have incurred approximately $1,529 million in income taxes, or approximately 24.1% of the pre-tax earnings noted above, and incurred or remitted approximately $1,465 million in employment taxes, $68 million in property taxes, $1,023 million in sales, use, and value-added taxes, and $5 million in other miscellaneous business-related taxes. This adds up to a total of approximately $4.1 billion in taxes funded in our communities.1,000 shares ($9,000) invested on  August 20, 1987Value onDecember 31, 2023: $12,435,840Stock SplitStock Performance Highlights (1), (2)2023 ANNUAL REPORT7 CREATING VALUE AND MEASURING THE IMPACTAverage TCO Savings Opportunity*This is the high-level finding of a study of 445 vetted TCO Analysis exercises.Below is a look at some of the drivers behind this headline number.21.2%39% average reduction in inventory carrying cost61% average reduction  in cost associated with  material handling/distribution32% average reduction in transportation cost56% average vendor reduction36% average reduction in employee travel time47% average reduction in the cost to source products20% average consumption reduction through vendingAccepted industry average(not based on our internal study)Fastenal’s solution-based approach stems from a simple truth: Every minute or dollar our customers spend procuring, managing, owning, or accessing supplies is a minute or dollar they aren’t spending on value-creating activities. Our job is to help them minimize those sources of waste, and it often starts with a Total Cost of Ownership (TCO) Analysis. This includes (1) mapping how products are procured, moved, staged, and used in their facilities; (2) quantifying the costs surrounding those activities; and (3) presenting a tailored set of solutions to help them achieve specific TCO reduction goals for the products in scope.  *  This average TCO savings opportunity is based on an assumption of the customers’ full adoption of our suggested services and solutions. Vetted opportunities meet the following criteria: (1) the conductor of the TCO Analysis (a trained Fastenal Lean Six Sigma specialist) has confirmed the validity of the data entered; (2) 70% or more of the TCO Analysis data is customer-specific, not based on industry averages; and (3) the data was accepted/agreed upon by the customer during or after the TCO Analysis presentation.The takeaway: By helping customers operate more efficiently and productively,  our role is elevated from “supplier of products” to “strategic partner in the business.”  This focus on value creation and documentation allows us to build exceptionally  strong relationships, maintain resilient revenue streams, and widen our competitive moat.8 UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K 

(Mark One)

☒

☐

Annual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, or

Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from             to             

Commission file number 0-16125 

 FASTENAL COMPANY

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Minnesota
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

41-0948415
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

2001 Theurer Boulevard, Winona, Minnesota
(Address of principal executive offices)

55987-1500
(Zip Code)

     (507) 454-5374 
  (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Common stock, par value $.01 per share

Trading Symbol(s)
FAST

Name of each exchange on which registered
The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. 
Yes  x    No  o

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. 
Yes  o    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such 
reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.   Yes  x    No  o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted 
pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that 
the registrant was required to submit such files).   Yes  x    No  o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller 
reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer", "accelerated filer", "smaller 
reporting company", and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large Accelerated Filer

Non-accelerated Filer

x
☐

Accelerated Filer

Smaller Reporting Company

Emerging Growth Company

☐

☐

☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for 
complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management's assessment of the 
effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by 
the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.  ☒

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the 
registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based 
compensation received by any of the registrant's executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to § 240.10D-1(b). 
☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).
Yes  ☐	   No  x

The aggregate market value of the Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2023, the last business day 
of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was $33,637,970,933, based on the closing price of the registrant's 
Common Stock on that date. For purposes of determining this number, all executive officers and directors of the registrant as of 
June 30, 2023 are considered to be affiliates of the registrant. This number is provided only for the purposes of this report on Form 
10-K and does not represent an admission by either the registrant or any such person as to the status of such person.

As of January 19, 2024, the registrant had 572,232,755 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding.

FASTENAL COMPANY
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 1.

Business

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

Item 1C. Cybersecurity

Item 2.

Item 3.

Properties

Legal Proceedings

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

PART I

PART II

Page

2

15

22

23

25

26

26

Item 5. Market  for  Registrant's  Common  Equity,  Related  Stockholder  Matters,  and  Issuer  Purchases  of 

27

Equity Securities
Reserved

Item 6.
Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Item 8.

Item 9.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Item 9B. Other Information

Item 9C.  Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

PART III

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

Signatures

PART IV

28
29

50

51

70

70

71

71

71

73

73

74

74

75

77

78

 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions  of  our  Proxy  Statement  relating  to  our  2024  annual  meeting  of  shareholders  (Proxy  Statement)  are  incorporated  by 
reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K where indicated. Our Proxy Statement will be filed with the U.S. 
Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year to which this report relates. 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, or in other reports of the company and other written and oral 
statements  made  from  time  to  time  by  the  company,  do  not  relate  strictly  to  historical  or  current  facts.  As  such,  they  are 
considered 'forward-looking statements' that provide current expectations or forecasts of future events. These forward-looking 
statements  are  made  pursuant  to  the  safe  harbor  provisions  of  the  Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995.  Such 
statements can be identified by the use of terminology such as anticipate, believe, should, estimate, expect, intend, may, will, 
plan, goal, project, hope, trend, target, opportunity, and similar words or expressions, or by references to typical outcomes. Any 
statement that is not a purely historical fact, including estimates, projections, trends, and the outcome of events that have not yet 
occurred,  is  a  forward-looking  statement.  Our  forward-looking  statements  generally  relate  to  our  expectations  regarding  the 
business  environment  in  which  we  operate,  our  projections  of  future  performance  and  opportunities  for  growth  based  on 
potential  market  opportunities,  our  perceived  marketplace  opportunities,  our  strategies,  goals,  mission  and  vision,  and  our 
expectations about matters including capital expenditures, tax rates, inventory levels, liquidity, liabilities from tax positions, the 
performance of our fastener business in comparison to our non-fastener business, openings and closing of in-market locations 
and signings of Onsite locations and new machine equivalent units for Fastenal Managed Inventory (FMI) (including bin stock 
and industrial vending) and the competitive advantages they offer, our digital solutions and other product offerings (including 
new  product  lines),  national  accounts  as  a  percentage  of  overall  sales,  the  advantages  of  our  integrated  physical  and  virtual 
model, growth in safety products as a percentage of product sales, the amount of FMI revenue that we may be able to service 
through local inventory fulfillment terminals, and the ability of our competitors to replicate our distribution capabilities. You 
should understand that forward-looking statements involve a variety of risks and uncertainties, known and unknown, and may 
be affected by inaccurate assumptions. Consequently, no forward-looking statement can be guaranteed and actual results may 
vary  materially.  Factors  that  could  cause  our  actual  results  to  differ  from  those  discussed  in  the  forward-looking  statements 
include, but are not limited to, economic downturns (including economic downturns as a result of global pandemics, including 
the  COVID-19  pandemic),  weakness  in  the  manufacturing  or  commercial  construction  industries,  competitive  pressure  on 
selling prices, changes in trade policies or tariffs, changes in our current mix of products, customers, or geographic locations, 
changes  in  our  average  branch  size,  changes  in  our  purchasing  patterns,  changes  in  customer  needs,  changes  in  fuel  or 
commodity  prices,  product  and  transportation  inflation,  inclement  weather,  changes  in  foreign  currency  exchange  rates, 
difficulty  in  adapting  our  business  model  to  different  foreign  business  environments,  failure  to  accurately  predict  the  market 
potential of our business strategies, the introduction or expansion of new business strategies, increased competition (including 
with respect to our FMI or Onsite operations), difficulty in maintaining installation quality as our industrial vending business 
expands, the failure to meet our goals and expectations regarding expansion of our FMI or Onsite operations or any changes in 
branch locations, changes in the implementation objectives of our business strategies, difficulty in hiring, relocating, training, or 
retaining  qualified  personnel,  difficulty  in  controlling  operating  expenses,  difficulty  in  collecting  receivables  or  accurately 
predicting  future  inventory  needs,  changes  in  sales  trends,  changes  in  supplier  production  lead  times,  changes  in  our  cash 
position or our need to make capital expenditures, credit market volatility and increases in interest rates, changes in tax law or 
the impact of discrete items on future tax rates, changes in the availability or price of commercial real estate, changes in the 
nature, price, or availability of distribution, supply chain, or other technology (including software licensed from third parties) 
and services related to that technology, difficulty in obtaining continued business from new safety product customers and the 
acceptance by customers of any new product lines, cyber security incidents, potential liability and reputational damage that can 
arise if our products are defective, and other risks and uncertainties detailed in this Form 10-K under the heading 'Item 1A. Risk 
Factors'.  Each  forward-looking  statement  speaks  only  as  of  the  date  on  which  such  statement  is  made,  and  we  undertake  no 
obligation to update any such statement to reflect events or circumstances arising after such date.

PRESENTATION OF DOLLAR AMOUNTS

All dollar amounts in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are presented in millions, except for share and per share amounts or 
where otherwise noted. Throughout this document, percentage and dollar change calculations, which are based on non-rounded 
dollar values, may not be able to be recalculated using the dollar values in this document due to the rounding of those dollar 
values.  References  to  daily  sales  rate  (DSR)  change  may  reflect  either  growth  (positive)  or  contraction  (negative)  for  the 
applicable period. 

1

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS 

PART I

Note  –  Information  in  this  section  is  as  of  year  end  unless  otherwise  noted.  The  year  end  is  December  31,  2023  unless 
additional years are included or noted.

Overview

Fastenal Company (together with our subsidiaries, hereinafter referred to as 'Fastenal' or the company or by terms such as we, 
our,  or  us)  began  as  a  partnership  in  1967,  and  was  incorporated  under  the  laws  of  Minnesota  in  1968.  We  opened  our  first 
branch  in  1967  in  Winona,  Minnesota,  a  city  with  a  population  today  of  approximately  26,000.  We  began  with  a  marketing 
strategy  of  supplying  threaded  fasteners  to  customers  through  a  branch  network  in  small,  medium,  and,  in  subsequent  years, 
large cities. Over time, how and where we engage our customers has expanded and evolved. Today we sell a broader range of 
industrial  and  construction  supplies  spanning  more  than  nine  major  product  lines  through  a  global  network  of  in-market 
locations utilizing diverse technologies such as vending devices, bin stock devices, and eCommerce. The large majority of our 
transactions are business-to-business. We provide additional descriptions of our product lines and market channels later in this 
document. At the end of 2023, we had 3,419 in-market locations (defined in the table below) in 25 countries supported by 15 
distribution centers in North America (12 in the United States, two in Canada, and one in Mexico), and two in Europe, and we 
employed 23,201 people. We believe our success can be attributed to the high quality of our employees and their convenient 
proximity to our customers, and our ability to offer customers a full range of products and services to reduce their total cost of 
procurement.

Our Channels to Market

We  engage  our  customers  primarily  through  branch  and  Onsite  locations.  Branches  and  Onsites  exist  very  close  to  our 
customers,  usually  within  miles  in  the  case  of  the  former  and  most  often  within  or  immediately  proximate  to  our  customers' 
physical locations in the case of the latter, and together constitute our 'in-market' network. Many of our customers engage with 
us through eCommerce, but in most cases these customers are utilizing eCommerce to supplement our service through our other 
channels.

The following table shows, as of the end of each of the last 10 fiscal years, our consolidated net sales; the number of branch, 
Onsite,  and  total  in-market  locations;  their  respective  sales,  as  well  as  the  average  monthly  sales  per  location  that  were 
generated from our branch and Onsite locations; and our revenue generated from non-traditional sources:

Net sales

$ 7,346.7   6,980.6   6,010.9   5,647.3   5,333.7   4,965.1   4,390.5   3,962.0   3,869.2   3,733.5 

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

Branch locations
    Branch revenue (1)
    Average monthly sales 
per branch location (2)

Onsite locations 
    Onsite revenue (1)
    Average monthly sales 
per Onsite location (2)

Other revenue (3)

1,597    1,683    1,793    2,003    2,114    2,227    2,383    2,503    2,622    2,637 
$ 4,073.6   4,161.6   3,726.2   3,587.1   3,660.1   3,625.8   3,399.6   3,198.1   3,281.8   3,225.3 

$  207.0    199.5    163.6    145.2    140.5    131.1    116.0    104.0    104.0    101.0 
214 
$ 2,926.7   2,465.5   1,898.0   1,485.6   1,391.7   1,081.7    770.2    569.2    454.3    387.7 

1,822    1,623    1,416    1,265    1,114   

401   

264   

605   

894   

$  141.6    135.2    118.0    104.1    115.5    120.3    127.6    142.7    158.4    157.6 
$  346.4    353.5    386.7    574.6    281.9    257.6    220.7    194.7    133.1    120.5 

Total in-market locations (4)

3,419    3,306    3,209    3,268    3,228    3,121    2,988    2,904    2,886    2,851 

(1) Revenues  attributable  to  our  traditional  and  international  branch  locations  (both  of  which  are  defined  below),  and  our 

Onsite locations, respectively.

(2) Average  sales  per  month  considers  the  average  active  base  of  branches  and  Onsites,  respectively,  in  the  given  year, 
factoring  in  the  beginning  and  ending  location  count,  divided  by  total  revenues  attributable  to  our  branch  and  Onsite 
locations, respectively, further divided by 12 months. This information is presented in thousands.

(3) This  portion  of  revenue  is  generated  outside  our  traditional  in-market  locations,  examples  of  which  include  revenues 
arising from our custom in-house manufacturing, industrial services, and other non-traditional sources of revenue. In 2020, 
this included the effects of COVID-19, one response to which was substantial sales of pandemic-related products that were 
direct-shipped (versus sold through in-market locations) as a means of delivering critical supplies more quickly.
'In-market locations' is defined as the sum of the total number of branch locations and the total number of Onsite locations.

(4)

2

 
 
 
This structure has evolved over time as a result of one of Fastenal's guiding principles since inception: that we can improve our 
service  by  getting  closer  to  the  customer.  This  has  been  achieved  by  opening  branch  locations  and,  more  recently,  Onsite 
locations.  Today,  we  believe  there  are  few  companies  that  offer  our  North  American  in-market  location  coverage.  In  2023, 
roughly 52% of our sales and 51% of our in-market locations were in major Metropolitan Statistical Areas (MSAs) (populations 
in the United States and Canada greater than 500,000 people), while 21% of our sales and 19% of our in-market locations were 
in small MSAs (populations under 500,000 people), and 27% of our sales and 30% of our in-market locations were not in an 
MSA. In our view, this has proven to be an efficient means of providing customers with a broad range of products and services 
on  a  timely  basis.  Maintaining  operations  that  are  physically  proximate  to  our  customers'  operations  have  represented,  and 
continue to represent, the foundation of our service approach. 

We have two primary versions of our branch locations: 

1)  A  'traditional  branch'  typically  services  a  wide  variety  of  customers,  ranging  from  the  local  operations  of  large,  national 
account customers to smaller local businesses. Based on the unique characteristics of certain markets, some traditional branches 
will  be  structured  and  stocked  to  service  retail  customers.  Locations  are  selected  primarily  based  on  their  proximity  to  our 
distribution network and employment and production data for manufacturing and non-residential construction companies. We 
stock all branches with inventory drawn from all of our product lines and tailored by our district and branch personnel to the 
needs  of  the  local  customer  base.  Since  Fastenal's  founding  and  through  2013,  traditional  branch  openings  were  a  primary 
growth driver for the company, and we experienced net openings each year over that time span. However, new growth drivers, 
business models, and business tools have emerged and diminished the direct role of traditional branch openings in our growth. 
Traditional branches were entirely U.S.-based until 1994, when we opened our first location in Canada. At the end of 2023, we 
had 1,441 traditional branches in the United States and Canada, and they represented 51.0% of net sales.

Traditional branches are also differentiated by their operating styles. Certain locations are Customer Service Branches (CSBs), 
which tend to feature a showroom and our standard stocking model of products designed for contractors. CSBs often conduct 
some business with non-account or retail-like customers. However, this customer set typically represents less than 10% of sales 
at  this  type  of  location.  Other  locations  operate  as  Customer  Fulfillment  Centers  (CFCs),  which  tend  to  feature  a  limited 
showroom and stock customer-specific inventory. These tend to appear and function more like an industrial supply house and 
stocking location and often have fewer transactions with non-account or retail-like customers than in a CSB branch. The choice 
of  operating  style  is  made  by  local  leadership  and  is  based  on  local  market  considerations.  At  the  end  of  2023,  15%  of  our 
traditional branches operated as a CSB and 85% operated as a CFC.

2) An 'international branch' is the format we typically deploy outside the United States and Canada. We first expanded outside 
of the United States and Canada when we opened a branch in Mexico in 2001. Since then, we have continued to expand our 
global footprint, and at the end of 2023, we operated in 23 countries outside of the United States and Canada. Mexico is the 
largest of these, and we also operate in Europe, Asia, and Central and South America. Our go-to-market strategy in countries 
outside  of  the  United  States  and  Canada  focuses  primarily  on  servicing  large,  national  account  customers  disproportionately 
concentrated in manufacturing and heavily oriented toward planned fastener and non-fastener product spend. We are not as well 
recognized in many of our non-North American locations as we are in the U.S. and Canada. However, our ability to provide a 
consistent service model, including vending, bin stocks, and Onsites, on a global basis is attractive to our customer base, much 
of which are the foreign operations of North American-based companies. At the end of 2023, we had 156 international branches 
operating outside the U.S. and Canada, and they represented 4.5% of net sales.

Traditional and international branches sell to multiple customers. In each year since 2013, we have experienced a net decline in 
our total branch count, primarily due to consolidations in our U.S. market, including net declines of 86 branches in 2023. Our 
total decline since 2013 is 1,090 branches. We will continue to open traditional and international branches in accordance with 
our  overall  strategy.  We  believe  the  strategic  rationalization  that  has  produced  a  significant  decline  in  our  traditional  branch 
network  in  the  United  States  and  Canada  since  2013  is  largely  completed,  and  expect  reduced  closing  activity  beginning  in 
2024. 

Onsite locations may influence the trend in our traditional branch count over time, but have not been the primary reason for our 
traditional branch closings. The Onsite concept is not new, in that we entered into the first such arrangement in 1992. However, 
it  was  largely  a  local  option  that  grew  slowly  before  we  identified  it  as  a  growth  driver  in  2014.  We  have  made  substantial 
investments  toward  accelerating  its  traction  in  the  marketplace  since  2015.  In  this  model,  we  provide  dedicated  sales  and 
service to a single customer from a location that is physically within, or strategically proximate to, the customers' facility, with 
inventory that is specific to the customers' needs. In many cases, we are shifting revenue with the customer from an existing 
branch location, though we also see new customer opportunities arise as a result of our Onsite capabilities. The model is best 
suited for larger companies, though we believe we can provide a higher degree of service at a lower level of revenue than most 
of our competitors. It has been our experience that the sales mix at our Onsite locations typically produces a lower gross profit 
percentage  than  at  our  branch  locations,  but  we  gain  revenue  with  the  customer  and  our  cost  to  serve  is  lower.  We  have 
identified  over  12,000  manufacturing  and  construction  customer  locations  in  North  America  with  potential  to  implement  the 
Onsite  service  model.  These  include  customers  with  which  we  have  an  existing  national  account  relationship  today,  and 

3

potential  customers  we  are  aware  of  due  to  our  local  market  presence  with  which  we  do  not  have  a  meaningful  relationship 
today.  However,  as  awareness  of  our  capabilities  has  grown,  we  have  identified  additional  Onsite  potential  with  certain 
agencies of state, provincial, and local government customers, and academia. We also believe as we follow our existing national 
account  customers  outside  the  United  States,  our  market  potential  for  Onsite  solutions  will  continue  to  expand.  The 
international opportunity is substantial, but our speed is limited by our relatively underdeveloped infrastructure in comparison 
to the United States. We expect revenues from Onsite arrangements to increase meaningfully over time. We had 1,822 Onsite 
locations as of December 31, 2023, which represented 39.8% of net sales, and signed 326, 356, and 274 new Onsite locations 
(referred to herein as signings) in 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. 

The following table provides a summary of the branches and Onsite locations we operated at the end of each year, as well as the 
openings, closings, and conversions during each year:

North America

Outside North America

In-Market Locations - 12/31/21 (5)
Starting Branches

Opened Branches
Closed/Converted Branches (6)

Ending Branches 

Starting Onsites

Opened Onsites
Closed/Converted Onsites (6)

Ending Onsites
In-Market Locations - 12/31/22 

Starting Branches

Opened Branches
Closed/Converted Branches (6)

Ending Branches 

Starting Onsites

Opened Onsites
Closed/Converted Onsites (6)

Ending Onsites 
In-Market Locations - 12/31/23

United 
States (1)
  2,668   
  1,484   
  —   
(115)  
  1,369   

  1,184   
248   
(94)  
  1,338   
  2,707   

Canada

262   
173   
1   
(5)  
169   

89   
21   
(3)  
107   
276   

169   
  1,369   
  —    —   
(5)  
164   

(92)  
  1,277   

  1,338   
283   
(115)  
  1,506   
  2,783   

107   
18   
(6)  
119   
283   

Mexico

Subtotal
152    3,082 
63    1,720 
4   
5 
(1)  
(121) 
66    1,604 

89    1,362 
292 
23   
(98) 
(1)  
111    1,556 
177    3,160 

66    1,604 
3 
3   
—   
(97) 
69    1,510 

111    1,556 
321 
20   
(124) 
(3)  
128    1,753 
197    3,263 

Central & 
South 

America (2) Asia (3) Europe (4)

Subtotal

Total

37   
20   
20   
5   
—   
2   
—    —   
22   
5   

17   
15   
1   
6   
—    —   
23   
16   
45   
21   

22   
5   
—   
3   
—    —   
25   
5   

16   
—   
(1)  
15   
20   

23   
1   
(2)  
22   
47   

70   
48   
5   
(1)  
52   

22   
7   
(1)  
28   
80   

52   
4   
1   
57   

28   
7   
(3)  
32   
89   

127    3,209 
73    1,793 
12 
7   
(1)  
(122) 
79    1,683 

54    1,416 
14   
306 
(99) 
(1)  
67    1,623 
146    3,306 

79    1,683 
10 
7   
1   
(96) 
87    1,597 

67    1,623 
329 
8   
(130) 
(6)  
69    1,822 
156    3,419 

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

Includes the United States, the Dominican Republic, Guam, and Puerto Rico.
Includes Panama, Brazil, and Chile.
Includes Singapore, China, Malaysia, and Thailand.
Includes the Netherlands, Hungary, the United Kingdom, Germany, the Czech Republic, Italy, Romania, Sweden, Poland, 
Austria, Switzerland, Ireland, Spain, France, and Belgium.

(5) Beginning in 2022, the United States includes the Dominican Republic, Guam, and Puerto Rico which were previously 
grouped with other geographical regions. Prior period figures in the above table may differ slightly from those previously 
disclosed due to this minor change in reporting. 

(6) The  net  impact  of  non-in-market  locations  or  Onsite  locations  converted  to  branches,  branches  converted  to  Onsite 

locations or non-in-market locations, and closures of branches or Onsite locations.

We  believe  the  profitability  of  our  in-market  locations  is  affected  by  the  average  revenue  produced  by  each  site.  In  any  in-
market location, certain costs related to growth are at least partly variable, such as employee-related expenses, while others, like 
rent and utility costs, tend to be fixed. As a result, it has been shown that as an in-market location increases its sales base over 
time, it typically will achieve a higher operating profit margin. This ability to increase our operating profit margin is influenced 
by: (1) general growth based on end market expansion and/or market share gains, (2) the age of the in-market location (new 
locations tend to be less profitable due to start-up costs and, in the case of a traditional branch, the time necessary to generate a 
customer  base),  and/or  (3)  rationalization  actions,  as  in  the  past  several  years  we  have  seen  a  net  decline  in  our  traditional 

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
branch base. There are many reasons why local or regional management might decide to close a location. Key customers may 
have migrated to a different part of the market, factories may have closed, our own supply chain capabilities in a market may 
have evolved to allow us to service some areas with fewer traditional branches, and/or our customers may have transitioned to 
our Onsite model. An Onsite location may also close because local or regional management determines that the business at the 
location is unlikely to scale sufficiently to justify our being on premise, in which case the relationship often reverts to being 
managed in a local traditional branch. The paths to higher operating profit margins are slightly different in a traditional branch 
versus  an  Onsite  location,  as  the  former  will  tend  to  have  more  fixed  costs  to  leverage,  while  the  latter  will  tend  to  have  a 
smaller fixed cost burden but have greater leverage of its employee-related expenses. In the short term, the Onsite program can 
hurt the profitability of our existing branch network as it can pull established revenue away from an existing branch even as its 
fixed expenses are largely unchanged.

We utilize additional types of selling locations within our network, but these tend to be more specialized in nature and relatively 
few in number, comprising less than five percent of our total selling locations. We remain committed to a large, robust service 
network,  including  traditional  branches,  international  branches,  and  Onsites;  it  remains  the  indispensable  foundation  of  our 
business. With the growth we anticipate in Onsite locations, we believe our total in-market locations will increase further over 
time.

Our Business Tools

Fastenal Managed Inventory (FMI®) 

Over time, we have invested in and developed various technologies that allow us to put physical product closer to the point of 
use in a customer location, increase the visibility of a customer's supply chain (to the customer as well as our personnel), and/or 
improve  the  ability  to  monitor  or  control  usage.  While  there  are  isolated  exceptions,  these  technologies  are  not  themselves 
channels  to  the  market  but  rather  are  utilized  by  our  branch  and  Onsite  channels  to  enhance  service  to  our  customers. 
Collectively,  these  tools  comprise  our  Fastenal  Managed  Inventory  (FMI)  Technology  suite.  We  believe  our  fully  integrated 
distribution network allows us to manage the supply chain for all sizes of customers. FMI programs tend to generate a higher 
frequency of business transactions and, coupled with our fully integrated distribution network, foster a strong relationship with 
customers.

Bin  stock  (FASTStock℠  and  FASTBin®)  programs,  where  product  is  held  in  bins  in  a  customer  facility,  are  similar  to  our 
vending business in that it involves moving product closer to the point of customer use within their facilities. Such programs 
have existed in the industrial supply industry for a considerable time, with open bins being clustered in a racking system, each 
of which holds original equipment manufacturing (OEM) fasteners, maintenance, repair, and operations (MRO) fasteners, and/
or non-fastener products that are consumed in the customers' operations. Historically, these bins were simply plastic and metal 
containers  that  held  product  and  were  visually  inspected  by  our  customers  or  Fastenal  personnel  to  determine  replenishment 
need. These bins in some cases are organized and labeled into customized digital plan-o-grams, which we call FASTStock and 
allow  for  the  scanning  of  product  when  it  is  at  a  minimum  desired  level.  However,  in  2019  we  introduced  our  FASTBin 
technology.  FASTBin  is  the  evolution  of  FASTStock  into  a  set  of  electronic  inventory  management  solutions  that  automate 
process  controls  by  providing  24/7  continuous  inventory  monitoring,  real-time  inventory  visibility,  and  more  efficient 
replenishment of bin stock parts. These technologies come in three forms: (1) scales that utilize a high-precision weight sensor 
system to measure the exact quantity on hand in real time, notifying Fastenal to replenish when inventory hits an established 
minimum;  (2)  infrared  (IR)  that  uses  infrared  sensors  lining  individual  bins  to  provide  real-time  visibility  of  approximate 
quantity and inventory values, notifying Fastenal to replenish when inventory hits an established minimum threshold; and (3) 
RFID, which is a Kanban system that utilizes RFID tags so that when an empty bin is removed from the rack and placed in a 
replenishment  zone  (also  part  of  the  same  racking  system),  a  notification  is  sent  to  Fastenal  to  refill  the  order.  These 
technologies  provide  superior  monitoring  capabilities  and  immediate  visibility  to  consumption  changes,  allowing  for  a  lean 
supply chain, reducing risk of stock-outs, and providing a more efficient labor model for both the customer and the supplier.

Industrial  vending  (FASTVend®)  was  introduced  in  2008  to  provide  our  customers  with  improved  product  monitoring  and 
control.  Benefits  include  reduced  consumption,  reduced  purchase  orders,  reduced  product  handling,  and  24-hour  product 
availability. We believe our company has a market advantage by virtue of our extensive in-market network of inventory and 
local  personnel.  For  these  reasons,  the  initiative  began  to  gain  significant  traction  in  2011,  and  we  finished  2023  with 
approximately  111,800  FASTVend  non-weighted  devices  in  the  field.  We  believe  industrial  vending  has  proven  its 
effectiveness  in  strengthening  our  relationships  with  customers  and  helped  to  streamline  the  supply  chain  where  it  has  been 
utilized.  We  also  believe  there  remains  considerable  room  to  grow  our  current  installed  base  of  devices  before  it  begins  to 
approach the number of units we believe the market can support. We estimate the market could support as many as 1.7 million 
vending units and, as a result, we anticipate continued growth in installed devices over time.

5

Our  industrial  vending  portfolio  consists  of  20  different  vending  devices,  with  16  of  these  being  in  either  a  helix  or  locker 
format.  Our  most  utilized  models  include  the  helix-based  FAST  5000  and  our  12-  and  18-door  lockers;  combined,  these 
comprise  approximately  66%  of  our  installed  base  of  devices.  These  are  either  configurable  or  are  available  in  multiple 
configurations to accommodate the various sizes and forms of products that will be dispensed to match the unique needs of our 
customers.  Target  monthly  revenues  per  device  typically  range  from  under  $1,000  to  in  excess  of  $3,000,  with  our  flagship 
FAST 5000 device having a targeted monthly throughput of $2,000. 

Beginning  in  the  first  quarter  of  2021,  we  began  to  report  a  weighted  FMI  measure  which  combines  the  signings  and 
installations  of  FASTBin  and  FASTVend  in  a  standardized  machine  equivalent  unit  (MEU)  based  on  the  expected  output  of 
each  type  of  device.  We  do  not  include  FASTStock  in  this  measurement  because  scanned  stocking  locations  can  take  many 
forms, such as bins, shelves, cabinets, pallets, etc., that cannot be converted into a standardized MEU. This conversion takes the 
targeted monthly throughput of each FMI device signed or installed and compares it to the $2,000 target monthly throughput of 
our FAST 5000 vending device. For example, an RFID enclosure, with target monthly revenue of $2,000 would be counted as 
'1.00' machine equivalent ($2,000/$2,000 = 1.00). An infrared bin, with target monthly revenue of $40, would be counted as 
'0.02' machine equivalent ($40/$2,000 = 0.02).

The table below summarizes the signings and installations of, and sales through, our FMI devices.

Weighted FASTBin/FASTVend signings (MEUs)

Signings per day

Weighted FASTBin/FASTVend installations (MEUs; end of period)

FASTStock sales
% of sales

FASTBin/FASTVend sales

% of sales

FMI sales

FMI daily sales
% of sales

Digital Solutions         

Twelve-month Period

2023
24,126 
95 
 113,138 

$ 

927.6 
 12.5% 

$  2,070.2 

 27.8% 

$  2,997.8 
11.8 
$ 
 40.3% 

2022
20,735 
82 
 102,151 

832.0 
 11.8% 

1,755.3 

 24.9% 

2,587.3 
10.2 
 36.7% 

Change

 16.4% 

 10.8% 

 11.5% 

 17.9% 

 15.9% 
 16.3% 

We also invest in digital solutions that aim to deliver strategic value for our customers, leverage local inventory for same-day 
solutions, and provide efficient service. While there is a transactional element to our digital services, many of the solutions we 
invest in are intended to add value to customers by illuminating various elements of their supply chain. These solutions take 
many forms:

1)  Transactional.  Our  transactional,  or  eCommerce,  platforms  (web  verticals  or  integrated  catalogs)  provide  a  means  for  our 
customers  to  effectively  and  efficiently  procure  MRO  and  unplanned  spend.  While  there  is  a  retail  component  to  our 
transactional digital services, most of the revenue attributable to this is with our traditional customer base, nearly all of which 
purchase digitally as a supplement to other channels and tools that it utilizes with Fastenal. We attribute the revenue generated 
from a customer location through our transactional platforms to the in-market location that traditionally services that customer 
location. 

2) Digital Visibility. Certain of our digital capabilities are intended to produce operational efficiencies for our customers and 
ourselves and/or to deliver strategic value by illuminating customer supply chain operations. For instance, we have developed, 
and  continue  to  develop,  'Mobility'  applications,  one  example  of  which  is  our  Vending  App,  which  provides  a  number  of 
benefits.  It  provides  easy,  real-time  information  pertaining  to  a  customer's  local  inventory  position  within  their  point-of-use 
devices. It incorporates customer usage data to recommend optimized parts and quantity for specific devices, which improves 
customer inventories while reducing the risk of stock-outs. Moving our fulfillment process from a vending device-based keypad 
function  to  a  tablet  or  scanning  interaction  improves  the  restock  process  (reduced  risk  of  product  outages),  reducing  time 
consumed (greater efficiency) while improving accuracy (improved quality assurance). We will continue to build out our suite 
of  Mobility  applications.  Electronic  Data  Interchange  (EDI),  is  the  connectivity  between  our  system  and  our  customers' 
procurement systems – whether a direct integration into their Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system or through a third-
party  procurement  network  or  marketplace.  These  solutions  provide  a  system-to-system  exchange  of  electronic  procurement 
documents (such as purchase orders, advanced shipping notices, and invoices for direct and indirect spend). Our eProcurement 
Solutions  provide  a  bridge  between  our  FMI  replenishment  activity  and  our  customers'  procurement  systems  –  creating  an 
efficient, accurate and streamlined procure-to-pay (P2P) process. FAST360° acts as the bridge between our FMI footprint and a 

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
customer's view into our managed service model. FAST360° surfaces data around these managed services as one central source 
of  information  as  we  manage  our  customers'  OEM  and  MRO  product  lines.  This  is  achieved  through  our  FMI  technologies 
providing  locational  data  around  our  FASTStock,  FASTBin,  and  FASTVend  footprint,  and  FAST360°  being  the  means  of 
surfacing that data and activities to our customers. 

3)  Analytics.  We  provide  solutions-based  digital  platforms  (e.g.,  web  verticals  or  integrated  catalogs)  which  leverage  our 
existing  strategic  environment  by  creating  a  means  of  migrating  online  spend  offline,  which  illuminates  our  supply  chain 
capabilities. This is marketed under the FAST360° Analytics label, as it is an enterprise-centric extension of the digital visibility 
capabilities of FAST360°. We bring value to our customers, as well as ourselves, by using these digital platforms and analytics 
to shift product from a 'non-sticky' transactional environment (which is online) to a 'sticky' strategic environment (which is our 
FMI programs). We create customer cost savings opportunities through this directive by lowering the total cost of ownership 
(TCO) as the objective is to shrink the unplanned (and traditionally high cost), purely transactional spend bucket.

Digital Footprint 

Our  digital  products  and  services  are  comprised  of  sales  through  FMI  (FASTStock,  FASTBin,  and  FASTVend)  plus  that 
proportion  of  our  eCommerce  sales  that  do  not  represent  billings  of  FMI  services  (collectively,  our  Digital  Footprint).  We 
believe the data that is created through our digital capabilities enhances product visibility, traceability, and control that reduces 
risk in operations and creates ordering and fulfillment efficiencies for both ourselves and our customers. As a result, we believe 
our  opportunity  to  grow  our  business  will  be  enhanced  through  the  continued  development  and  expansion  of  our  digital 
capabilities. Our Digital Footprint represented 56.1% of sales in 2023.

We  believe  our  integrated  physical  and  virtual  model,  when  paired  with  our  national  (and  increasingly  international)  scope, 
represents  a  unique  capability  in  industrial  distribution  when  compared  to  eCommerce  as  an  independent  sales  channel.  We 
expect to continue to build out and develop our digital solutions over time. Our greatest opportunity lies with the deployment of 
efficient  and  effective  supply  chain  programs.  We  are  focused  on  addressing  the  four  key  components  of  people,  products, 
processes, and technology to support this model. 

We believe our global channels to market and business tools, including those that we consider to be growth drivers (Onsites, 
international expansion, FMI, and digital solutions), represent alternative means to address the requirements of certain customer 
groups. These means get us closer to the customer and to where the product is actually consumed. This is consistent with our 
strategy  and  offers  significant  value  by  providing  differentiated  and  'sticky'  service.  Combined  with  ongoing  strategic 
investments  in  end  market  initiatives  as  well  as  selling  (in-market  and  otherwise)  and  non-selling  (engineering,  product 
specialists, manufacturing, etc.) employees, we offer a range of capabilities that are difficult for large and small competitors to 
replicate.

Distribution Network

We operate 15 regional distribution centers in North America: 12 in the United States, two in Canada, and one in Mexico. We 
also  operate  two  distribution  centers  in  Europe.  These  distribution  centers  give  us  approximately  5.0  million  square  feet  of 
distribution capacity. Additional details on these locations can be found within the 'Item 2. Properties' section of this Form 10-
K.  These  distribution  centers  are  located  so  as  to  permit  deliveries  of  two  to  five  times  per  week  to  our  in-market  locations 
using our trucks and overnight delivery by surface common carrier, with approximately 74% of our North American in-market 
locations  receiving  service  four  to  five  times  per  week.  The  distribution  centers  in  Indiana  and  Kansas  also  serve  as  'master' 
hubs, with those in California and North Carolina serving as 'secondary' hubs to support the needs of the in-market locations in 
their geographic regions as well as to provide a broader selection of products for the in-market locations serviced by the other 
distribution centers. 

We  currently  operate  11  of  our  North  American  distribution  centers  with  automated  storage  and  retrieval  systems  (ASRS). 
These distribution centers operate with greater speed and efficiency, and currently handle approximately 94% of our picking 
activity.  We  expect  to  invest  in  additional  automation  technologies,  expand  existing  distribution  facilities,  and/or  add  new 
distribution centers over time as our scale and the number of our in-market locations increases.

7

We  also  utilize  a  network  of  Local  Inventory  Fulfillment  Terminals  (LIFTs)  which  reside  within  our  existing  distribution 
centers and are intended to support areas that have a dense population of FMI devices. Traditionally, branch personnel were 
solely  responsible  for  stocking  and  packaging  inventory,  delivering  to  a  customer's  location,  and  refilling  the  customer's 
devices. As our sales through FMI devices have grown, this approach has resulted in redundant inventory in a territory and a 
greater  proportion  of  our  sales  personnel's  time  being  spent  on  non-sales  activities.  We  primarily  utilize  a  'drop-and-deliver' 
model wherein a LIFT is responsible for stocking and packaging FMI supplies, producing inventory and accuracy benefits, and 
delivering them to the business unit, where delivery and replenishment is then performed by local district or branch personnel. 
In  a  minority  of  cases  we  deploy  a  'drop-and-scatter'  model,  wherein  delivery  and  replenishment  is  also  performed  by  LIFT 
personnel. In 2023, approximately 8% of our FMI revenue was serviced through a LIFT, but over time we believe this figure 
can approximate 40% of our FMI revenue.

Transportation

The  ability  to  move  product,  globally  and  domestically,  from  our  sources  of  supply  to  our  customers  is  critical  to  the 
competitiveness of our business model. We utilize multiple modes of transportation to support our business model.

We transport product from our global manufacturing and supplier partners to our distribution centers. Related costs range from 
port fees, duties, costs related to container and shipper services, and inland trucking and intermodal charges. We consider these 
expenses to be a part of our landed product cost, and significant fluctuations are typically addressed through product pricing.

We transport product between our distribution centers and from our distribution centers to our in-market locations. We typically 
transport approximately 90% of our products on our own fleet of Class 6, 7, and 8 trucks, with the remainder being on third 
party shippers. Costs range from lease charges, driver pay, fuel costs to support our captive fleet, and fees paid to third-party 
shippers.  These  expenses  are  included  in  cost  of  goods  sold  but  are  not  considered  a  part  of  our  landed  product  cost,  with 
fluctuations typically addressed by applying freight charges to customer purchases and by securing commercial back-hauls. We 
primarily lease our trucks, and at December 31, 2023, we operated approximately 520 units.

We transport product from our in-market locations to our customers on a fleet of pick-up, box, and other trucks. Expenses to 
maintain this fleet are considered selling-related transportation costs, which include lease charges, depreciation, and fuel, and 
are typically reflected in all other operating and administrative expenses. We have a mix of leased and owned vehicles, and at 
December 31, 2023, we operated approximately 10,200 units. 

Information Systems

Our  Information  Systems  teams  develop,  implement,  secure,  and  maintain  the  computer-based  technology  used  to  support 
business  functions  within  Fastenal.  Corporate,  digital,  distribution  center,  and  vending  systems  are  primarily  supported  from 
central  locations,  while  each  selling  location  uses  a  locally  installed  Point-Of-Sale  (POS)  system.  The  systems  consist  of 
custom in-house developed, purchased, and subscription licensed software. A dedicated Wide Area Network (WAN) is used to 
provide connectivity between systems and authorized users.

Trademarks and Service Marks

We conduct business under various trademarks and service marks, and we utilize a variety of designs and taglines in connection 
with  each  of  these  marks,  including  Where  Industry  Meets  Innovation™.  Although  we  do  not  believe  our  operations  are 
substantially dependent upon any of our trademarks or service marks, we consider the 'Fastenal' name and our other trademarks 
and service marks to be valuable to our business. We have registered, or applied for the registration of, various trademarks and 
service marks. Our registered trademarks and service marks are presumed valid in the United States as long as they are in use, 
their registrations are properly maintained, and they have not been found to have become generic. Registrations of trademarks 
and service marks can also generally be renewed indefinitely as long as the trademarks and service marks are in use.

Products

Fastenal  was  founded  as  a  distributor  of  fasteners  and  related  industrial  and  construction  supplies.  This  includes  threaded 
fasteners,  bolts,  nuts,  screws,  studs,  and  related  washers,  as  well  as  miscellaneous  supplies  and  hardware,  such  as  pins, 
machinery keys, concrete anchors, metal framing systems, wire rope, strut, rivets, and related accessories. Our fastener product 
line, which is primarily sold under the Fastenal product name, represented 32.4% of our consolidated sales in 2023. 

Fastener  distribution  is  complex.  In  most  cases,  the  product  has  low  per  unit  value  but  high  per  unit  weight.  This  presents 
challenges in moving product from suppliers, most of whom are outside of North America, to our distribution centers, as well 
as  from  our  distribution  centers  to  our  branch,  Onsite,  and  customer  locations.  At  the  same  time,  fasteners  are  ubiquitous  in 
manufactured  products,  construction  projects,  and  maintenance  and  repair  while  also  exhibiting  great  geometric  variability 
based on use and application. In many cases, a fastener is a critical part in machine uptime and/or effective use. These features 
have  greatly  influenced  our  logistical  development,  training  and  educational  programs,  support  capabilities,  and  inventory 
decisions, which we believe would be difficult for competitors to replicate.

8

In 1993, we began to aggressively add additional product lines, and these represented 67.6% of our consolidated sales in 2023. 
These products, which we refer to as non-fastener product lines, tend to move through the same distribution channel, get used 
by  the  same  customers,  and  utilize  the  same  logistical  capabilities  as  the  original  fastener  product  line.  This  logic  is  as  true 
today as it was when we first began to diversify our product offering. However, over time, the supply chain for these product 
lines has evolved in ways independent of the fastener line. For instance, non-fastener product lines benefit disproportionately 
from our development of industrial vending. 

The most significant category of non-fastener products is our safety supplies product line, which accounted for 21.2% of our 
consolidated  sales  in  2023.  This  product  line  has  enjoyed  dramatic  sales  growth  in  the  last  10  years,  which  we  believe  is 
directly attributable to our success cross-selling safety supplies to customers that utilize us for non-safety products as well as 
our ability to market, deploy, and service industrial vending over that period. We expect these variables to remain the primary 
drivers of performance for our safety supplies product line. 

We plan to continue to add other product lines in the future.

In  the  last  several  decades,  we  have  added  'private  label'  brands  (often  referred  to  as  'Exclusive  Brands',  or  brands  sold 
exclusively through Fastenal) to our non-fastener offering. Prior to 2023, each of our product categories tended to have its own 
private  label.  In  2023,  we  consolidated  these  into  two  labels:  Body  Guard®,  which  is  our  long-standing  brand  for  North 
American safety supplies, and ORMADUS®, which is our global brand encompassing the remainder of our product offerings. 
These private label brands represented approximately 13% of our consolidated sales in 2023. We believe it is also appropriate 
to think about our private label sales as a percentage of our non-fastener sales for two reasons: (1) there is not a well-defined 
branded versus private label dynamic in fasteners as there is in non-fasteners; and (2) non-fastener data is more comparable to 
information reported by our peers, who do not generally have our significant mix of fastener business. Private label brand sales 
represented  approximately  19%  of  our  total  non-fastener  sales  in  2023.  Over  time  we  expect  our  private  label  sales  as  a 
percentage of our total non-fastener sales to increase, although oftentimes, these increases through specific channels are masked 
by  the  relative  sales  growth  we  experience  with  Onsite  locations,  which  typically  have  a  lower  percentage  of  total  sales  of 
private label than in branches or sales through vending devices. 

Detailed information about our sales by product line is provided in Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
included later in this Form 10-K. Each product line may contain multiple product categories. 

Inventory Control

Our inventory stocking levels are determined using our computer systems, by our sales personnel at in-market locations, by our 
district  and  regional  leadership,  and  by  our  product  development  team.  The  data  used  for  this  determination  is  derived  from 
sales activity from all of our selling locations, from individual selling locations, and from different geographic areas. It is also 
derived from supplier information and from customer demographic information. Our computer system monitors the inventory 
level  for  all  stock  items  and  triggers  replenishment,  or  prompts  a  buyer  to  purchase,  as  necessary,  based  on  an  established 
minimum-maximum  stocking  level.  In  the  past  we  have  utilized  a  base  inventory  model  for  all  of  our  branches,  and  such  a 
model still exists in a smaller subset of our locations. Increasingly, however, branches primarily stock inventory that is deemed 
to  be  appropriate  by  the  district  and  branch  personnel  to  service  the  customers  within  their  selling  territory.  Similarly,  non-
branch selling locations (primarily Onsites) stock inventory exclusively based on customer-specific arrangements. Inventories 
in  distribution  centers  are  established  from  computerized  data  for  the  selling  locations  served  by  the  respective  distribution 
center.  Inventory  quantities  are  continuously  re-balanced  utilizing  an  automated  transfer  mechanism  we  call  'inventory  re-
distribution'.

Inventory held at our selling locations, close to customers and available on a same-day basis, accounted for approximately 64% 
of our total inventory at the end of 2023. Inventory held at our distribution centers and manufacturing locations accounted for 
approximately  36%  of  our  total  inventory  at  the  end  of  2023.  The  distribution  center  and  manufacturing  location  inventory, 
when combined with our trucking network, allows for fast, next-day service at a very competitive cost.

Manufacturing and Support Services Operations

In 2023, approximately 96% of our consolidated net sales were attributable to products manufactured by other companies to 
industry  standards  or  to  customer  specific  requirements.  The  remaining  4%  related  to  products  manufactured,  modified,  or 
repaired by our manufacturing businesses or our support services. The manufactured products consist primarily of non-standard 
sizes  of  threaded  fasteners  and  hardware  made  to  customers'  specifications  at  one  of  our  nine  manufacturing  locations,  or 
standard sizes manufactured under our Holo-Krome®, Cardinal Fasteners®, and Spensall® product lines. The services provided 
by the support services group include, but are not limited to, tool and hoist repair, chain sling and hose fabrication, band saw 
blade  welding,  packaging,  and  other  light  manufacturing  and  fabrication.  We  may  add  additional  services  in  the  future.  We 
engage in these activities primarily as a service to our customers and expect the services to continue to contribute in the range 
of 4% to 6% of our consolidated net sales in the future.

9

Sources of Supply

We use a large number of suppliers for the standard stock items we distribute. Most items distributed by our network can be 
purchased from several sources, although preferred sourcing is used for some stock items to facilitate quality control. During 
2023, we had a single supplier that accounted for more than 5% of our inventory purchases, whereas all remaining suppliers fell 
below that threshold.

In the case of fasteners and our private label non-fastener products, we have a large number of suppliers but these suppliers are 
heavily  concentrated  in  a  single  geographic  area,  Asia.  Within  Asia,  suppliers  in  China  and  Taiwan  represent  a  significant 
source of product. Further, in many cases where we source directly from a North American supplier, the original country of 
origin  of  the  acquired  parts  is  the  supplier's  Asian  facilities.  As  a  result,  the  cost  and  effectiveness  of  our  supply  chain  is 
dependent on relatively unfettered trade across geographic regions.

Beyond inventory, we have some concentration of purchasing activity. For example, we utilize a limited number of suppliers 
for our distribution equipment and our vehicle fleet, and primarily one supplier for our industrial vending equipment. However, 
we believe there are viable alternatives to each of these, if necessary.

Customers and Marketing 

We  believe  our  success  can  be  attributed  to  our  ability  to  offer  customers  a  full  line  of  quality  products,  our  convenient 
locations and diverse methods of providing those products, and the superior service orientation and expertise of our employees. 
Approximately 70% to 75% of our customers are in manufacturing end markets, which encompasses fabricated products, heavy 
machinery, petrochemical, mining and aerospace and includes both OEM and MRO customers. The remaining 25% to 30% of 
our  customers  fall  primarily  into  non-residential  construction  (general  and  commercial  contractors),  reseller  (retail  and 
wholesale  trades,  dealers,  and  rental  businesses),  transportation  (transportation  services,  such  as  air,  train,  maritime  or  truck 
transport,  as  well  as  fulfillment  centers)  and  state  and  local  government  entities,  including  schools,  school  districts  and 
universities.

Based on our customer profile being oriented toward manufacturing, our business has historically been cyclical. However, we 
believe our model has certain features that moderate the volatility of our results around cyclical changes. First, we have a large 
number  of  customers  that  serve  a  wide  range  of  segments  within  the  broader  manufacturing  market.  While  slumps  in  one 
industry served by us can rapidly spread to other, interrelated industries, locally or globally, we still believe this customer and 
market  segment  diversity  provides  some  insulation  from  economic  changes  that  are  not  across  multiple  industries  and 
geographic regions. Second, while a meaningful part of our revenue is derived from products that are incorporated into final 
products,  we  also  have  a  significant  portion  of  revenue  that  is  derived  from  products  used  to  maintain  facilities.  This  latter 
source of revenue tends to be impacted by cyclical changes, but its rate of change tends to be less dramatic.

Our  national  accounts  program  is  aimed  at  creating  contractual  agreements  with  single  or  multi-location  customers.  These 
contractual programs are intended to help improve our customers' supply chains by identifying productivity and efficiency gains 
throughout their organization. The scale and scope of the OEM and MRO products that these companies need to manage is very 
complex  and  costly.  We  believe  that  our  broad  product  offering  coupled  with  our  ability  to  execute  and  curate  a  dedicated 
service model for each of their sites provides us with a unique advantage and allows us to provide them with a total cost of 
ownership benefit.  

Additionally, our local presence as part of a national, and increasingly international, footprint, our ability to provide a consistent 
level of high-touch service, and our ancillary capabilities around manufacturing, quality control, and product knowledge, are 
attractive to these multi-site customers. We believe our advantage with these customers has only been strengthened as we have 
added  other  channels,  such  as  Onsite,  FMI,  digital  solutions,  and  resources  to  serve  these  customers'  unique  demands.  As  a 
result,  in  2023,  national  accounts  represented  60.3%  of  our  consolidated  sales,  compared  to  57.8%  and  56.6%  in  2022  and 
2021, respectively. We believe sales to national accounts customers will continue to increase as a percentage of our total sales 
over time. 

In an in-market location, we track our customers' business activity through 'active accounts', which is defined as any customer 
account with purchase activity of at least $100 per month. Customers often have more than one active account at a single in-
market location, reflecting their utilization of different Fastenal services, and frequently have active accounts at many in-market 
locations across our global network. In 2023, we averaged 105,448 active accounts per month and approximately 99.4% of the 
sales  in  our  in-market  locations  are  derived  from  our  active  accounts  (the  remainder  was  from  walk-in  or  infrequent,  non-
account,  and  small  account  customers).  Traditionally,  our  in-market  locations,  particularly  our  traditional  and  international 
branches,  prioritized  acquiring  additional  active  accounts  and  expanding  the  products  and  services  sold  to  new  and  existing 
active  accounts  as  a  means  of  growing  sales.  Over  time  it  became  clear  that  the  pursuit  of  smaller  accounts  consumed 
significant organizational energy and the large majority of new active accounts did not meaningfully increase in size. Further, 
the  development  of  our  web  capabilities  provided  us  with  an  alternative  means  of  more  efficiently  servicing  these  smaller 
customers. Since 2020, our in-market locations have sought to shift our smallest customers to our web channel while shifting 

10

their  selling  focus  to  'key  accounts',  which  is  defined  as  any  customer  account  with  purchase  activity  of  at  least  $2,000  per 
month. Key account customers have typically been able to utilize a wider range of our products and services, and as a result 
have  exhibited  greater  potential  to  increase  in  size  while  being  more  efficient  to  pursue  and  support.  In  2023,  we  averaged 
39,266  key  accounts  per  month  and  approximately  92.4%  of  the  sales  in  our  in-market  locations  were  derived  from  our  key 
accounts.

Active Accounts
Key Accounts

2023
105,448
39,266

2022
119,583
39,151

2021
130,020
36,190

2020
137,380
33,794

2019
152,491
34,621

2018
156,069
32,895

2017
156,464
30,040

During 2023, no single customer represented 5% or more of our consolidated net sales.

Direct  marketing  continues  to  be  the  backbone  of  our  business  through  our  local  in-market  selling  personnel,  as  well  as  our 
non-branch  selling  personnel.  We  support  our  sales  team  with  multi-channel  marketing  including  direct  mail  and  digital 
marketing,  print  and  radio  advertising,  targeted  campaigns,  promotional  flyers,  and  events.  In  recent  years,  our  national 
advertising has been focused on a NASCAR® sponsorship through our partnership with Roush Fenway Keselowski Racing® as 
the primary sponsor of the No. 17 car in the NASCAR® Cup Series, driven by Chris Buescher. In 2020, our sports marketing 
efforts were extended when the National Hockey League (NHL®) awarded us as the preferred MRO supplier of the sport.

Seasonality

Seasonality has some impact on our sales. The first and fourth quarters of each year are typically our lowest volume periods, 
given their overlap with winter months in North America during which our direct and indirect sales to customers in the non-
residential  construction  market  typically  slow  due  to  inclement  weather.  The  fourth  quarter  also  tends  to  be  more  greatly 
affected  by  the  Thanksgiving  (October  in  Canada  and  November  in  the  United  States),  Christmas,  and  New  Year  holiday 
periods, due to plant shut downs. In contrast, the second and third quarters of each year typically have higher revenues due to 
stronger  non-residential  construction  activity  and  relatively  fewer  holidays  (although  Good  Friday  will  sometimes  fall  in  the 
second quarter and the 4th of July will always fall in the third quarter).

Competition

Our business is highly competitive and includes large national distributors whose strongest presence tends to be in more densely 
populated areas, and smaller regional or local distributors, which compete in many of the smaller markets in which we have 
branches.  We  believe  the  principal  competitive  factors  affecting  the  markets  for  our  products,  in  no  particular  order,  are 
customer service, price, convenience, product availability, and cost saving solutions.

Market  strategies  in  industrial  distribution  are  varied.  With  respect  to  products,  many  of  the  larger  distributors  have  trended 
toward a broad-line offering over time; however, they are often still closely associated with a specific product that can influence 
their ability to capture market share. This association with a specific product line is often even more pronounced among smaller 
competitors,  though  many  smaller  competitors  do  deploy  a  broad-line  model.  Means  of  serving  the  customer  are  even  more 
diverse. For instance, many competitors maintain a local, branch-based presence in their markets, while others use vans to sell 
products in markets away from their main warehouses, while still others rely on catalogs or telemarketing sales. Recent years 
have  seen  the  emergence  of  eCommerce  solutions,  such  as  websites,  and  while  this  channel  has  been  embraced  by  many 
traditional  distributors,  it  also  has  introduced  non-traditional  web-based  competitors  into  the  marketplace.  The  diversity  of 
product and service models supported in the marketplace is a reflection of the equally diverse product and service needs of the 
customer base. The large majority of our customers utilize multiple channels, from a single distributor or a range of distributors, 
to procure the products they need in their operations.

We  believe  that  better  service,  and  a  competitive  selling  advantage,  can  be  provided  by  maintaining  a  physical  selling  and 
stocking presence closer to the customers' location(s). As a result, we maintain in-market locations in small, medium, and large 
markets, each offering a wide variety of products. The convenience of a large number of in-market locations in a given area, 
combined with our ability to provide them with frequent deliveries to such branches from centrally located distribution centers, 
facilitates  the  prompt  and  efficient  distribution  of  products.  We  also  believe  our  FMI  solutions,  supported  by  an  in-market 
location,  provide  a  unique  way  to  provide  our  customers  convenient  access  to  products  and  cost  saving  solutions  using  a 
business model not easily replicated by our competitors. Having trained personnel at each in-market location also enhances our 
ability to compete (see 'Employees' below).

Our  Onsite  service  model  provides  us  with  a  strategic  advantage  with  our  larger  customers.  Building  on  our  core  business 
strategy of the local branch, the Onsite model provides value to our customers through customized service while giving us a 
competitive  advantage  through  stronger  relationships  with  those  customers,  all  with  a  relatively  low  incremental  investment 
given the existing branch and distribution structure.

11

Human Capital Resources

Employees

At the end of 2023, we employed 23,201 full- and part-time employees. Of these, approximately 71% held a selling role. We 
characterize these personnel as follows:

Selling personnel (1)
Distribution/Transportation personnel

Manufacturing personnel
Organizational support personnel (2) 
     Total personnel

2023

16,512 

% of Total
 71.2% 

2022

15,898 

% of Total
 71.0% 

4,042 

 17.4% 

3,974 

 17.8% 

733 

1,914 

 3.2% 

 8.2% 

733 

1,781 

 3.3% 

 8.0% 

23,201 

 100.0% 

22,386 

 100.0% 

(1) Of our Selling Personnel, 80%-85% are attached to a specific in-market location.
(2) Organizational  support  personnel  consists  of:  (1)  Sales  &  Growth  Driver  Support  personnel  (approximately  35%  of 
category),  which  includes  sourcing,  purchasing,  supply  chain,  product  development,  etc.;  (2)  Information  Technology 
personnel (35% to 40% of category); and (3) Administrative Support personnel (25% to 30% of category), which includes 
human resources, Fastenal School of Business, accounting and finance, senior management, etc.

Employee Profile

As of December 31, 2023, we had 23,201 employees worldwide, with 18,539 of those employees located in the United States 
(U.S.), 3,038 employees located in Canada and Mexico, and 1,624 employees located overseas in 24 other countries throughout 
the world. 

Based  on  our  EEO-1  data  for  2023,  in  the  U.S.,  females  and  minorities  constitute  24.0%  and  23.6%  of  our  workforce, 
respectively. We believe these absolute figures gain further context when viewed against two additional data sets. First, over the 
past ten years there is a clear trend toward greater diversity in our business. Since 2013, our female and minority workforces 
have  grown  2.2x  and  3.8x  faster,  respectively,  than  our  overall  U.S.  workforce.  This  trend  reflects  multiple  dynamics  in  our 
business  evolution,  including  the  natural  progression  of  our  geographic  expansion,  the  cycle  of  our  promote-from-within 
philosophy, and efforts to improve hiring processes over time. Second, based on the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics data, we 
believe Fastenal's mix of female and minority employees is generally consistent with the proportion of females and minorities 
working  in  manufacturing  and  construction,  which  is  representative  of  the  pool  of  employees  from  which  we  might  draw 
candidates.  For  instance,  relative  to  the  24.0%  of  our  U.S.  workforce  that  is  female,  the  proportion  of  females  in  the  U.S. 
manufacturing  and  construction  workforces  are  29.5%  and  10.8%,  respectively.  Similarly,  relative  to  the  23.6%  of  our  U.S. 
workforce that are minorities, the proportion of non-white (a definition utilized by the U.S. Census Bureau) individuals in the 
U.S. manufacturing and construction workforces are 21.6% and 12.5%, respectively.     

Health and Safety 

Employee health and safety continues to be a priority in every aspect of our business. We have taken a multi-faceted approach 
to safety that helps us understand and reduce hazards in our business. Today, our health and safety programs span all operations 
including manufacturing, distribution centers, fleet and auto, and our branch and Onsite network. These key business units play 
a  dynamic  role  in  defining  how  we  engage  with  our  employees  on  health  and  safety.  Trainings,  audits,  inspections,  risk 
assessments, safety coaching, and employee engagement are all programs that help us consistently manage our facility safety 
and employee safety. In 2023, there were over 214,000 completed health and safety engagements, which is an increase of 7% 
compared  to  2022.  Our  internal  scorecard  system  and  safety  management  system  ensures  we  maintain  focus  on  a  variety  of 
risks while we sustain an inclusive safety environment that contributes to innovation and improved performance. We continue 
to expand and evolve our safety programs to better meet our employee needs and workplace conditions as our business grows.

This commitment to, and continuous improvement toward, a safer work environment for our employees has generated excellent 
results.  A  widely  accepted  measure  of  organizational  health  and  safety  is  the  Experience  Modification  Rate  (EMR).  An 
organization's EMR is established through the comparison of a company's past and expected losses incurred through workplace 
injury against industry averages, which are compiled by the National Council on Compensation Insurance and consider unique 
variables  such  as  the  size  and  characteristics  of  an  organization.  Industry  averages  are  benchmarked  at  a  1.00  EMR,  with  a 
reduction  in  the  rate  being  reflective  of  an  organization's  ability  to  implement  superior  safety  procedures  and  protocols, 
resulting in a safer environment and reducing both personnel and financial risk. In 2023, Fastenal had an EMR of 0.49, which is 
51% better than the average performance rate for our industry.

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In 2023, we achieved third-party re-certification for the ISO 45001 Occupational Health and Safety Management System. This 
certification illustrates the strength of our health and safety programs, as well as our commitment to continual improvement to 
better support our growing workforce. As our business model continues to grow through our branch and Onsite network, our 
customer critical programs have evolved to mitigate risk and incidents, while meeting customer specific needs. This partnership 
with our customers allows us to collaborate and expand our health and safety programs to enhance our customers' workplace 
safety performance. 

Employment and Compensation Philosophy

Fastenal's success is defined by our people. Our cultural values – Ambition, Integrity, Innovation, and Teamwork – are woven 
into the fabric of our human resources processes and protocols, and inform our employment and compensation philosophies. 

Several  principles  underpin  our  employment  philosophy.  One  principle  is  decentralization:  placing  employees  close  to  our 
customers'  operations  and  trusting  these  employees  to  independently  make  local  decisions  to  provide  differentiated  local 
service.  A  second  principle  is  that  we  are  a  passionately  promote-from-within  company,  guided  by  a  belief  that  if  you  work 
hard, make great decisions, learn from mistakes, and exemplify our cultural values, you should receive greater opportunity and 
responsibility.  We  believe  these  principles  cultivate  an  entrepreneurial  mindset  and  foster  an  environment  of  trust  and 
empowerment.  

As it relates to our compensation philosophy, we believe our combination and mix of base and bonus pay motivates our people 
to  high  levels  of  individual  and  company  success,  as  the  goals  and  objectives  have  been  repeatedly  demonstrated  to  be 
achievable  with  superior  effort.  We  are  guided  by  simple  principles.  First,  compensation  programs  should  be  easy  to 
understand, with goals and objectives that are clearly communicated and resources for success that are provided. They should 
be calculable by the employee and numbers-driven (e.g., not subjective). Second, total compensation should have a significant 
component  that  is  based  on  how  well  the  employee  has  grown  their  piece  of  the  business  and  served  our  customers.  Third, 
employees should receive incentives as soon as practical upon attainment of the goal.

Approximately  71%  of  our  employees  interface  directly  with  customers  on  a  daily  or  frequent  basis,  with  the  remainder 
supporting  the  selling  efforts  of  our  customer-facing  employees.  Typical  pay  arrangements  provide  a  base  amount  paid 
periodically during the month, along with a major opportunity to earn bonus amounts, paid monthly, based on growth in sales, 
gross or pre-tax profit achieved, and prudent management of working capital. In certain roles, there may also be a portion of 
compensation  based  on  contribution  to  attaining  predetermined  departmental  or  project  and  cost  containment  goals,  most  of 
which are focused on either customer service or better execution of company-wide activities.

Because we believe the growth in the company's stock value should be the reward for achieving long-term success consistent 
with being an owner, we have a stock option plan. In the case of certain foreign employees, we have a stock appreciation rights 
plan. All of our employees are eligible to receive stock option grants or stock appreciation rights. 

We believe our combination of short- and long-term rewards and incentives has proven successful as reflected in our historic 
performance and levels of employee retention and turnover.

Our  employees  are  not  subject  to  any  collective  bargaining  agreements,  and  we  have  experienced  no  work  stoppages.  We 
believe our employee relations are good.

Talent Acquisition and Development

Fastenal's  values  are  integral  to  our  employment  process  and  serve  as  guideposts  for  leadership.  The  ultimate  goal  is 
straightforward:  find  great  people,  ask  them  to  join,  and  give  them  a  reason  to  stay.  Reasons  to  stay  include  training, 
opportunity, and a welcoming environment. From a practical standpoint, this means that we attract a broad group of candidates 
and  then  hire  the  candidate  who  is  the  best  match  for  the  position  based  on  their  skills  and  abilities.  In  accordance  with  our 
decentralized leadership structure, we believe the person best suited to make this decision is the local leader trying to fill the 
opening. In light of our promote-from-within philosophy, we know we are hiring a potential future leader with every new hire.

Our Human Resources department develops efficient processes to expand our reach and pool of diverse talent while balancing 
the  needs  and  requirements  of  data  collection  and  storage.  We  have  created  a  standardized  framework  for  posting  jobs  and 
interviewing for positions, supplemented with training through the Fastenal School of Business (FSB). We have a Diversity and 
Compliance team that is heavily involved in developing this standardized framework, which ensures its integrity. Not only is 
this process followed for all new hires, we replicate the same procedures for any internal transfers and promotions.

13

The FSB (our internal corporate university program) develops and delivers a comprehensive array of industry and company-
specific training and development programs that are offered to our employees. The programs are offered through a combination 
of classroom instructor-led training, virtual instructor-led training, and online learning. FSB provides core curricula focused on 
key competencies determined to be critical to the success of our employees' performance. In addition, we provide specialized 
educational  tracks  within  various  institutes  of  learning,  as  well  as  training  plans  based  on  roles  within  the  company.  These 
institutes  of  learning  are  advanced  levels  that  provide  specific  concentrations  of  education  and  development  and  have  been 
designed to focus on critical aspects of our business, such as leadership, effective best practices, sales and marketing, products, 
supply chain, and distribution.

Product Sourcing Endeavors

Sourcing from suppliers with good standing is the foundation of an ethical supply chain. We expect our suppliers to comply 
with all relevant regulations and applicable standards. Our teams conduct risk analysis for suppliers who want to do business 
with  us  and  require  them  to  provide  additional  supporting  documentation  affirming  their  ethics,  quality,  and  reliability.  This 
ensures  they  meet  our  standards  in  these  areas  and  are  complying  with  Fastenal's  Global  Supplier  Purchase  Order  Terms  & 
Conditions  and  Supplier  Code  of  Conduct.  Utilizing  third-party  tools  and  global  databases,  Fastenal  actively  monitors 
government sanctions, denied party listings, withhold release orders, export restriction updates, financial status, adverse media, 
and multiple other official exclusion lists that provide information on any known risk of any entities and locations with which 
Fastenal engages, and screens all business partners against those lists. Additionally, we monitor key areas of trade-related risk, 
including  dual-use  goods,  trade  cases,  anti-dumping  and  counter-vailing  cases,  and  other  protectionist  trade  measures  for  all 
countries  that  products  are  traded  in.  As  part  of  our  comprehensive  Supply  Chain  Security  program,  we  also  evaluate  our 
suppliers'  approach  to  labor  to  ensure  that  they  are  using  appropriate,  and  appropriately  compensated,  employees  and  ensure 
upstream supply chain visibility on globally sourced products. 

With  a  local  and  global  supplier  base,  continuous  monitoring  and  local  representation  is  a  necessity  to  ensure  protocols  are 
triggered when risk may be evident, ensuring a safeguard against poor and/or impaired quality and regulatory violations that 
may otherwise impact our reputation or ability to effectively operate in the marketplace. This is performed not only at the time 
of supplier vetting and onboarding, but for the life of the relationship with the supplier. This process promotes a supply chain 
that is supportive of Fastenal's Global Supplier Purchase Order Terms & Conditions and Supplier Code of Conduct. In the event 
of non-compliance or potential risk, we work with the supplier to correct the situation. If remediation efforts are not undertaken 
to ensure the supplier remains in compliance with Fastenal's standards and code of conduct, alternative sources of supply may 
be considered to ensure the integrity of our supply chain. Supply chain compliance representatives are placed in international 
corporate offices to ensure global coverage and governance, ensuring that no matter where a customers' operations may take 
them,  Fastenal  has  the  infrastructure,  resources,  and  internal  processes  established  to  perform  its  supply  chain  governance 
obligations.

In 2023, approximately 29% of our total company-wide inventory spend was with small and/or diverse businesses. This flows 
from  our  Supplier  Diversity  program,  as  part  of  which  we  are  committed  to  building  supply  chain  relationships  with  small 
businesses  and  businesses  with  diverse  ownership  including  women,  minorities,  veterans,  and  lesbian,  gay,  bisexual,  and 
transgender (LGBT) owned Certified LGBT Business Enterprise® Suppliers. 

Available Information

Our Internet address for corporate and investor information is www.fastenal.com. The information contained on our website or 
connected to our website is not incorporated by reference into this annual report on Form 10-K and should not be considered 
part of this report.

Our  annual  reports  on  Form  10-K,  quarterly  reports  on  Form  10-Q,  current  reports  on  Form  8-K,  and  amendments  to  those 
reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act are available free of charge on or 
through our website at www.fastenal.com as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports have been filed with or furnished 
to the SEC.

14

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

In addition to the other information in this Form 10-K, the following factors should be considered in evaluating our business. 
Our  operating  results  depend  upon  many  factors  and  are  subject  to  various  risks  and  uncertainties.  The  material  risks  and 
uncertainties known to us which may cause our operating results to vary from anticipated results or which may negatively affect 
our operating results and profitability are as follows:

Company-Specific Risks

Operational Risks

Products  that  we  sell  may  expose  us  to  potential  material  liability  for  property  damage,  environmental  damage,  personal 
injury, or death linked to the use of those products by our customers. Some of our customers operate in challenging industries 
in  which  there  is  a  material  risk  of  catastrophic  events.  We  are  actively  seeking  to  expand  our  sales  to  certain  categories  of 
customers, some of whose businesses may entail heightened levels of such risk. If any of these events are linked to the use of 
any of our products by our customers, claims could be brought against us by those customers, by governmental authorities, and 
by third parties who are injured or damaged as a result of such events. In addition, our reputation could be adversely affected by 
negative publicity surrounding such events regardless of whether or not claims against us are successful. While we maintain 
insurance coverage to mitigate a portion of this risk and may have recourse against our suppliers for losses arising out of defects 
in  products  procured  from  them,  we  could  experience  significant  losses  as  a  result  of  claims  made  against  us  to  the  extent 
adequate insurance is not in place, the products are manufactured by us or legal recourse against our suppliers is otherwise not 
available, or our insurers or suppliers are unwilling or unable to satisfy their obligations to us. 

Interruptions  in  the  proper  functioning  of  information  systems  or  the  inability  to  maintain  or  upgrade  our  information 
systems,  or  convert  to  alternate  systems  in  a  timely  and  efficient  manner,  could  disrupt  operations,  cause  unanticipated 
increases  in  costs  and/or  decreases  in  revenues,  and  result  in  less  efficient  operations.  The  proper  functioning  of  our 
information systems is critical to many aspects of our business and we could be adversely affected if we experience a disruption 
or  data  loss  relating  to  our  information  systems  and  are  unable  to  recover  in  a  timely  manner.  Our  information  systems  are 
protected  with  robust  backup  systems  and  processes,  including  physical  and  software  safeguards  and  remote  processing 
capabilities.  Still,  information  systems  are  vulnerable  to  natural  disasters,  power  losses,  unauthorized  access,  cybersecurity 
incidents, telecommunication failures, and other problems. In addition, certain software used by us is licensed from, and certain 
services  related  to  our  information  systems  are  provided  by,  third  parties  who  could  choose  to  discontinue  their  products  or 
services  or  their  relationship  with  us.  It  is  also  possible  that  we  are  unable  to  improve,  upgrade,  maintain,  and  expand  our 
information  systems.  Our  ability  to  process  orders,  maintain  proper  levels  of  inventories,  collect  accounts  receivable,  pay 
expenses, and maintain the security of company and customer data, as well as the success of our growth drivers, is dependent in 
varying degrees on the effective and timely operation and support of our information technology systems. If critical information 
systems  fail  or  these  systems  or  related  software  or  services  are  otherwise  unavailable,  if  we  experience  extended  delays  or 
unexpected  expenses  in  securing,  developing,  and  otherwise  implementing  technology  solutions  to  support  our  growth  and 
operations,  or  if  certain  insurance  coverages  are  limited  in  their  capabilities  or  affordability,  it  could  adversely  affect  our 
profitability and/or ability to grow.

The ability to adequately protect our intellectual property or successfully defend against infringement claims by others may 
have an adverse impact on operations. Additionally, our business relies on the use, validity, and continued protection of certain 
proprietary  information  and  intellectual  property,  which  include  current  and  future  patents,  trade  secrets,  trademarks,  service 
marks,  copyrights,  and  confidentiality  agreements,  as  well  as  license  and  sublicense  agreements  to  use  intellectual  property 
owned  by  affiliated  entities  or  third  parties.  Unauthorized  use  of  our  intellectual  property  by  others  could  result  in  harm  to 
various aspects of the business and may result in costly and protracted litigation in order to protect our rights. In addition, we 
may be subject to claims that we have infringed on the intellectual property rights of others, which could subject us to liability, 
require us to obtain licenses to use those rights at significant cost, or otherwise cause us to modify our operations.

Cyber security incidents, or violations of data privacy laws and regulations, could cause us to experience certain operational 
interruptions, incur substantial additional costs, become subject to legal or regulatory proceedings, or suffer damage to our 
reputation  in  the  marketplace.  The  nature  of  our  business  requires  us  to  receive,  retain,  and  transmit  certain  personally 
identifying  information  that  our  customers  provide  to  purchase  products  or  services,  register  on  our  websites,  or  otherwise 
communicate and interact with us. While we have taken and continue to undertake significant steps to protect our customer and 
confidential information, a compromise of our data security systems or those of businesses with which we interact with could 
result  in  information  related  to  our  customers  or  business  being  obtained  by  unauthorized  persons.  We  develop  and  update 
processes and maintain systems in an effort to try to prevent such unauthorized access, and have established and maintained 
disclosure  controls  and  procedures  that  would  permit  us  to  make  accurate  and  timely  disclosures  of  any  material  event, 
including any cyber security event. The development and maintenance of these processes and systems are costly and require 
ongoing  monitoring  and  updating  as  technologies  change  and  efforts  to  overcome  security  measures  become  more 
sophisticated. Consequently, despite our efforts, the possibility of cyber security incidents cannot be eliminated entirely. There 

15

can be no assurance that we will not experience a cyber security incident that may materially impact our business. While we 
also  seek  to  obtain  assurances  that  third  parties  we  interact  with  will  protect  confidential  information,  there  is  a  risk  the 
confidentiality  of  data  held  or  accessed  by  third  parties  may  be  compromised.  If  a  compromise  of  our  data  security  were  to 
occur,  it  could  interrupt  our  operations,  subject  us  to  additional  legal,  regulatory,  and  operating  costs,  and  damage  our 
reputation in the marketplace. In addition, regulatory authorities have increased their focus on how companies collect, process, 
use, store, share, and transmit personal data. New privacy security laws and regulations, including the European Union General 
Data  Protection  Regulation  2016,  the  California  Consumer  Protection  Act,  and  other  similar  privacy  laws,  pose  increasingly 
complex compliance challenges, which may increase compliance costs, and any failure to comply with data privacy laws and 
regulations could result in significant penalties. 

Our ability to successfully attract, develop, and retain qualified personnel to staff our selling locations could impact labor 
costs, sales at existing selling locations, and the successful execution of our growth drivers. Our success depends in part on 
our  ability  to  attract,  motivate,  and  retain  a  sufficient  number  of  qualified  employees,  including  inside  and  outside  branch 
associates,  Onsite  managers,  national  account  sales  representatives,  and  logistical  and  administrative  support  personnel,  who 
understand and appreciate our culture and are able to adequately represent this culture to our customers. Qualified individuals of 
the requisite caliber and number needed to fill these positions may be in short supply in some areas, and the turnover rate in the 
industry is high, particularly for less tenured employees. If we are unable to hire and retain personnel capable of consistently 
providing  a  high  level  of  customer  service,  as  demonstrated  by  their  enthusiasm  for  our  culture  and  product  knowledge,  our 
sales  could  be  materially  and  adversely  affected.  Additionally,  competition  for  qualified  employees  could  require  us  to  pay 
higher  wages  to  attract  a  sufficient  number  of  employees.  An  inability  to  recruit  and  retain  a  sufficient  number  of  qualified 
individuals in the future may also delay the planned expansion of our various selling channels.

Changes in customer or product mix, downward pressure on sales prices, and changes in volume or timing of orders have 
caused and could continue to cause our gross profit percentage to fluctuate or decline in the future. Changes in our customer 
and  product  mix  have  caused  our  gross  profit  percentage  to  decline  and  could  cause  our  gross  profit  percentage  to  further 
fluctuate or decline. For example, we have experienced a sustained increase in the proportion of our sales attributable to both 
non-fastener  products  and  national  accounts  and  Onsite  customers.  Non-fastener  products  typically  have  a  lower  gross  profit 
percentage than fasteners because in many cases non-fastener products are less technical, have shorter supply chains, and are 
easier  to  transport.  Similarly,  national  accounts  and  Onsite  customers  typically  have  a  lower  gross  profit  percentage  than 
smaller customers by virtue of their scale, available business, and broader offering of products which typically have lower gross 
profit percentages. Whether and to what extent this adverse mix impact will result in a decline of our gross profit percentage in 
any given year will depend on the extent to which they are offset by positive impacts to gross profit percentage during such 
year. Setting aside the circumstances of any given year or period, however, customer and product mix have contributed to the 
decline of our gross profit percentage over time and, based on the anticipated sources of our future growth, will likely continue 
to  reduce  our  gross  profit  percentage  into  the  foreseeable  future.  There  are  other  variables  that  could  cause  our  gross  profit 
percentage to decline, including downward pressure on sales prices due to deflation, increases in overseas freight charges, the 
inability  of  freight  revenue  to  leverage  the  expenses  associated  with  our  captive  trucking  fleet,  pressure  from  customers  to 
reduce  costs,  or  increased  competition.  We  could  experience  reductions  in  the  volume  of  purchases  we  make  from  our 
suppliers, which could reduce supplier volume allowances. We may not be able to pass higher product costs along to customers 
if those customers have ready product or supplier alternatives in the marketplace. We experienced a number of these variables 
in  2023.  A  softer  manufacturing  economy  caused  relative  weakness  in  our  more  cyclical  and  higher  gross  margin  fastener 
product  line  versus  our  non-fastener  product  lines.  Similarly,  we  continued  to  execute  initiatives  aimed  at  accelerating  key 
account penetration, which resulted in relative growth in our lower gross margin national account and Onsite customers. The 
combination of these two events produced pressure on our product gross profit percentage in 2023 from product and customer 
mix.

Our operating and administrative expenses could grow more rapidly than net sales which could result in failure to achieve 
our  goals  related  to  leveraging  revenue  growth  into  higher  net  earnings.  Over  time,  we  have  generally  experienced  an 
increase in our operating and administrative expenses, including costs related to payroll, occupancy, freight, and information 
technology, among others, as our net sales have grown. However, historically, a portion of these expenses has not increased at 
the same rates as net sales, allowing us to leverage our growth and sustain or expand our operating profit margins. There are 
various scenarios where we may not be able to continue to achieve this leverage as we have been able to do in the past. For 
instance, it is typical that when demand declines, most commonly from cyclical or general market factors (though it could be 
due to customer losses or some other company-specific event), our operating and administrative expenses do not fall as quickly 
as net sales. It is also possible that in the future we will elect to make investments in operating and administrative expenses that 
would result in costs growing faster than net sales. In addition, market variables, which include but are not exclusive of labor 
rates, energy costs, legal costs, and health care costs, could move in such a way as to cause us to not be able to manage our 
operating  and  administrative  expenses  so  as  to  leverage  our  revenue  growth  into  higher  net  earnings.  Should  any  of  these 
scenarios,  or  a  combination  of  them,  occur  in  the  future,  it  is  possible  that  our  operating  and  pre-tax  profit  margins  could 
decline even if we are able to grow revenue.

16

Failure  to  maintain  an  effective  system  of  internal  controls  over  business  processes  and/or  financial  reporting  could 
materially  impact  our  business  and  results.  Company  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  effective 
internal  controls  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  achievement  of  objectives  relating  to  operations, 
reporting,  and  compliance.  Any  system  of  internal  controls,  no  matter  how  well  designed  and  operated,  can  only  provide 
reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a system of controls 
must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. 
Because of the inherent limitations in all systems of internal controls, internal controls over business processes and financial 
reporting may not prevent or detect fraud or misstatements. Any failure to maintain an effective system of internal controls over 
business processes and financial reporting could limit our ability to report our financial results accurately and timely or to detect 
and prevent fraud, and could expose us to litigation, economic loss, or adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

Our competitive advantage in FMI solutions, which includes industrial vending (FASTVend) and bin stock (FASTStock and 
FASTBin) tools could be eliminated and, in the case of FASTVend and FASTBin, the loss of key suppliers of equipment and 
services could be impactful and result in failure to deploy devices. Certain circumstances could lead to a short-term inability 
to promote and/or install our FMI solutions. We believe we have a competitive advantage in industrial vending and bin stock 
due to our hardware and software, our local presence (allowing us to service devices and bins more rapidly and with less burden 
on  our  customers),  our  depth  of  products  that  lend  themselves  to  being  dispensed  through  industrial  vending  devices  or  bin 
stocks,  and,  particularly  in  North  America,  our  distribution  strength.  These  advantages  have  developed  over  time;  however, 
other competitors could respond to our expanding industrial vending and bin stock position with highly competitive platforms 
of  their  own.  Such  competition  could  negatively  impact  our  ability  to  expand  our  industrial  vending  and  bin  stock  tools  or 
negatively  impact  the  economics  of  that  business.  In  addition,  we  currently  rely  on  a  limited  number  of  suppliers  for  our 
vending  devices,  RFID  technology,  and  IR  technology  used  in  our  FASTVend  and  FASTBin  platforms.  While  devices, 
software, and services can be obtained from other sources, loss of our current suppliers could be disruptive and could result in 
our failure to meet short- or long-term goals related to the numbers of FASTVend and FASTBin devices we are able to deploy. 
Certain circumstances may reduce short-term customer receptivity to adopting our FMI services. For instance, during periods of 
dramatic  change  in  economic  activity,  some  customers  may  prioritize  managing  existing  operations  over  adopting  new 
technologies until business circumstances change.

Our inability to attract or transition key executive officers may divert the attention of other members of our senior leadership 
and adversely impact our existing operations. Our success depends on the efforts and abilities of our key executive officers 
and senior leadership. In the event of voluntary or involuntary vacancies in our executive team in the future, the extent to which 
there  is  disruption  in  the  oversight  and/or  leadership  of  our  business  will  depend  on  our  ability  to  either  transition  internal, 
talented individuals or recruit suitable replacements to serve in these roles. In addition, difficulties in smoothly implementing 
any transition to new members of our executive team, or recruiting suitable replacements, could divert the attention of other 
members of our senior leadership team from our existing operations.

Failure to implement an effective Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) strategy could result in financial losses or 
impair our corporate reputation. Customers, suppliers, employees, community partners, shareholders, and regulatory agencies 
are increasingly scrutinizing our ESG disclosures and practices and factoring the social impact of our policies and practices into 
whether and how they engage with us. Our ability to achieve any ESG objective is subject to numerous risks, many of which 
are outside of our control. Examples of such risks include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

the availability and cost of low- or non-carbon-based energy sources;

the evolving regulatory requirements affecting ESG standards or disclosures;

increases  in  reporting  and  operating  regulations  around  ESG  may  result  in  higher  operating  expenses  and/or  capital 
expenditures that could reduce our profitability and/or cash flow;

the availability of suppliers that can meet sustainability, diversity, and other ESG standards that we may set;

the  availability  of  effective  and  acceptable  emission  offset  technologies  or  strategies  in  the  event  such  tools  will  be 
necessary to achieve overall emission reduction and mitigation goals; and

our ability to recruit, develop, and retain diverse talent in our labor markets.

An  actual  or  perceived  inability  to  satisfactorily  address  the  concerns  and  disclosure  expectations  of  our  stakeholders  could 
adversely affect our corporate reputation, image, identity, brand equity, and status, which could hurt our ability to retain and 
acquire customers and employees, lead to penalties for non-compliance, and/or negatively impact the price performance of our 
common stock.

17

We may be unable to meet our goals regarding the growth drivers of our business. Our sales growth is dependent primarily on 
our  ability  to  attract  new  customers  and  increase  our  activity  with  existing  customers  within  North  America  and  abroad.  In 
recent  years,  we  have  increased  the  resources  devoted  to  developing  a  multi-dimensional,  differentiated  service  offering, 
including  our  Digital  Footprint  (which  incorporates  our  FMI  and  e-procurement  capabilities),  Onsites,  national  accounts, 
international capabilities, and process and consumption analytics. While we have taken steps to build momentum in the growth 
drivers of our business, we cannot assure you those steps will lead to sales growth. Failure to achieve any of our goals regarding 
our Digital Footprint, Onsites, national accounts, international capabilities, analytics, or other growth drivers could negatively 
impact our long-term sales and profit growth. In addition, failure to identify appropriate targets for the growth drivers of our 
business  or  failure  to  persuade  the  appropriate  targets  to  adopt  these  offerings  once  identified  may  adversely  impact  our 
internally developed and/or externally communicated deployment objectives.

The ability to identify new products and product lines, and integrate them into our selling efforts and distribution network, 
may impact our ability to compete, our ability to generate additional sales, and our profit margins. Our success depends in 
part  on  our  ability  to  develop  product  expertise  at  our  selling  locations  and  through  our  specialist  roles  and  identify  future 
products and product lines that complement existing products and product lines and that respond to our customers' needs. We 
may not be able to compete effectively unless our product selection keeps up with trends in the markets in which we compete or 
trends  in  new  products.  In  addition,  our  ability  to  integrate  new  products  and  product  lines  into  our  selling  locations  and 
distribution network could impact sales and profit margins.

The ability to adequately protect our reputation may have an adverse impact on operations and profitability. The Fastenal 
name is valuable to our business, as well as to the implementation of our strategies for expanding our business. Maintaining, 
promoting,  and  positioning  our  brand  will  depend  largely  on  our  ability  to  provide  high  quality  products,  deliver  consistent 
services,  and  improve  our  customer's  business  operations.  Further,  information  on  our  company,  including  our  products  and 
services, can be more easily accessed and more quickly disseminated through traditional and social media and digital channels. 
Should we fail to deliver a positive customer experience or should our public image be tarnished by negative publicity, whether 
or not based in fact, it could jeopardize our reputation and discourage customers from purchasing our products and services, 
which in turn could adversely affect our ability to grow our revenues and profitability.

We may not be able to compete effectively against traditional or non-traditional competitors, which could cause us to lose 
market  share  or  erode  our  gross  and/or  operating  income  profit  and/or  percentage.  The  industrial,  construction,  and 
maintenance supply industry, although slowly consolidating, still remains a large, fragmented, and highly competitive industry. 
Our  current  or  future  competitors  may  include  companies  with  similar  or  greater  market  presence,  name  recognition,  and 
financial, marketing, technological, and other resources, and we believe they will continue to challenge us with their product 
selection, financial resources, technological advancements, and services. Increased competition from brick-and-mortar retailers 
could cause us to lose market share, reduce our prices, or increase our spending. Similarly, the emergence of online retailers, 
whether as extensions of our traditional competition or in the form of major, non-traditional competitors, could result in easier 
and quicker price discovery and the adoption of aggressive pricing strategies and sales methods. These pressures could have the 
effect of eroding our gross and/or operating income profit and/or percentage over time.

We  may  not  be  successful  in  integrating  acquisitions  and  achieving  intended  benefits  and  synergies.  Historically,  the  vast 
majority of our growth has been organic. However, we have completed several acquisitions over the last decade and expect to 
continue  to  pursue  strategic  acquisitions  that  we  believe  will  either  expand  or  complement  our  business  in  new  or  existing 
markets  or  further  enhance  the  value  and  offerings  we  are  able  to  provide  to  our  existing  or  future  potential  customers. 
Acquisitions involve numerous risks and challenges, including, among others, a risk of potential loss of key employees of an 
acquired  business,  inability  to  achieve  identified  operating  and  financial  synergies  anticipated  to  result  from  an  acquisition, 
diversion of our capital and our management's attention from other business issues, and risks related to the integration of the 
acquired business including unanticipated changes in our business, our industry, or general economic conditions that affect the 
assumptions underlying the acquisition. Any one or more of these factors could cause us to not realize the benefits anticipated 
to result from the acquisitions. 

Equity Risks 

Our stock price will fluctuate, and at times these fluctuations may be volatile. The prices of markets and individual equities 
tend to fluctuate. These fluctuations commonly reflect events, many of which may be fully or partially outside of our control, 
that  may  change  investor's  perception  of  our  future  earnings  growth  prospects,  including  changes  in  economic  conditions, 
ability  to  execute  business  strategy,  the  impacts  of  public  policy,  investor  sentiment,  competitive  dynamics,  and  many  other 
factors. While the sources of stock price fluctuation can be common across companies, the magnitude of these fluctuations can 
vary  for  different  companies.  This  is  commonly  measured  by  beta,  which  is  an  individual  stock's  volatility  in  relation  to  the 
overall market. Our stock price has traditionally had a high beta value, which means fluctuations in the price of our shares will 
often  be  sharper  than  what  is  experienced  by  broader  market  indices.  We  can  provide  no  assurance  that  the  above-average 
historical volatility of our stock versus the broader market will moderate. Volatility in our stock price could also result in the 

18

filing of securities class action litigation, which could result in substantial costs and the diversion of our management's time, 
attention, and resources. 

There  can  be  no  assurance  that  our  stock  price  will  continue  to  reflect  the  current  multiple  of  earnings  over  time.  Stock 
prices, including ours, are commonly thought to be a function of earnings compounded by a multiple. This is often referred to 
as  a  price-to-earnings  (P/E)  ratio,  although  other  forms  of  multiples  are  often  utilized  by  investors  to  value  our  company's 
shares. Historically, investors have given our earnings a higher multiple, or premium, than is typical of the broader industrial 
sector with which we are typically associated. We believe we have earned this premium by virtue of a long history of superior 
growth, profitability, and returns. However, to the extent that we fail to successfully execute our growth strategies and/or poorly 
navigate the risks that surround our business, including those described throughout this section, or to the extent our industry 
(industrial distribution, or industrial stocks in general) loses favor in the marketplace, there can be no assurance that investors 
will continue to afford a premium multiple to our earnings which could adversely affect our stock price.

We cannot provide any guaranty of future dividend payments or that we will continue to purchase shares of our common 
stock  pursuant  to  our  share  purchase  program.  Although  our  board  of  directors  has  historically  authorized  the  payment  of 
quarterly cash dividends on our common stock and indicated an intention to do so in the future, there are no assurances that we 
will continue to pay dividends in the future or continue to increase dividends at historic rates. In addition, although our board of 
directors  has  authorized  share  purchase  programs  and  we  purchased  shares  in  2022,  2020,  and  prior  years  through  these 
programs, we may discontinue doing so at any time. Any decision to continue to pay quarterly dividends on our common stock, 
to  increase  those  dividends,  or  to  purchase  our  common  stock  in  the  future  will  be  based  upon  our  financial  condition  and 
results of operations, the price of our common stock, credit conditions, and such other factors as are deemed relevant by our 
board of directors.

General Economic and Operating Risks

Operational Risks

A downturn in the economy or in the principal markets served by us and other factors may affect customer spending, which 
could harm our operating results. In general, our sales are the result of planned and unplanned customer spending on products 
used in production of final goods, infrastructure construction, and/or the maintenance of facilities. This spending is affected by 
many factors, including, among others:

•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•

general business conditions;
business conditions in our principal markets;
changes in the value of local currencies relative to our functional currency, the United States dollar,
interest rates;
increases (inflation) or decreases (deflation) in the cost of products from our vendors, transportation services, 
energy and fuel prices, and electrical power rates;
liquidity in credit markets;
taxation;
government regulations and actions;
the  impact  on  customer  demand  or  availability  of  goods  and  services  based  on  labor  shortages  or  work 
stoppages;
unemployment trends;
terrorist attacks and acts of war;
impact of higher sustained global temperatures (global warming);
acts of God, which may include, but are not limited to, weather events, earthquakes, pandemics, etc.; and
other matters that influence customer confidence and spending.

A downturn in either the national or local economies where we operate, or in the principal markets served by us, or changes in 
any  of  the  other  factors  described  above,  could  negatively  impact  sales  at  our  in-market  locations,  sales  through  our  other 
selling  channels,  and  the  level  of  profitability  of  those  in-market  locations  and  other  selling  channels.  The  primary  variable 
affecting our results in 2023 was a softening in manufacturing sector business conditions.

Products manufactured in foreign countries may cease to be available, which could adversely affect our inventory levels and 
operating results. We obtain certain of our products, and our suppliers obtain certain of their products, from China, Taiwan, 
South  Korea,  and  other  foreign  countries.  Our  suppliers  could  discontinue  or  experience  disruption  in  selling  products 
manufactured  in  foreign  countries  at  any  time  for  reasons  that  may  or  may  not  be  in  our  control  or  our  suppliers'  control, 
including foreign government regulations, domestic government regulations, disruption in trade relationships and agreements, 
political unrest, war, disease, labor availability, or changes in local economic conditions. Additionally, the shipment of goods 
from foreign countries could be delayed by container shipping companies encountering financial, capacity, or other difficulties. 
Our  operating  results  and  inventory  levels  could  suffer  if  we  are  unable  to  promptly  replace  a  supplier  or  shipper  who  is 

19

unwilling or unable to satisfy our requirements with another supplier or shipper providing products and services of comparable 
quality and utility. 

Trade policies could make sourcing product from overseas more difficult and/or more costly, and could adversely impact our 
gross  and/or  operating  profit  percentage.  We  source  a  significant  amount  of  the  products  we  sell  from  outside  of  North 
America,  primarily  Asia.  We  have  made  significant  structural  investments  over  time  to  be  able  to  source  both  directly  from 
Asia through our wholly-owned, Asia-based subsidiary, FASTCO Trading Co., Ltd. and indirectly from suppliers that procure 
product from international sources. This was initially necessary due to the absence of significant domestic fastener production, 
but over time we have expanded our non-fastener sourcing as well, and at this time it may be difficult to adjust our sourcing in 
the  short  term.  In  light  of  this,  changes  in  trade  policies  could  affect  our  sourcing  operations,  our  ability  to  secure  sufficient 
product to serve our customers and/or impact the cost or price of our products, with potentially adverse impacts on our gross 
and operating profit percentages and financial results. China represents a significant source of product for North America. In 
addition,  we  move  and  source  products  within  North  America.  Any  trading  disruption  (tariffs,  product  restrictions,  etc.) 
between Canada, the United States, and Mexico, or disruption in their respective trading relationships with other nations can 
adversely impact our business. There can be no assurances that these disruptions will not continue or increase in the future, with 
the previously mentioned countries or additional countries with which we do business. The degree to which these changes in the 
global marketplace affect our financial results will be influenced by the specific details of the changes in trade policies, their 
timing and duration, and our effectiveness in deploying tools to address these issues.

Changes in energy costs and the cost of raw materials used in our products could impact our net sales, cost of sales, gross 
profit  percentage,  distribution  expenses,  and  occupancy  expenses,  which  may  result  in  lower  operating  income.  Our 
suppliers can experience significant fluctuation over time in the cost of raw materials (e.g., steel, plastic, etc.) used to produce 
their products. They can also experience significant fluctuation in the cost of energy consumed in their production processes 
and in the cost of fuel consumed to transport their products. These suppliers typically look to pass their increased costs along to 
us through price increases. We also consume energy and fuel in our own operations, and can experience direct and significant 
fluctuation in our own costs. Increases in the cost of fuel or raw materials could be damaging to us, decreases in those costs, 
particularly if severe, could also adversely impact us by creating deflation in selling prices, which could cause our gross profit 
to  decline,  or  by  negatively  impacting  customers  in  certain  industries,  which  could  cause  our  sales  to  those  customers  to 
decline. Failure to fully pass any such increased prices and costs through to our customers or to modify our activities to mitigate 
the impact would have an adverse effect on our operating income. 

We are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk, and changes in foreign exchange rates could increase the cost of 
purchasing products and impact our foreign sales. Given that we were founded and remain based in the United States and that 
we  are  publicly  traded  in  the  United  States,  we  report  our  results  based  on  the  United  States  dollar.  Because  the  functional 
currency  related  to  most  of  our  non-United  States  operations  is  the  applicable  local  currency,  we  are  exposed  to  foreign 
currency exchange rate risk arising from transactions in the normal course of business. Fluctuations in the relative strength of 
foreign economies and their related currencies could adversely impact our ability to procure products at competitive prices and 
our foreign sales. Historically, our primary exchange rate exposure has been with the Canadian dollar as our Mexican activities 
are primarily conducted in United States dollars and our non-North American operations are relatively small in scale. There can 
be  no  assurance  that  currency  exchange  rate  fluctuations  with  the  Canadian  dollar  and  other  foreign  currencies  will  not 
adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows. While the use of currency hedging instruments 
may  provide  us  with  protection  from  adverse  fluctuations  in  currency  exchange  rates,  we  are  not  currently  using  these 
instruments and we have not historically hedged this exposure. If we decide to do so in the future, we could potentially forego 
the benefits that might result from favorable fluctuations in currency exchange rates. 

Our current estimates of total market potential as well as the market potential of our business strategies could be incorrect. 
We  believe  we  have  a  significant  opportunity  for  growth  based  on  our  belief  that  North  American  market  demand  for  the 
products we sell is estimated to exceed $140 billion. This figure is not derived from an independent organization or data source 
that aggregates and publishes widely agreed-upon demand and market share statistics. Instead, we have identified this figure 
based on our own experience in the marketplace for our products and by evaluating estimates from other sources. If we have 
overestimated the size of our market, and in doing so, underestimated our current share of it, the size of our opportunity for 
growth may not be as significant as we currently believe. Similarly, we have provided estimates of the opportunities we have 
with some of our specific growth strategies, such as FMI solutions and Onsite locations. Within North America, we believe the 
potential  market  opportunity  for  industrial  vending  is  approximately  1.7  million  devices  and  we  have  identified  over  12,000 
customer  locations  with  the  potential  to  implement  our  Onsite  service  model  within  our  traditional  manufacturing  and 
construction  customer  base.  We  have  identified  additional  markets,  such  as  government,  healthcare,  and  academia,  and 
geographies into which we can sell our FMI solutions, which would increase the number of identified potential FMI solutions 
or  Onsite  locations.  However,  our  presence  in  emerging  markets  and  geographies  is  not  as  established  as  is  the  case  in  our 
traditional markets and geographies, which could extend the sales cycle. As is the case for total market size, we use our own 
experience and data to arrive at the size of these potential opportunities and not independent sources. These estimates are based 
on  our  business  model  today,  and  the  introduction  or  expansion  of  other  business  strategies  could  cause  them  to  change.  In 

20

addition, the market potential of a particular business strategy may vary from expectations due to a change in the marketplace 
(such  as  changes  in  customer  concentration  or  needs),  a  change  in  the  nature  of  that  business  strategy,  or  weaker  than 
anticipated  acceptance  by  customers  of  that  business  strategy.  We  cannot  guarantee  that  our  market  potential  estimates  are 
accurate or that we will ultimately decide to expand our industrial vending or Onsite service models as we anticipate to reach 
the full market opportunity.

The  industrial,  construction,  and  maintenance  supply  industry  is  consolidating,  which  could  cause  it  to  become  more 
competitive and could negatively impact our market share, gross profit, and operating income. The industrial, construction, 
and  maintenance  supply  industry  in  North  America  is  consolidating,  reflecting  two  factors.  First,  our  customer's  needs  are 
evolving  to  reflect  a  greater  awareness  of  the  total  cost  and  risk  of  fulfillment  and  their  need  to  have  consistent  sources  of 
supply at multiple locations, including outside of North America. Second, providing these capabilities to our customers requires 
increasing investment in hardware, software, and analytic capabilities that require a certain degree of scale to support. While we 
believe that in a fragmented market such as exists for industrial supplies these emerging trends favor large distributors such as 
Fastenal,  as  the  industry  consolidates  into  fewer  and  larger  competitors  it  may  become  more  difficult  to  differentiate  our 
product  and  service  offering  from  that  of  our  competitors.  We  also  continue  to  see  consolidation  among  our  suppliers.  This 
trend could result in fewer and larger suppliers, with greater channel power and negotiating leverage. There can be no assurance 
we will be able in the future to take effective advantage of the trend toward consolidation within our industry or among our 
suppliers. In either or both cases, the trend toward consolidation could make it more difficult for us to maintain our growth and/
or gross and operating profit. Furthermore, as our industrial customers face increased foreign competition, and potentially lose 
business  to  foreign  competitors,  or  shift  their  operations  overseas  in  an  effort  to  reduce  expenses,  we  may  face  increased 
difficulty in growing and maintaining our market share.

The  occurrence  of  a  widespread  public  health  crisis  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  results  of 
operations,  and  financial  condition.  A  public  health  crisis,  if  sufficiently  widespread  as  to  affect  economic  activity,  could 
negatively impact our business. Mitigation efforts and prescriptions may be facilitated by regulatory authorities, which could 
limit our flexibility to pursue alternative, potentially more favorable, means of limiting these negative impacts. The effects on 
our  business  efforts  to  mitigate  the  effects  of  the  crisis  may  include  a  reduction  in  demand,  inefficiencies  due  to  workplace 
accommodations, reduced availability of personnel, supply chain disruption, or constraints on product availability, among other 
difficulties.  In  any  such  event,  the  severity,  duration,  and  extent  of  the  crisis  can  be  difficult  to  predict,  which  can  make  it 
difficult to anticipate the magnitude and length of the impact on our sales, profits, and/or cash flow. It can also be difficult to 
anticipate what the effect on business conditions will be as the impacts of any public health crisis fades and mitigating policies 
are reversed. 

Inclement weather and other disruptions to the transportation network could adversely impact our distribution system and 
demand for our products. Our ability to provide efficient distribution of core business products to our branch network is an 
integral component of our overall business strategy. Disruptions at distribution centers or shipping ports may affect our ability 
to  both  maintain  core  products  in  inventory  and  deliver  products  to  our  customers  on  a  timely  basis,  which  may  in  turn 
adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, severe weather conditions could adversely affect demand for our products 
in particularly hard hit regions.

Legal, Regulatory, and Compliance Risks

Our business is subject to a wide array of operating laws and regulations in every jurisdiction where we operate. Compliance 
with these laws and regulations increases the cost of doing business and failure to comply could result in the imposition of 
fines  or  penalties,  damage  to  our  reputation,  or  the  termination  of  contracts.  We  are  subject  to  a  variety  of  laws  and 
regulations including without limitation import and export requirements, anti-bribery and corruption laws, product compliance 
laws,  environmental  laws,  foreign  exchange  controls  and  cash  repatriation  restrictions,  advertising  regulations,  data  privacy 
(including  in  the  U.S.,  the  California  Consumer  Privacy  Act,  and  in  the  European  Union,  the  General  Data  Protection 
Regulation  2016,  with  interpretations  varying  from  state  to  state  and  country  to  country)  and  cyber  security  requirements 
(including  protection  of  information  and  incident  responses),  regulations  on  suppliers  regarding  the  sources  of  supplies  or 
products,  labor  and  employment  laws,  and  anti-competition  regulations.  In  addition,  as  a  supplier  to  federal,  state,  and  local 
government agencies, we must comply with certain laws and regulations relating specifically to the formation, administration, 
and performance of our governmental contracts. We are also subject to governmental audits and inquiries in the normal course 
of  business.  Ongoing  audit  activity  and  changes  to  the  legal  and  regulatory  environments  could  increase  the  cost  of  doing 
business, and such costs may increase in the future as a result of changes in these laws and regulations or in their interpretation. 
While we have implemented policies and procedures designed to facilitate compliance with these laws and regulations, there 
can be no assurance that our employees, contractors, or agents will not violate such laws and regulations, or our policies. Any 
such  violations  could  result  in  the  imposition  of  fines  and  penalties,  damage  to  our  reputation,  and,  in  the  case  of  laws  and 
regulations relating specifically to governmental contracts, the loss of those contracts. 

21

Tax laws and regulations require compliance efforts that can increase our cost of doing business and changes to these laws 
and regulations could impact financial results. We are subject to a variety of tax laws and regulation in the jurisdictions in 
which we operate. Maintaining compliance with these laws can increase our cost of doing business and failure to comply could 
result in audits or the imposition of fines or penalties. Further, our future effective tax rates in any of these jurisdictions could 
be  affected,  positively  or  negatively,  by  changing  tax  priorities,  changes  in  statutory  rates,  and/or  changes  in  tax  laws  or  the 
interpretation  thereof.  In  2022,  the  Inflation  Reduction  Act  was  passed  which  contained  tax-related  provisions.  We  did  not 
experience, and do not anticipate experiencing in the near future, any meaningful impact to our tax rates from the legislation. 

Changes in accounting standards and subjective assumptions, estimates, and judgments by management related to complex 
accounting matters could significantly affect our financial results or financial condition. U.S. generally accepted accounting 
principles  (GAAP)  and  related  accounting  pronouncements,  implementation  guidelines  and  interpretations  with  regard  to  a 
wide range of matters that are relevant to our business, such as asset impairment, inventories, lease obligations, self-insurance, 
vendor  allowances,  tax  matters,  business  combinations,  and  legal  matters,  are  complex  and  involve  many  subjective 
assumptions,  estimates,  and  judgments.  Changes  in  accounting  standards  or  their  interpretation  or  changes  in  underlying 
assumptions,  estimates  or  judgments,  could  significantly  change  our  reported  or  expected  financial  performance  or  financial 
condition.  The  implementation  of  new  accounting  standards  could  also  require  certain  systems,  internal  process,  internal 
control, and other changes that could increase our operating costs. 

We are subject to litigation risk due to the nature of our business, which may have a material adverse effect on our business. 
From time to time, we are involved in lawsuits or other legal proceedings that arise from business transactions or the operation 
of  our  business.  Due  to  the  nature  of  our  business,  these  proceedings  may,  for  example,  relate  to  product  liability  claims, 
commercial disputes, suits arising from our trucking operations, or employment matters. In addition, we could face claims over 
other matters, such as claims arising from our status as a government contractor, intellectual property matters, or corporate or 
securities law matters. The defense and ultimate outcome of lawsuits or other legal proceedings may result in higher operating 
expenses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Credit and Liquidity Risks 

Tight  credit  markets  could  impact  our  ability  to  obtain  financing  on  reasonable  terms  or  increase  the  cost  of  existing  or 
future financing and interest rate fluctuations could adversely impact our results. As of December 31, 2023, we had $260.0 
of outstanding debt obligations, all in the form of senior unsecured promissory notes issued under our master note agreement 
(the Master Note Agreement). The notes issued under our Master Note Agreement carry a fixed interest rate and consist of five 
series and are described in further detail in Note 9 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K. We 
also have borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facility (the Credit Facility) of $835.0, but no loans were outstanding 
as  of  December  31,  2023.  Loans  under  the  Credit  Facility  generally  bear  interest  at  a  rate  per  annum  equal  to  Daily  Simple 
Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR), the rate on which may vary daily, and mature on September 28, 2027. 

We currently have the capacity under our Credit Facility and Master Note Agreement to increase borrowings in the future to 
finance stock purchases, dividends, capital expenditures, working capital additions, acquisitions, or other investments. Should 
we  seek  to  increase  our  borrowings  during  periods  of  volatility  and  disruption  in  the  United  States  credit  markets,  financing 
may become more costly and more difficult to obtain. This was not a material consideration in 2023. The cost of servicing any 
existing balances on our Credit Facility could increase if interest rates increase due to the SOFR-based interest rate provided for 
under our Credit Facility.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

22

ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY

Cybersecurity Risk Management and Strategy

We  have  established  processes  and  procedures  for  ensuring  the  confidentiality,  integrity,  and  availability  of  data.  These 
processes  are  in  place  to  assess,  identify,  and  manage  material  risks  from  cybersecurity  threats.  Annual  risk  assessments  are 
performed and incorporated as part of our Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) organizational process, which is overseen by 
our  Board  of  Directors  (the  Board)  and  the  Audit  Committee,  along  with  Executive  Leadership.  Our  information  security 
management  system  (ISMS)  program  is  aligned  to  ISO  27001,  which  is  an  international  standard  to  manage  information 
security. ISO 27001 is published by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO), the world's largest developer of 
voluntary standards, and the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC).

Our information technology (IT) security department, led by our Senior Vice President (SVP) IT Infrastructure & Security, is 
tasked  with  monitoring  cybersecurity  and  operational  risks  related  to  information  security  and  system  disruption.  The  team 
employs measures designed to protect against, detect, and respond to cybersecurity threats, and has implemented processes and 
procedures aligned with our information security management system to support and promote resilient programs. This includes:

•

•

•

•

•

•

Enterprise security framework and cyber security standards;

Cyber security awareness and training plans;

Security assessments and monitoring;

Restricted physical access to critical areas, servers, and network equipment;

Incident response, crisis management, business continuity, and disaster recovery plans; and

Third-party IT vendor risk management process to identify, assess, and manage risks presented by our IT vendors and 
business partners.

Our IT security department maintains a playbook to respond to potential cybersecurity threats. We conduct tabletop exercises 
for  tactical  response  readiness,  perform  regular  security  scans  of  our  environment  both  from  an  external  and  internal 
perspective, as well as work with a qualified third-party vendor to perform penetration tests of our environment. Any identified 
risks  are  included  in  our  overall  risk  management  program,  and  internal  and  external  auditors  validate  our  IT  controls  on  a 
regular basis.

We  conduct  organization-wide  cybersecurity  training  and  compliance  exercises  in  connection  with  our  information  security 
program. This training consists of educational material and compliance testing administered to all of our employees, which is 
tracked and recorded throughout the year. Results and progress are shared with Executive Leadership, the Audit Committee, 
and the Board. Employee phishing tests are conducted on a regular basis. Employees who do not follow protocol are redirected 
for additional training. 

We  have  implemented  an  IT  vendor  risk  management  policy  that  provides  guidance  in  managing  risks  associated  with  IT 
vendors and business partners. We have also established a third-party risk management program and conduct pre-onboarding 
security  assessments  and  annual  re-assessments  of  our  service  providers  to  collect,  track,  and  manage  third-party  security 
controls  based  upon  the  risk  presented  to  the  business.  Any  issues  identified  during  assessment  are  tracked  through  to 
remediation.

Governance

Our  Board  of  Directors  and  Audit  Committee  are  actively  engaged  in  the  oversight  of  our  risk  management,  including 
cybersecurity risk. The Audit Committee receives quarterly reports on information security from our SVP IT Infrastructure & 
Security. Additionally, Executive Leadership is briefed on information security at least quarterly by members of our IT security, 
compliance, governance, and audit teams. The Audit Committee of the Board is responsible for overseeing our risk exposure to 
information security, cybersecurity, and data protection, as well as the steps management has taken to monitor and control such 
exposures. 

Our  IT  security  department,  which  assesses  and  manages  our  risks  from  cybersecurity  threats,  is  led  by  our  SVP  IT 
Infrastructure & Security, who reports to our Senior EVP IT. Additional oversight for assessing and managing cybersecurity 
risk  include  Executive  sponsors,  Information  Technology,  Human  Resources,  IT  Governance  Risk  and  Compliance,  Internal 
Audit,  and  Legal,  as  well  as  members  of  our  Information  Security  Risk  Council,  IT  Risk  Committee,  and  Enterprise  Risk 
Management teams.

We have in place an incident response plan to identify, protect, detect, respond to, and recover from cybersecurity threats and 
incidents. The Information Security Risk Council, Executive Leadership, the Audit Committee, and the Board are notified of 
any material cybersecurity incidents through an established escalation process. Additionally, we maintain a qualified third-party 
vendor relationship which is available to the team for on-demand incident response and investigation, as needed.

23

The  IT  security  department  team  members  have  degrees  applicable  to  cybersecurity,  including  Bachelors  in  Information 
Systems,  Computer  Science,  Management  Information  Systems  and/or  Masters  in  Cybersecurity,  and  hold  professional 
certifications, including Certified Information Systems Security Professional, Offensive Security Certified Professional, Global 
Information  Assurance  Certification  (GIAC)  Defensible  Security  Architecture,  GIAC  Forensic  Examiner,  GIAC  Incident 
Handling, and GIAC Open Source Intelligence. Our SVP IT Infrastructure & Security holds a Cybersecurity and Privacy Law 
Certificate  from  Mitchell  Hamline  School  of  Law,  and  has  28  years  of  experience  in  systems,  network,  and  database 
administration.  Additionally,  our  Senior  IT  security  department  manager  is  an  Offensive  Security  Certified  Professional,  and 
holds  GIAC  Security  Leadership  (GSLC),  with  over  25  years  of  experience  in  network  performance,  availability,  and 
protection.

Impact of Cybersecurity Threats

There have been no previous cybersecurity incidents which have materially affected us to date, including our business strategy, 
results  of  operations  or  financial  condition.  However,  any  future  potential  risks  from  cybersecurity  threats,  including  but  not 
limited  to  exploitation  of  vulnerabilities,  ransomware,  denial  of  service,  supply  chain  attacks,  or  other  similar  threats  may 
materially affect us, including our execution of business strategy, reputation, results of operations and/or financial condition.

24

ITEM 2.

 PROPERTIES

Note – Information in this section is as of December 31, 2023, unless otherwise noted. 

We own, and in some cases, lease, the following facilities, excluding selling locations:

Purpose
Location
Distribution center and home office 
Winona, Minnesota
Distribution center
Indianapolis, Indiana
Distribution center
Akron, Ohio
Distribution center 
Scranton, Pennsylvania
Distribution center(3)
Denton, Texas
Distribution center
Atlanta, Georgia
Distribution center
Seattle, Washington
Distribution center and manufacturing facility
Modesto, California
Distribution center and packaging facility (three buildings)(5)
Salt Lake City, Utah
Distribution center (two buildings)(6)
High Point, North Carolina
Distribution center
Kansas City, Kansas
Distribution center
Jackson, Mississippi
Distribution center
Kitchener, Ontario, Canada
Distribution center
Edmonton, Alberta, Canada
Apodaca, Nuevo Leon, Mexico Distribution center
Dordrecht, Netherlands
Distribution center
Saint Helens, United Kingdom Distribution center
Shanghai, China

Local re-distribution center

Leased

Tote 
Locations 
(ASRS)(1)
 246,000 
 547,000  (2)
 103,000 
 104,000 
  41,000  (4)
  77,000 
 140,000 
  69,000 
— 
 132,000 
 170,000 
— 
 128,000 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

Approximate
Square Feet
  331,000 
 1,078,000 
  188,000 
  187,000 
  263,000 
  252,000 
  238,000 
  328,000 
  153,000 
  829,000 
  462,000 
  271,000 
  242,000 
38,000 
46,000 
39,000 
14,000 
12,000 

X  

X  
X  
X  
X  
X  

(1) Total number of tote locations for small parts storage included in facilities with an ASRS. 
(2) This property contains an ASRS with capacity of 52,000 pallet locations, in addition to the 547,000 tote locations for small 

parts.

(3) As of May 2023, we no longer lease space for distribution-related activities. In 2024, an additional ASRS will go live at 

this property. 

(4) This facility contains an ASRS with capacity of 14,000 pallet locations, in addition to the 41,000 tote locations for small 

parts.

(5) During 2021, we acquired land for future expansion of our distribution center in Magna, Utah, and, as of November 2023, 
earthwork  is  underway.  This  building  is  expected  to  be  complete  in  June  of  2025  and  will  be  approximately  290,000 
square feet.
In  December  2018,  we  purchased  an  additional  distribution  center  in  High  Point,  North  Carolina  with  approximately 
750,000  total  square  feet.  Approximately  395,000  square  feet  will  be  leased  by  the  building's  previous  owner  until 
December 2024. We currently utilize approximately 355,000 square feet for distribution activities.

(6)

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
We also own, and in some cases, lease, the following support facilities, excluding selling locations:

Purpose
Location
Manufacturing facility
Winona, Minnesota
Manufacturing facility
Indianapolis, Indiana
Manufacturing facility
Houston, Texas
Manufacturing facility
Wallingford, Connecticut
Manufacturing facility
Rockford, Illinois
Johor, Malaysia
Manufacturing facility
Brno-Lisen, Czech Republic Manufacturing facility
Manufacturing facility
Leeds, United Kingdom
Multiple facilities for office space, storage, and packaging operations 
Winona, Minnesota
International information technology office
Bangalore, India

Leased

Approximate
Square Feet
  121,000 
  198,000 
  122,000 
  177,000 
  101,000 
30,000 
20,000 
28,000 
  421,000 
45,000 

X  
X  

X  

In addition, we own 154 buildings that house our in-market locations in various cities throughout North America.

All other buildings we occupy are leased. Leased branches range from approximately 3,000 to 20,000 square feet, with lease 
terms of up to 120 months (most initial lease terms are for 36 to 60 months).

We  currently  own  land  for  future  distribution  center  expansion  and  development.  If  economic  conditions  are  suitable  in  the 
future, we will consider purchasing branch locations to house our older branches. It is anticipated the majority of new branch 
locations will continue to be leased. It is our policy to negotiate relatively short lease terms to facilitate relocation of particular 
branch operations, when desirable. Our experience has been that there is sufficient space suitable for our needs and available for 
leasing.

ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

A description of our legal proceedings, if any, is contained in Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

26

 
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS, AND 

PART II

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Common Stock Data

Dollar amounts in this section are stated in whole numbers.

Our shares are traded on The Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol 'FAST'. As of January 19, 2024, there were approximately 
900 record holders of our common stock, which include nominees or broker dealers holding stock on behalf of an estimated 
662,000 beneficial owners.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The table below sets forth information regarding purchases of our common stock during each of the last three months of 2023:

Period
October 1-31, 2023
November 1-30, 2023
December 1-31, 2023
Total

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

Total Number of 
Shares
Purchased
0
0
0
0

Average Price
Paid per Share
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00

Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs (1)
0
0
0
0

Maximum Number (or
Approximate Dollar
Value) of Shares that 
May Yet Be Purchased 
Under the Plans or 
Programs (1) 
6,200,000
6,200,000
6,200,000
6,200,000

(1) As  of  December  31,  2023,  we  had  remaining  authority  to  repurchase  6,200,000  shares  under  the  July  12,  2022 

authorization. This authorization does not have an expiration date. 

Purchases  of  shares  of  our  common  stock,  if  applicable,  are  described  later  in  this  Form  10-K  under  the  heading  'Item  7. 
Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations'  under  'Liquidity  and  Capital 
Resources' - 'Stock Purchases'.

27

Fastenal Company Common Stock Comparative Performance Graph

Set  forth  below  is  a  graph  comparing,  for  the  five  years  ended  December  31,  2023,  the  yearly  cumulative  total  shareholder 
return on our common stock with the yearly cumulative total shareholder return of the S&P 500 Index and the Dow Jones US 
Industrial Suppliers Index. 

The comparison of total shareholder returns in the performance graph assumes that $100 was invested on December 31, 2018 in 
Fastenal Company, the S&P 500 Index, and the Dow Jones US Industrial Suppliers Index, and that dividends were reinvested 
when and as paid.

Comparison of Five-Year Cumulative Total Return Among Fastenal Company, the S&P 500 Index, and the Dow Jones 
US Industrial Suppliers Index

Fastenal Company

S&P 500 Index

Dow Jones US Industrial Suppliers Index

2018

$ 100.00
100.00

100.00

2019

145.04
131.49

132.23

2020

198.08
155.68

167.18

2021

265.50
200.37

223.37

2022

200.88
164.08

193.89

2023

283.77
207.21

287.68

Note - The graph and index table above were obtained from Zacks SEC Compliance Services Group.

ITEM 6.

RESERVED

28

Fastenal CompanyS&P 500 IndexDow Jones US Industrial Suppliers Index20182019202020212022202350100150200250300350ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 

OPERATIONS

The following is management's discussion and analysis of certain significant factors which have affected our financial position 
and operating results during the periods included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and should be read in 
conjunction  with  those  consolidated  financial  statements.  This  section  of  this  Form  10-K  generally  discusses  2023  and  2022 
items  and  year-to-year  comparisons  for  the  current  year  and  the  prior  year.  Discussions  of  2021  items  can  be  found  in 
'Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations' in Part II, Item 7 of our annual report 
on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022. 

Business and Operational Overview

Fastenal is a North American leader in the wholesale distribution of industrial and construction supplies. We distribute these 
supplies  through  a  network  of  more  than  3,400  in-market  locations.  Our  largest  end  market  is  manufacturing.  Sales  to  these 
customers includes products for both original equipment manufacturing (OEM), where our products are consumed in the final 
products of our customers, and manufacturing, repair and operations (MRO), where our products are consumed to support the 
facilities and ongoing operations of our customers. We also service general and commercial contractors in non-residential end 
markets  as  well  as  farmers,  truckers,  railroads,  oil  exploration  companies,  oil  production  and  refinement  companies,  mining 
companies,  federal,  state,  and  local  governmental  entities,  schools,  and  certain  retail  trades.  Geographically,  our  branches, 
Onsite locations, and customers are primarily located in North America, though we continue to grow our non-North American 
presence as well.

It is helpful to appreciate several aspects of our marketplace: First, it is big. We estimate the North American marketplace for 
industrial supplies is in excess of $140 billion per year (and we have expanded beyond North America) and no company has a 
significant portion of this market. Second, many of the products we sell are individually inexpensive, but the cost and time to 
manage, procure, and transport these products can be quite meaningful. Third, many customers prefer to reduce their number of 
MRO and OEM suppliers to simplify their business, while also utilizing various technologies and models (including our local 
branches when they need something quickly or unexpectedly) to improve availability and reduce waste. Lastly, we believe the 
markets  are  efficient.  In  our  view,  this  means  that  companies  who  grow  market  share  are  those  that  develop  differentiated 
capabilities that provide the greatest value to the customer.

Our approach to addressing these aspects of our marketplace is captured in our motto Growth Through Customer Service® and 
our tagline Where Industry Meets Innovation™. The concept of growth is simple: find more customers every day that value the 
services  we  provide  and  increase  our  activity  with  them.  However,  execution  is  hard  work.  First,  we  recruit  service-minded 
individuals to support customers and empower them to operate in a decentralized fashion to maximize their flexibility to solve 
customer  problems.  We  support  these  customer-facing  resources  with  a  supply  chain  capability  that  is  speedy,  efficient,  and 
cost-effective.  This  has  formed  the  foundation  of  our  high-touch  model  since  inception.  Second,  we  invest  in,  develop,  and 
deploy  capabilities  that  allow  us  to  illuminate  and  provide  greater  control  over  a  customer's  supply  chain.  These  capabilities 
range  from  service  models  that  take  advantage  of  our  local  presence  and/or  our  ability  to  more  efficiently  manage  complex 
procurement needs, to hardware and software technologies that promote actionable data capture, improve operating efficiencies, 
and reduce supply chain risk. Third, we strive to generate strong profits, which produce the cash flow necessary to support our 
growth, our product and technology development, and the needs of our customers.

The ultimate aim of this 'high-touch, high-tech' approach to gaining market share is to allow us to get closer to our customers, 
going  so  far  as  to  be  right  to  the  point  of  consumption  within  customers'  facilities.  Marrying  our  presence,  capabilities  and 
technologies deepens our relationships and our understanding of our customers' day-to-day opportunities and obstacles. This, in 
turn,  enhances  our  ability  to  provide  innovative  and  comprehensive  solutions  to  our  customers'  challenges.  By  doing  these 
things every day, Fastenal remains a growth-centric organization.

29

Executive Overview

The following table presents a performance summary of our results of operations for the periods ended December 31:

Net sales

Business days
Daily sales

Gross profit

% of net sales

Operating and administrative expenses

% of net sales
Operating income

% of net sales

Earnings before income taxes

% of net sales

Net earnings
Diluted net earnings per share

2023
$ 7,346.7 
253 
$  29.0 
$ 3,354.5 
 45.7% 
$ 1,825.8 
 24.9% 
$ 1,528.7 

 20.8% 
$ 1,522.0 
 20.7% 
$ 1,155.0 
$  2.02 

2022
 6,980.6 
254 
  27.5 
 3,215.8 

 46.1% 

 1,762.2 

 25.2% 

 1,453.6 

 20.8% 

 1,440.0 

 20.6% 

 1,086.9 
  1.89 

YOY
Change

2021

 5.2%  $ 6,010.9 

253 
 5.7%  $  23.8 
 4.3%  $ 2,777.2 
 46.2% 
 3.6%  $ 1,559.8 
 26.0% 
 5.2%  $ 1,217.4 

 20.3% 
 5.7%  $ 1,207.8 
 20.1% 

 6.3%  $ 925.0 
 6.7%  $  1.60 

YOY
Change
 16.1% 

 15.7% 
 15.8% 

 13.0% 

 19.4% 

 19.2% 

 17.5% 
 17.8% 

Note  –  Daily  sales  are  defined  as  the  total  net  sales  for  the  period  divided  by  the  number  of  business  days  (in  the  United 
States) in the period.

2023  was  a  year  of  modest  economic  contraction  in  our  key  markets.  The  Institute  for  Supply  Management's  Purchasing 
Manager's Index (PMI) for the United States averaged 47.1 for the full year and remained below 50, the threshold demarcating 
manufacturing growth or contraction, every month. Industrial Production for the United States reflected moderating business 
activity, with markets that are most relevant to us, such as Fabricated Metals and Machinery, declining at an accelerating rate 
through the year. In addition, inflation in product costing flattened out, with some deflation emerging in fastener products. The 
combined effect of these dynamics was to produce daily sales growth in 2023 that slowed appreciably from 2022. We continued 
to migrate to a key accounts-focused model, expand our Onsite footprint, grow our installed base of FMI hardware, and lift the 
proportion of sales that run through our Digital Footprint. The efficiencies these investments provide and good organizational 
control of discretionary expenses allowed us to achieve a stable operating profit margin despite the challenges stemming from 
this  slower  and  less  inflationary  environment.  We  also  produced  record  operating  cash  flow  which,  combined  with  our 
confidence in the future cash generation capability of our business model, allowed us to pay a supplemental fifth dividend in the 
fourth quarter of 2023.

The table below summarizes our absolute and full-time equivalent (FTE; based on 40 hours per week) employee headcount, our 
investments related to in-market locations (defined as the sum of the total number of branch locations and the total number of 
active Onsite locations), and weighted FMI devices at the end of the periods presented and the percentage change compared to 
the end of the prior period.

Q4
2023

Q4
2022

Twelve-month
% Change

Selling personnel - absolute employee headcount
Selling personnel - FTE employee headcount

Total personnel - absolute employee headcount

Total personnel - FTE employee headcount

Number of branch locations

Number of active Onsite locations

Number of in-market locations

16,512 

15,070 

23,201 

20,721 

1,597 

1,822 

3,419 

15,898 

14,476 

22,386 

19,854 

1,683 

1,623 

3,306 

Weighted FMI devices (MEU installed count)

113,138 

102,151 

 3.9 %

 4.1 %

 3.6 %

 4.4 %

 -5.1 %

 12.3 %

 3.4 %

 10.8 %

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
During the last twelve months, we increased our total FTE employee headcount by 867. This reflects an increase in our total 
FTE selling personnel of 594 to support growth in the marketplace and sales initiatives targeting customer acquisition. We had 
an increase in our distribution and transportation FTE personnel of 124 to support increased product throughput at our facilities 
and to expand our local inventory fulfillment terminals (LIFTs). We had an increase in our remaining FTE personnel of 149 
that  relates  primarily  to  personnel  investments  in  information  technology,  manufacturing,  and  operational  support,  such  as 
purchasing and product development.

The table below summarizes the number of branches opened and closed, net of conversions, as well as the number of Onsites 
activated and closed, net of conversions during the periods presented.

Branch openings

Branch closures, net of conversions

Onsite activations

Onsite closures, net of conversions

Twelve-month Period

2023

2022

10 

(96)   

329 

(130)   

12 

(122) 

306 

(99) 

Our in-market network forms the foundation of our business strategy. In recent years, we have seen a gradual increase in our in-
market locations because of significant growth in Onsites and, to a lesser degree international branches, which has more than 
overcome a meaningful decline in our traditional branch network. In any period, the number of locations closed tends to reflect 
normal churn in our business, whether due to redefining or exiting customer relationships, the shutting or relocation of customer 
facilities that host our locations, or a customer decision, as well as our ongoing review of underperforming locations. We will 
continue to open or close locations to sustain and improve our network, support our growth drivers, and manage our operating 
expenses. However, we believe the strategic rationalization that has produced the meaningful decline in our traditional branch 
network in the United States and Canada since 2013 is largely completed, and we expect reduced closing activity beginning in 
2024. 

CURRENT YEAR RESULTS ENDED 2023

Results of Operations

The  following  table  sets  forth  consolidated  statements  of  earnings  information  (as  a  percentage  of  net  sales)  for  the  periods 
ended December 31:

Net sales
Gross profit
Operating and administrative expenses
Operating income
Net interest expense
Earnings before income taxes

Note – Amounts may not foot due to rounding difference.

Sales

2023

2022

 100.0 %
 45.7 %
 24.9 %
 20.8 %
 -0.1 %
 20.7 %

 100.0 %
 46.1 %
 25.2 %
 20.8 %
 -0.2 %
 20.6 %

The table below sets forth net sales and daily sales for the periods ended December 31, and changes in such sales from the prior 
period to the more recent period:

Net sales

Percentage change

Business days
Daily sales

Percentage change

Daily sales impact of currency fluctuations

$ 

$ 

2023
7,346.7 

2022
6,980.6 

 5.2% 
253 
29.0 

 5.7% 
 -0.3% 

 16.1% 
254 
27.5 
 15.7% 
 -0.5% 

The increase in net sales noted above for 2023 was due to higher unit sales of MRO, OEM, and construction supplies, as well as 
higher pricing as further set forth below.

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We believe higher unit sales in 2023 were primarily a result of our ability to gain market share, as most measures of industrial 
activity were flat to down throughout the period. Despite this challenging environment, in 2023 we produced net sales growth 
of 5.2% and, owing to one fewer selling day in the period, daily sales growth of 5.7%. Growth was led by our transportation 
customers,  which  includes  sales  to  transportation  services  customers  as  the  warehousing  operations  of  retailer-oriented 
customers, and manufacturing end markets, which benefit disproportionately from our shift to a key account model. Our non-
residential  construction  and  reseller  customers  contracted  during  the  period,  which  we  believe  is  due  to  our  shift  to  a  key 
account model which tends to de-emphasize walk-in, over-the-counter, and infrequent transactions. 

Price contributed 160 to 190 basis points to our net sales growth in 2023. This contribution to growth from price was primarily 
due to easier comparisons in the first six months of 2023. For instance, in the first six months of 2023 contribution to growth 
from price averaged 240 to 270 basis points, while in the third and fourth quarters of 2023 contribution to growth from price 
averaged 110 to 140 basis points and 50 to 80 basis points, respectively. 

We increased total Onsite locations, the installed base of FMI devices, and our Digital Footprint in 2023, which enhanced the 
value we provide to our customers and supported our growth and efficiency. The rate of penetration we achieved with these 
growth drivers was uneven, however. We signed 326 Onsites in 2023, below our goal at the start of 2023 of 375 to 400 units 
and slightly below the prior year signings of 356 units. We signed 24,126 FMI MEUs, meeting our goal at the start of 2023 of 
23,000 to 25,000 MEUs and meaningfully above the prior year signings of 20,735 MEUs. We expanded the proportion of our 
sales running through our Digital Footprint to 56.1%, below our goal at the start of 2023 of 65.0% but above the prior year level 
of 49.3%. 

Sales by Product Line

From  a  product  standpoint,  we  have  three  categories:  fasteners,  safety  supplies,  and  other  product  lines,  the  latter  of  which 
includes eight smaller product categories, such as tools, janitorial supplies, and cutting tools. The percent of sales in the periods 
below were as follows:

Fasteners
Safety supplies
Other product lines

2023

2022

 32.4% 
 21.2% 
 46.4% 

 34.0% 
 20.8% 
 45.2% 

The  shifts  in  product  mix  in  2023  compared  to  2022  are  largely  attributable  to  two  factors.  First,  fasteners  are  more  heavily 
oriented  toward  production  of  final  goods  than  maintenance,  which  results  in  greater  susceptibility  to  periods  of  weaker 
industrial production. Second, pricing for fasteners has decelerated at a faster pace than non-fastener products. These dynamics 
produced a meaningful divergence in the daily sales growth rates of our fastener versus our non-fastener product lines in 2023.

Annual Sales Changes, Sequential Trends, and End Market Performance

This section focuses on three distinct views of our business – annual sales changes by month, sequential trends, and end market 
performance.  The  first  discussion  regarding  sales  changes  by  month  provides  a  good  mechanical  view  of  our  business.  The 
second discussion provides a framework for understanding the sequential trends (that is, comparing a month to the immediately 
preceding  month,  and  also  looking  at  the  cumulative  change  from  an  earlier  benchmark  month)  in  our  business.  Finally,  we 
believe  the  third  discussion  regarding  end  market  performance  provides  insight  into  activities  with  our  various  types  of 
customers.

Annual Sales Changes, by Month

During  the  months  noted  below,  all  of  our  selling  locations,  when  combined,  had  a  DSR  change  of  (compared  to  the  same 
month in the preceding year):

2023
2022

Jan.
 11.2% 
 14.9% 

Feb.
 9.6% 
 21.3% 

Mar.
 6.8% 
 19.1% 

Apr.
 7.8% 
 20.3% 

May
 5.2% 
 17.6% 

June
 4.7% 
 16.0% 

July
 3.7% 
 18.1% 

Aug.
 3.6% 
 16.1% 

Sept.
 5.0% 
 13.7% 

Oct.
 1.9% 
 13.6% 

Nov.
 3.8% 
 10.2% 

Dec.
 5.3% 
 8.0% 

32

 
Sequential Trends

We  find  it  helpful  to  think  about  the  monthly  sequential  changes  in  our  business  using  the  analogy  of  climbing  a 
stairway  –  This  stairway  has  several  predictable  landings  where  there  is  a  pause  in  the  sequential  gain  (i.e.  April,  July,  and 
October  to  December),  but  generally  speaking,  climbs  from  January  to  October.  The  October  landing  then  establishes  the 
benchmark for the start of the next year.

History  has  identified  these  landings  in  our  business  cycle.  They  generally  relate  to  months  where  certain  holidays  impair 
business days and/or seasons impact certain end markets, particularly non-residential construction. The first landing centers on 
Easter and the Good Friday holiday that precedes it, which in any given year can fall in March or April, the second landing 
centers  on  July  4th,  and  the  third  landing  centers  on  the  approach  of  winter  with  its  seasonal  impact  on  primarily  our  non-
residential construction business and with the Christmas/New Year holidays. The holidays we noted impact the trends because 
they either move from month-to-month or because they move around during the week.

The  table  below  shows  the  pattern  to  the  sequential  change  in  our  daily  sales.  The  line  labeled  'Benchmark'  is  a  historical 
average of our sequential daily sales change for the trailing five year average that excludes 2020. We have excluded 2020 from 
the average as the effects of the pandemic created unusual sequential patterns that we do not consider representative of normal 
trends. We believe this time frame serves to show the historical pattern and could serve as a benchmark. The '2023' and '2022' 
lines represent our actual sequential daily sales changes. The '23Delta' and '22Delta' lines indicate the difference between the 
'Benchmark' and the actual results in the respective year. Under normal circumstances, the sequential trends shown below are 
directly linked to fluctuations in our end markets. Further, in any given month it is possible to get significant deviation from the 
benchmark. 

It is important to note that these benchmarks are historical averages. In a year where demand is strong, our daily sales growth 
rates will tend to have more months that exceed the benchmark than fall below it. In a year where demand is weak, we will tend 
to  have  more  months  that  fall  short  of  the  benchmark  than  exceed  it.  In  both  cases,  there  is  a  random  element  that  makes  it 
difficult to know how any single month will perform.

Benchmark (2)
2023
23Delta
2022
22Delta

Jan.(1)
 0.2% 
 -0.4% 
 -0.6% 
 1.7% 
 1.5% 

Feb.

Mar.

Apr.

May

June

July

Aug.

Sept.

Oct.

 1.5% 
 1.7% 
 0.1% 
 3.1% 
 1.6% 

 3.8% 
 1.0% 
 -2.9% 
 3.6% 
 -0.2% 

 -0.5% 
 -0.2% 
 0.2% 
 -1.2% 
 -0.7% 

 2.7% 
 0.7% 
 -2.0% 
 3.2% 
 0.6% 

 2.0% 
 -0.2% 
 -2.1% 
 0.2% 
 -1.7% 

 -3.1% 
 -2.6% 
 0.5% 
 -1.6% 
 1.5% 

 2.9% 
 1.3% 
 -1.6% 
 1.3% 
 -1.6% 

 3.6% 
 4.0% 
 0.4% 
 2.7% 
 -0.9% 

 -1.9% 
 -3.0% 
 -1.1% 
 -0.1% 
 1.8% 

Cumulative 
Change from 
Jan. to Oct.

 11.2% 
 2.3% 
 -8.8% 
 11.7% 
 0.5% 

(1) The January figures represent the percentage change from the previous October, whereas the remaining figures represent 

the percentage change from the previous month.

(2) The benchmark for each month is the average of the previous five years for that month. As COVID-19-related surge sales 
made sequential averages in 2020 unrepresentative, the benchmark uses a preceding five-year average that excludes 2020. 
We also exclude the impact of the 2017 Mansco acquisition.

Note – Amounts may not foot due to rounding difference.

33

 
A graph of the sequential daily sales change patterns discussed above, starting with a base of '100' in the previous October and 
ending with the next October, would be as follows:

End Market Performance

We estimate approximately 70% to 75% of our business is with customers engaged in some type of manufacturing, a significant 
subset  of  which  finds  its  way  into  the  heavy  equipment  market.  The  DSR  change  to  our  manufacturing  customers,  when 
compared to the same period in the prior year, was as follows:

DSR change - manufacturing customers
2023
2022

Q1
 14.4% 
 23.9% 

Q2
 10.4% 
 23.1% 

Q3
 6.2% 
 22.6% 

Q4
 4.7% 
 16.0% 

Annual

 8.9% 
 21.3% 

We estimate approximately 25% to 30% of our business is with customers engaged in a wide range of activities, none of which 
individually  constitute  10%  of  sales.  This  includes  non-residential  construction,  reseller,  transportation,  and  government 
customers. The DSR change to these remaining non-manufacturing customers, when compared to the same period in the prior 
year, was as follows:

DSR change - non-manufacturing customers
2023
2022

Q1
 -3.7% 
 6.9% 

Q2
 -5.3% 
 6.9% 

Q3
 -1.3% 
 1.0% 

Q4
 0.9% 
 -0.8% 

Annual

 -2.4% 
 3.5% 

34

Sequential Daily Sales ChangeBenchmark20232022PreviousOct.Jan.Feb.Mar.Apr.MayJuneJulyAug.Sept.Oct.90100110120Product Performance

Our  products  fall  into  two  functional  subsets:  (1)  original  equipment  manufacturing  (OEM)  parts,  which  become  part  of  a 
customer's finished good and (2) maintenance, repair, and operation (MRO), which maintain the facilities and equipment used 
by our customers.

While certain products in our other product categories have an OEM application, such as welding consumables or metal cutting 
carbides, the majority of our sales for OEM applications are of fasteners. As a result, the best way to understand the change in 
our production business is to examine the results in our fastener product line (which represents 30% to 35% of our business). 
From a company perspective, the DSR change of fasteners, when compared to the same period in the prior year, was as follows 
(note: this information includes all end markets):

DSR change - fasteners
2023
2022

Q1
 7.0% 
 24.6% 

Q2
 0.0% 
 21.2% 

Q3
 -2.0% 
 18.2% 

Q4
 -2.3% 
 9.1% 

Annual

 0.7% 
 18.1% 

By  contrast,  while  we  do  sell  significant  quantities  of  MRO  fasteners,  the  best  way  to  understand  the  change  in  our  MRO 
business  is  to  examine  the  results  in  our  non-fastener  product  lines,  which  include  safety,  tools,  janitorial,  and  other 
products. From a company perspective, the DSR change of non-fasteners, when compared to the same period in the prior year, 
was as follows (note: this information includes all end markets):

DSR change - non-fasteners
2023
2022

Q1
 10.3% 
 15.0% 

Q2
 9.2% 
 16.0% 

Q3
 7.5% 
 14.4% 

Q4
 6.6% 
 11.6% 

Annual

 8.4% 
 14.2% 

Our  non-fastener  business  is  not  immune  to  the  impact  of  industrial  cycles,  but  because  it  is  more  dependent  on  whether  a 
facility is operating than how much product that facility is producing, it does tend to exhibit less volatility in its growth than our 
fastener business. We also expect growth of our non-fastener products to outperform growth of our fastener products over the 
course of a cycle. This reflects three things: the non-fastener market is larger than the fastener market, we are under penetrated 
in the non-fastener market relative to the fastener market, and industrial vending lends itself to sales of non-fastener products. 

Gross Profit

The gross profit percentage during each period was as follows:

2023
2022

Q1
 45.7% 
 46.6% 

Q2
 45.5% 
 46.5% 

Q3
 45.9% 
 45.9% 

Q4
 45.5% 
 45.3% 

Annual
 45.7% 
 46.1% 

Our gross profit, as a percentage of net sales, was 45.7% in 2023 and 46.1% in 2022. This decrease was primarily related to two 
factors.  First,  in  2023  customer  and  product  mix  had  a  negative  effect  on  our  gross  profit  percentage.  We  continued  to 
experience relatively strong growth from larger customers, including Onsites, and non-fastener products, each of which tend to 
have  a  lower  gross  profit  percentage  than  our  business  as  a  whole.  Second,  we  had  higher  organizational/overhead  costs, 
including  from  higher  inbound  freight  costs  and  working  capital  needs  being  relieved  from  inventory  and  generating  higher 
period  costs.  These  negative  effects  were  partly  offset  by  favorable  freight  costs,  which  reflects  elevated  domestic  freight 
revenue  leveraging  what  are  relatively  stable  costs  to  support  our  captive  fleet,  lower  expenses  related  to  external  freight 
providers, and lower fuel costs. 

Operating and Administrative Expenses

Our operating and administrative expenses, as a percentage of net sales, improved to 24.9% in 2023 from 25.2% in 2022. This 
primarily reflected improvement, as a percentage of net sales, in employee-related expenses as bonuses and commissions were 
down as a result of slower sales and profit growth in 2023 versus the prior year.

The percentage change in employee-related, occupancy-related, and all other operating and administrative expenses compared 
to the same periods in the preceding year, is outlined in the table below.

Employee-related expenses

Occupancy-related expenses

All other operating and administrative expenses

35

Approximate Percentage 
of Total Operating and 
Administrative Expenses

Twelve-month Period

2023

2022

70% to 75%

15% to 20%

10% to 15%

 3.4 %

 4.2 %

 4.2 %

 14.7 %

 2.6 %

 18.5 %

 
Employee-related expenses include: (1) payroll (which includes cash compensation, stock option expense, and profit sharing), 
(2) health care, (3) personnel development, and (4) social taxes.

Our employee-related expenses increased in 2023 from 2022. This was related to higher base pay and employment taxes as a 
result of increased FTE during the period and moderate wage inflation. This was partly offset by a decline in bonuses reflecting 
slower sales and profit growth versus the prior year. 

The table below summarizes the percentage change in our FTE headcount at the end of the periods presented compared to the 
end of the prior period:

Selling personnel (1)
Distribution/Transportation personnel

Manufacturing personnel
Organizational support personnel (2)

Total personnel

Twelve-month Period

2023

2022

 4.1 %

 4.2 %

 0.1 %

 8.6 %

 4.4 %

 7.9 %

 8.4 %

 12.4 %

 9.5 %

 8.3 %

(1) Of our Selling Personnel, 80%-85% are attached to a specific in-market location. 
(2) Organizational  support  personnel  consists  of:  (1)  Sales  &  Growth  Driver  Support  personnel  (approximately  35%  of 
category),  which  includes  sourcing,  purchasing,  supply  chain,  product  development,  etc.;  (2)  Information  Technology 
personnel (35% to 40% of category); and (3) Administrative Support personnel (25% to 30% of category), which includes 
human resources, Fastenal School of Business, accounting and finance, senior management, etc.

Occupancy-related expenses include: (1) building rent and depreciation, (2) building utility costs, (3) equipment related to our 
branches and distribution locations, and (4) industrial vending equipment and bins utilized as part of FMI services (we consider 
this hardware to be a logical extension of our in-market operations and classify the depreciation and repair costs as occupancy 
expenses).

Our occupancy-related expenses increased in 2023 from 2022. This was related to: slightly higher depreciation and expenses 
related  to  a  higher  installed  base  of  our  FMI  suite  of  technologies;  moderately  higher  costs  and  depreciation  for  the 
maintenance, upgrade, and installation of equipment in hub and non-hub facilities; and a slight rise in branch rents related to 
higher inflation and branch size.

All  other  operating  and  administrative  expenses  include:  (1)  selling-related  transportation,  (2)  information  technology  (IT) 
expenses, (3) general corporate expenses, which consists of legal expenses, general insurance expenses, travel and marketing 
expenses, etc., and (4) sales of property and equipment.

Combined, all other operating and administrative expenses increased in 2023 from 2022. This was related to: higher spending 
on  information  technology;  higher  general  insurance  costs;  increased  spending  on  travel  and  supplies;  and  higher  bad  debt 
expense.  These  elements  were  only  partly  offset  by  increased  contributions  from  our  supplier  collaboration  programs  and 
increased income from asset sales related to our field truck fleet.

Net Interest

Our net interest expense was $6.7 in 2023 compared to $13.6 in 2022. We carried lower average debt balances in 2023 relative 
to the prior year, with cash generated from working capital reductions enabling us to reduce outstanding revolver debt under our 
Credit Facility. This was only partly offset by slightly higher average rates against borrowings under our Credit Facility due to 
changing interest rate levels in the marketplace. We also generated higher interest income in 2023 relative to the prior year.

Income Taxes

We recorded income tax expense of $367.0 in 2023, or 24.1% of earnings before income taxes, compared to $353.1 in 2022, or 
24.5% of earnings before income taxes. The decrease in our tax rate in 2023 is due primarily to an increase in the tax benefit 
associated with the exercise of stock options.

36

Net Earnings

Net earnings, net earnings per share (EPS), the percentage change in net earnings, and the percentage change in EPS, were as 
follows:

Dollar Amounts
Net earnings

Basic EPS

Diluted EPS

Percentage Change
Net earnings

Basic EPS

Diluted EPS

Tax Rate

2023

$ 

1,155.0 

2.02 

2.02 

2022

1,086.9 

1.89 

1.89 

2023

2022

 6.3 %

 6.7 %

 6.7 %

 17.5 %

 17.7 %

 17.8 %

2023

2022

 24.1 %

 24.5 %

During 2023, net earnings per share increased, primarily due to higher sales, lower net interest expense, a lower tax rate, and 
lower average fully diluted shares outstanding as a result of our buying back shares in 2022. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities in dollars and as a percentage of net earnings were as follows:

Net cash provided

% of net earnings

2023

2022

$ 

1,432.7 

 124.0% 

941.0 

 86.6% 

In 2023, we experienced an increase in our operating cash flow as a percentage of net earnings. The improvement in operating 
cash  flow  in  2023,  as  a  percent  of  net  earnings,  reflects  the  reduced  demand  for  working  capital  as  a  result  of  an  improved 
supply chain and, to a lesser degree, slower business activity relative to the prior year.

Trade Working Capital Assets

The following table sets forth the dollar and percentage change in accounts receivable, net, inventories, and accounts payable 
for the period ended December 31:

Accounts receivable, net
Inventories

Trade working capital

Accounts payable

Trade working capital, net

Net sales in last three months

Twelve-month 
Dollar Change

Twelve-month 
Percentage Change

2023

2023

2023

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

1,087.6 
1,522.7 
2,610.3 

264.1 
2,346.2 

1,758.6 

74.4 
(185.3) 
(110.9) 

9.2 
(120.1) 

63.0 

 7.3% 
 -10.8% 
 -4.1% 

 3.6% 
 -4.9% 

 3.7% 

Note – Amounts may not foot due to rounding difference.

In 2023, the annual growth in net accounts receivable is primarily attributable to three factors. First, our receivables increased 
as a result of growth in sales to our customers. Second, we continue to experience a shift in our mix due to relatively stronger 
growth from national account customers, which tend to carry longer payment terms than our non-national account customers. 
Third,  and  to  a  lesser  degree,  customers  have  historically  delayed  payments  at  the  end  of  years  that  are  economically 
challenged, and we saw that effect in 2023.

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our inventory balances over time will respond to business activity, though various factors produce a looser relationship to our 
monthly sales patterns than we tend to experience in accounts receivable. One reason for this is because it is cyclical. We source 
significant quantities of product from overseas, and the lead time involved in procuring these products is typically longer than 
the visibility we have into future monthly sales patterns. As a result, trends in our inventory will often lag trends in economic 
conditions. A second reason relates to product cost and the length of our supply chain. A significant proportion of our products, 
particularly fasteners, are sourced from Asia and transported primarily by ship and rail to our North American network for sale. 
This requires us to purchase a meaningful quantity of our products months in advance of those products being available for sale 
in our North American facilities. Product that is in transit is in our inventory but is not available for sale, which can create a lag 
in our ability to adjust inventory levels or costs in response to rapid changes in economic or cost conditions. A third reason for 
increases  in  our  inventory  balances  is  our  growth  drivers,  including  our  FMI  offerings,  Onsite  channel,  and  international 
expansion, all of which tend to require significant investments in inventory.

In 2023, our inventories decreased, reflecting the absence of supply chain disruptions from the prior year. Our response at the 
time was to deepen our inventory as a means of maintaining high service to our customers, particularly for imported inventory. 
Dissipation  of  these  disruptions  has  allowed  us  to  shorten  our  product  ordering  cycle.  It  is  also  likely  that  slower  business 
activity reduced the level of inventory our customers required us to maintain to meet their production needs.

In 2023, the annual growth in accounts payable was primarily attributable to our product purchases increasing to support the 
growth  in  our  business.  The  growth  in  our  accounts  payable  balance  is  below  the  growth  in  our  sales,  which  reflects  the 
dissipation of supply chain disruptions from the prior year. This allowed us to shorten our product ordering cycle in 2023 versus 
2022.

The approximate percentage mix of inventory stocked at our selling locations versus our distribution center and manufacturing 
locations was as follows at year end:

Selling locations

Distribution center and manufacturing locations

Total

Lease Obligations

2023

2022

 64% 

 36% 

 100% 

 58% 

 42% 

 100% 

We have facilities, equipment, and vehicles leased under operating leases. A discussion of our lease obligations is contained in 
Note 8 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities in dollars and as a percentage of net earnings were as follows:

Net cash used

% of net earnings

2023

2022

$ 

161.2 
 14.0% 

163.0 

 15.0% 

Our net cash used in investing activities in 2023 was comparable to 2022 and primarily related to investments for net capital 
expenditures. 

Property and equipment expenditures typically consist primarily of: (1) purchases related to industrial vending, (2) purchases of 
property  and  equipment  related  to  expansion  of  and  enhancements  to  distribution  centers,  (3)  spending  on  software  and 
hardware for our information processing systems, (4) the addition of fleet vehicles, (5) expansion, improvement or investment 
in certain owned or leased branch properties, and (6) the addition of manufacturing and warehouse equipment. Proceeds from 
the sales of property and equipment, typically for the planned disposition of pick-up trucks as well as distribution vehicles and 
trailers in the normal course of business, are netted against these purchases and additions.

38

 
Set  forth  below  is  a  recap  of  our  2023  and  2022  net  capital  expenditures  in  dollars  and  as  a  percentage  of  net  sales  and  net 
earnings:

Manufacturing, warehouse and packaging equipment, industrial vending equipment, and 
facilities
Shelving and related supplies for in-market location openings and for product expansion at 
existing in-market locations
Data processing software and equipment
Real estate and improvements to branch locations
Vehicles

Purchases of property and equipment

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

Net capital expenditures

% of net sales
% of net earnings

2023

2022

$ 

83.9 

24.0 
33.4 
7.0 
24.5 
172.8 
(12.2) 
160.6 

 2.2% 
 13.9% 

97.8 

21.5 
30.6 
12.4 
11.5 
173.8 
(11.4) 
162.4 

 2.3% 
 14.9% 

Our net capital expenditures in 2023 were comparable to 2022, though they were below our original expectations for net capital 
investment during the year. The slower business environment in 2023 reduced the need to purchase certain equipment at the 
pace originally anticipated. We also saw the timing of certain outlays pushed out and, to a lesser extent, longer lead times on 
certain materials. It does not reflect the cancellation of any significant initiatives, and much of the spending is expected to occur 
in  2024  when  we  see  our  investment  in  property  and  equipment,  net  of  proceeds  from  sales,  being  in  a  range  of  $225.0  to 
$245.0.  This  increase  reflects  spending  to  complete  our  Utah  distribution  center,  investments  in  picking  technology  and 
equipment in our hubs and branches, higher outlays for FMI hardware reflecting our higher targeted signings and a slight build 
in device inventory, and an increase in spending on information technology.

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities

The increase in net cash used in financing activities reflects higher dividend payments, including a supplemental payment in 
December  of  2023,  and  a  reduction  in  our  outstanding  debt  obligations.  These  uses  of  cash  were  only  partly  offset  by  the 
absence of common stock purchases that we made in the prior year and, to a lesser degree, the exercise of stock options. Net 
cash used in financing activities in dollars and as a percentage of earnings were as follows:

Cash dividends paid
% of net earnings

Purchases of common stock

% of net earnings
Total returned to shareholders
% of net earnings

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options

% of net earnings

Debt obligations payments (proceeds), net

% of net earnings
Net cash used
% of net earnings

Stock Purchases

2023
1,016.8 

$ 

 88.0% 
— 
 —% 

$ 

1,016.8 

$ 

$ 

 88.0% 
(30.1) 

 -2.6% 

295.0 
 25.5% 

$ 

1,281.7 

 111.0% 

2022

711.3 

 65.4% 

237.8 

 21.9% 

949.1 

 87.3% 
(9.2) 
 -0.8% 

(165.0) 

 -15.2% 
774.9 

 71.3% 

In 2023, we did not purchase any of our common stock. In 2022, we purchased 5,000,000 shares of our common stock at an 
average price of approximately $47.58 per share.

We have authority to purchase up to 6,200,000 additional shares of our common stock under the July 12, 2022 authorization. 
This authorization does not have an expiration date.

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividends

We  declared  a  quarterly  dividend  of  $0.39  per  share  on  January  17,  2024.  In  2023,  we  paid  aggregate  annual  dividends  per 
share  of  $1.78.  This  included  $1.40  per  share  in  regular  quarterly  dividends  and  a  $0.38  per  share  special  dividend  paid  in 
December  2023  reflecting  what  was  at  the  time  our  high  cash  balances,  as  well  as  our  favorable  outlook  for  future  cash 
generation. In 2022, we paid aggregate annual dividends per share of $1.24.

Debt

In order to fund the considerable cash needed to expand our industrial vending business, expand capacity and increase the use 
of  automation  in  our  distribution  centers,  pay  dividends,  we  have  borrowed  under  our  Credit  Facility  and  our  Master  Note 
Agreement in recent periods.

Our borrowings under the Credit Facility and Master Note Agreement peaked during each quarter of 2023 as follows: 

Peak borrowings

First quarter

Second quarter

Third quarter

Fourth quarter

2023

$ 

565.0 

470.0 

350.0 

330.0 

As  of  December  31,  2023,  we  had  $0.0  outstanding  under  the  Credit  Facility  and  had  contingent  obligations  from  letters  of 
credit  outstanding  under  the  Credit  Facility  in  an  aggregate  face  amount  of  $32.7.  As  of  December  31,  2023,  we  had  loans 
outstanding under the Master Note Agreement of $260.0. Descriptions of our Credit Facility and Master Note Agreement are 
contained in Note 9 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Material Cash Requirements

Our material cash requirements for known contractual obligations include capital expenditures, debt, and lease obligations, each 
of which are discussed in more detail earlier in this section. We believe that net cash provided by operating activities will be 
adequate to meet our liquidity and capital needs for these items in the short-term over the next 12 months and also in the long-
term  beyond  the  next  12  months.  We  also  have  cash  requirements  for  purchase  orders  and  contracts  for  the  purchase  of 
inventory and other goods and services, which are based on current distribution needs and are fulfilled by our suppliers within 
short time horizons. We do not have significant agreements for the purchase of inventory or other goods or services specifying 
minimum order quantities. In addition, we may have liabilities for uncertain tax positions but we do not believe any of these 
liabilities  will  be  material.  A  discussion  of  income  taxes  is  contained  in  Note  7  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements.

Unremitted Foreign Earnings

Approximately $213.2 of cash and cash equivalents were held by non-U.S. subsidiaries on December 31, 2023. These funds 
may create foreign currency translation gains or losses depending on the functional currency of the entity holding the cash. We 
have  considered  the  financial  requirements  of  each  foreign  subsidiary  and  our  parent  company  and  will  continue  to  reinvest 
these funds to support our expansion activities outside the U.S., even after taking into consideration the deemed repatriation and 
transition  tax  under  the  Tax  Cuts  and  Jobs  Act.  The  income  tax  impact  of  repatriating  cash  associated  with  investments  in 
foreign subsidiaries is discussed in Note 7 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Effects of Inflation

In  2023,  we  observed  easing  in  inflationary  pressures  for  metals  (especially  steel),  energy,  and  transportation  services 
(especially overseas containers and shipping) resulting in stable costs for most of our product offering. As a result, we did not 
institute any broad pricing actions through 2023 and we saw our contribution to growth in daily sales due to price moderate 
throughout  the  year.  The  exception  to  this  stability  was  cost  deflation  for  imported  goods,  which  resulted  in  modest  price 
deflation specifically in our fastener product line over the course of the year. The net effect on our gross profit percentage of 
these trends in cost and price inflation was immaterial in 2023.

40

 
 
 
PRIOR YEAR RESULTS ENDED 2022

Results of Operations

The  following  table  sets  forth  consolidated  statements  of  earnings  information  (as  a  percentage  of  net  sales)  for  the  periods 
ended December 31:

Net sales
Gross profit
Operating and administrative expenses
Operating income
Net interest expense
Earnings before income taxes

Note – Amounts may not foot due to rounding difference.

Sales

2022

2021

 100.0 %
 46.1 %
 25.2 %
 20.8 %
 -0.2 %
 20.6 %

 100.0 %
 46.2 %
 26.0 %
 20.3 %
 -0.2 %
 20.1 %

The table below sets forth net sales and daily sales for the periods ended December 31, and changes in such sales from the prior 
period to the more recent period:

Net sales

Percentage change

Business days
Daily sales

Percentage change

Daily sales impact of currency fluctuations

$ 

$ 

2022
6,980.6 

2021
6,010.9 

 16.1% 
254 
27.5 
 15.7% 
 -0.5% 

 6.4% 
253 
23.8 

 7.3% 
 0.6% 

The  increase  in  net  sales  noted  above  for  2022  was  due  to  higher  unit  sales  of  MRO  and  OEM  supplies  to  traditional 
manufacturing and construction customers and higher pricing as further set forth below.

Higher  unit  sales  in  2022  were  a  result  of  healthy  economic  activity  throughout  the  period,  though  we  did  observe  some 
moderation  in  demand  as  the  year  progressed.  This  moderation  in  demand,  combined  with  more  difficult  year-over-year 
comparisons as the year progressed, produced daily sales growth of 18.1% in the first half of 2022, daily sales growth of 13.3% 
in the second half of 2022, and daily sales growth of 8.0% in December 2022. Growth was led by our manufacturing customers, 
with  particular  strength  in  markets  involved  with  commodity  and  capital  goods  production.  Our  non-residential  construction 
customers grew on an annual basis, but turned slightly negative in the fourth quarter. We believe the relative underperformance 
of  this  customer  category  reflects  deliberate  shifts  in  our  branch  strategy  that  de-emphasized  walk-in  and  over-the-counter 
transactions. 

We  also  experienced  a  normalization  in  other  aspects  of  the  operating  environment  in  2022,  specifically  the  dissipation  or 
moderation  over  the  course  of  the  year  of  product  and  transportation  inflation,  supply  chain  disruption,  and  labor  market 
constraints. This affected two aspects of our growth during the period.

First, price contributed 540 to 570 basis points to our net sales growth in 2022. However, as inflationary pressures eased and 
product  availability  improved,  the  need  for  aggressive  pricing  actions  declined.  The  absence  of  such  actions  combined  with 
more  difficult  year-over-year  comparisons  as  the  year  progressed  resulted  in  the  contribution  from  price  to  net  sales  growth 
moderating, from averaging 620 to 650 basis points in the first half of 2022, to averaging 450 to 480 basis points in the second 
half of 2022 and to averaging 350 to 380 basis points in the fourth quarter of 2022.

Second,  as  inflationary  pressures  and  supply  chain  constraints  became  more  predictable  and  manageable  and  then  largely 
dissipated, it allowed our customers to shift from short-term business management to long-term strategic planning. This, in turn, 
provided us more opportunities to engage with customers over our key growth drivers, including Onsite and FMI. As a result, 
while we did not reach the signings goals we had set out at the start of the year, we saw a meaningful increase in signings in 
2022 over the prior year, and a return to near pre-pandemic levels. We signed 356 Onsites in 2022, below our goal of 375 to 
400 units but above the prior year (274 signings). Similarly, we signed 20,735 FMI MEUs, below our goal of 23,000 to 25,000 
MEUs but above the prior year (19,311 MEUs).

41

 
 
 
 
 
Sales by Product Line

From  a  product  standpoint,  we  have  three  categories:  fasteners,  safety  supplies,  and  other  product  lines,  the  latter  of  which 
includes eight smaller product categories, such as tools, janitorial supplies, and cutting tools. The percent of sales in the periods 
below were as follows:

Fasteners
Safety supplies
Other product lines

2022

2021

 34.0% 
 20.8% 
 45.2% 

 33.3% 
 21.2% 
 45.5% 

The shifts in product mix in 2022 compared to 2021 largely reflect the reversal of pandemic-related activity combined with the 
relative growth of our more cyclical fastener line as growth in manufacturing and construction end markets accelerated as the 
post-pandemic North American economy recovered.

Annual Sales Changes, Sequential Trends, and End Market Performance

This section focuses on three distinct views of our business – annual sales changes by month, sequential trends, and end market 
performance.  The  first  discussion  regarding  sales  changes  by  month  provides  a  good  mechanical  view  of  our  business.  The 
second discussion provides a framework for understanding the sequential trends (that is, comparing a month to the immediately 
preceding  month,  and  also  looking  at  the  cumulative  change  from  an  earlier  benchmark  month)  in  our  business.  Finally,  we 
believe  the  third  discussion  regarding  end  market  performance  provides  insight  into  activities  with  our  various  types  of 
customers.

Annual Sales Changes, by Month

During  the  months  noted  below,  all  of  our  selling  locations,  when  combined,  had  a  DSR  change  of  (compared  to  the  same 
month in the preceding year):

2022
2021

Feb.

Jan.
June
 14.9 %  21.3 %  19.1 %  20.3 %  17.6 %  16.0 %  18.1 %  16.1 %  13.7 %  13.6 %  10.2 %
 1.7 %
 6.5 %

 8.0 %
 9.0 %  11.1 %  14.1 %  13.2 %  16.5 %

 1.2 %  -3.2 %

 7.5 %

 1.5 %

 9.7 %

Sept.

Aug.

Nov.

Mar.

Dec.

May

Apr.

Oct.

July

Sequential Trends

The  table  below  shows  the  pattern  to  the  sequential  change  in  our  daily  sales.  The  line  labeled  'Benchmark'  is  a  historical 
average of our sequential daily sales change for the trailing five year average that excludes 2020. We have excluded 2020 from 
the average as the effects of the pandemic created unusual sequential patterns that we do not consider representative of normal 
trends. We believe this time frame serves to show the historical pattern and could serve as a benchmark. The '2022' and '2021' 
lines represent our actual sequential daily sales changes. The '22Delta' and '21Delta' lines indicate the difference between the 
'Benchmark' and the actual results in the respective year. Under normal circumstances, the sequential trends shown below are 
directly linked to fluctuations in our end markets. Further, in any given month it is possible to get significant deviation from the 
benchmark.

42

 
It is important to note that these benchmarks are historical averages. In a year where demand is strong, our daily sales growth 
rates will tend to have more months that exceed the benchmark than fall below it. In a year where demand is weak, we will tend 
to  have  more  months  that  fall  short  of  the  benchmark  than  exceed  it.  In  both  cases,  there  is  a  random  element  that  makes  it 
difficult to know how any single month will perform.

Benchmark (2)
2022
22Delta
2021
21Delta

Jan. (1)
 -0.1% 
 1.7% 
 1.7% 
 0.9% 
 1.0% 

Feb.

Mar.

Apr.

May

June

July

Aug.

Sept.

Oct.

 0.8% 
 3.1% 
 2.4% 
 -2.3% 
 -3.0% 

 3.4% 
 3.6% 
 0.2% 
 5.6% 
 2.2% 

 0.1% 
 -1.2% 
 -1.3% 
 -2.2% 
 -2.3% 

 2.2% 
 3.2% 
 1.1% 
 5.6% 
 3.4% 

 1.9% 
 0.2% 
 -1.7% 
 1.6% 
 -0.3% 

 -3.3% 
 -1.6% 
 1.6% 
 -3.4% 
 -0.2% 

 3.1% 
 1.3% 
 -1.8% 
 3.1% 
 0.0% 

 3.4% 
 2.7% 
 -0.7% 
 4.8% 
 1.5% 

 -2.1% 
 -0.1% 
 2.0% 
 0.0% 
 2.1% 

Cumulative 
Change from 
Jan. to Oct.

 9.5% 
 11.7% 
 2.2% 
 13.0% 
 3.5% 

(1) The January figures represent the percentage change from the previous October, whereas the remaining figures represent 

the percentage change from the previous month.

(2) The benchmark for each month is the average of the previous five years for that month. As COVID-19-related surge sales 
made sequential averages in 2020 unrepresentative, the benchmark uses a preceding five-year average that excludes 2020. 
We also exclude the impact of the 2017 Mansco acquisition.

Note – Amounts may not foot due to rounding difference.

A graph of the sequential daily sales change patterns discussed above, starting with a base of '100' in the previous October and 
ending with the next October, would be as follows:

43

Sequential Daily Sales ChangeBenchmark20222021PreviousOct.Jan.Feb.Mar.Apr.MayJuneJulyAug.Sept.Oct.90100110120End Market Performance

The DSR change to our manufacturing customers, when compared to the same period in the prior year, was as follows:

DSR change - manufacturing customers
2022
2021

Q1
 23.9 %
 5.6 %

Q2
 23.1 %
 24.5 %

Q3
 22.6 %
 20.8 %

Q4
 16.0 %
 23.8 %

Annual
 21.3 %
 18.4 %

The DSR change to these remaining non-manufacturing customers, when compared to the same period in the prior year, was as 
follows:

DSR change - non-manufacturing customers
2022
2021

Product Performance

Q1
 6.9% 
 4.9% 

Q2
 6.9% 
 -30.7% 

Q3
 1.0% 
 -8.2% 

Q4
 -0.8% 
 -2.3% 

Annual

 3.5% 
 -11.3% 

From a company perspective, the DSR change of fasteners, when compared to the same period in the prior year, was as follows 
(note: this information includes all end markets):

DSR change - fasteners
2022
2021

Q1
 24.6 %
 4.0 %

Q2
 21.2 %
 28.4 %

Q3
 18.2 %
 20.2 %

Q4
 9.1 %
 24.2 %

Annual
 18.1 %
 18.8 %

From a company perspective, the DSR change of non-fasteners, when compared to the same period in the prior year, was as 
follows (note: this information includes all end markets):

DSR change - non-fasteners
2022
2021

Q1
 15.0% 
 6.1% 

Q2
 16.0% 
 -10.8% 

Q3
 14.4% 
 5.1% 

Q4
 11.6% 
 9.6% 

Annual

 14.2% 
 1.9% 

Two product lines, safety and janitorial, accounted for approximately 44% of total non-fastener sales in 2022. The pattern in 
2021, and particularly the second quarter of 2021, was affected by difficult comparisons versus the prior year, when the onset of 
the COVID-19 pandemic resulted in a surge of safety and janitorial supplies that was not repeated to the same degree in 2022. 
Setting  aside  the  unique  circumstances  surrounding  the  pandemic,  our  non-fastener  business  is  not  immune  to  the  impact  of 
industrial cycles. However, we would typically expect it to outperform our fastener business over the course of a cycle. This 
reflects  three  things:  the  non-fastener  market  is  larger  than  the  fastener  market,  we  are  under  penetrated  in  the  non-fastener 
market relative to the fastener market, and industrial vending lends itself to sales of non-fastener products. 

Gross Profit

The gross profit percentage during each period was as follows:

2022
2021

Q1
 46.6% 
 45.4% 

Q2
 46.5% 
 46.5% 

Q3
 45.9% 
 46.3% 

Q4
 45.3% 
 46.5% 

Annual
 46.1% 
 46.2% 

Our  gross  profit,  as  a  percentage  of  net  sales,  was  46.1%  in  2022  and  46.2%  in  2021,  a  decrease  of  10  basis  points.  This 
decrease was primarily related to three factors. First, in 2022 we experienced relatively higher growth from our large and Onsite 
customers, which tend to have a lower gross margin percentage than the business as a whole. This was only partly offset by 
favorable product mix resulting from relatively higher growth from our fasteners products during the year, which tend to have a 
higher  gross  margin  percentage  than  the  business  as  a  whole.  Second,  in  the  second  half  of  2022,  we  did  not  pass  through 
pricing  sufficient  to  offset  higher  costs,  which  resulted  in  an  adverse  impact  on  our  gross  margin  percentage.  Third,  in  the 
second  half  of  2022,  we  experienced  lower  product  margins  for  certain  categories  of  our  other  products.  We  believe  slower 
demand  and  greater  product  availability  in  the  marketplace  due  to  supply  chain  normalization  has  put  some  pressure  on 
products  that  tend  to  be  sold  less  frequently  by  our  business  units.  These  factors  were  mostly  offset  by  a  reduction  in  the 
amount  of  pandemic-related  write-downs  and  narrower  losses  to  operate  our  truck  fleet  related  to  our  strong  freight  revenue 
growth leveraging relatively stable fleet costs.

44

 
Operating and Administrative Expenses

Our operating and administrative expenses, as a percentage of net sales, decreased to 25.2% in 2022 from 26.0% in 2021. This 
reflected a decline, as a percentage of net sales, in employee- and occupancy-related expenses.

The percentage change in employee-related, occupancy-related, and all other operating and administrative expenses compared 
to the same periods in the preceding year, is outlined in the table below.

Employee-related expenses

Occupancy-related expenses

All other operating and administrative expenses

Approximate Percentage 
of Total Operating and 
Administrative Expenses

Twelve-month Period

2022

2021

70% to 75%

15% to 20%

10% to 15%

 14.7 %

 2.6 %

 18.5 %

 11.6 %

 3.9 %

 4.9 %

Our employee-related expenses increased in 2022 from 2021. This was related to: higher base pay and employment taxes from 
higher FTE during the period and moderate wage inflation; an increase in bonuses and commissions resulting from improved 
sales and profitability; and an increase in our profit sharing contribution. This was partly offset by a decline in health insurance 
costs, as the use of medical services by employees normalized following the post-pandemic catch-up activity in 2021. 

The table below summarizes the percentage change in our FTE headcount at the end of the periods presented compared to the 
end of the prior period:

Selling personnel (1)
Distribution/Transportation personnel

Manufacturing personnel
Organizational support personnel (2)

Total personnel

Twelve-month Period

2022

2021

 7.9% 

 8.4% 

 12.4% 

 9.5% 

 8.3% 

 1.7% 

 5.8% 

 2.0% 

 7.4% 

 2.8% 

(1) Of our Selling Personnel, 80%-85% are attached to a specific in-market location. 
(2) Organizational  support  personnel  consists  of:  (1)  Sales  &  Growth  Driver  Support  personnel  (approximately  35%  of 
category),  which  includes  sourcing,  purchasing,  supply  chain,  product  development,  etc.;  (2)  Information  Technology 
personnel (35% to 40% of category); and (3) Administrative Support personnel (25% to 30% of category), which includes 
human resources, Fastenal School of Business, accounting and finance, senior management, etc.

Our  occupancy-related  expenses  increased  in  2022  from  2021.  This  was  related  to:  higher  costs  and  depreciation  for  the 
maintenance,  upgrade  and  installation  of  equipment  in  hub  and  non-hub  facilities;  slightly  higher  depreciation  related  to  a 
higher  installed  base  of  our  FMI  suite  of  technologies;  and  slightly  higher  facility  costs,  with  higher  utility  costs  being  only 
partly offset by lower rents stemming from branch consolidations.

Combined,  all  other  operating  and  administrative  expenses  increased  in  2022  from  2021.  This  was  related  to:  higher  costs 
related  to  selling-related  transportation,  including  higher  fuel  costs;  higher  spending  on  information  technology;  higher 
spending on travel, meals, and supplies; and higher general insurance expense. These elements were only partly offset by lower 
bad debt expense.

Net Interest Expense

Our net interest expense was $13.6 in 2022 compared to $9.6 in 2021. We carried higher average debt balances in 2022 relative 
to  the  prior  year,  and  specifically  higher  balances  of  variable  rate  credit  facility  debt,  as  a  result  of  high  sustained  working 
capital needs and an increase in share buybacks. We also incurred higher average interest rates during the year due to changes 
in interest levels in the marketplace.

Income Taxes

We recorded income tax expense of $353.1 in 2022, or 24.5% of earnings before income taxes, compared to $282.8 in 2021, or 
23.4% of earnings before income taxes. The increase in our tax rate in 2022 is due primarily to reduced benefits associated with 
the exercise of stock options, an increase in state income tax expense, and an absence of certain favorable reserve adjustments 
that benefited 2021.

45

Net Earnings

Net earnings, net earnings per share (EPS), the percentage change in net earnings, and the percentage change in EPS, were as 
follows:

Dollar Amounts
Net earnings

Basic EPS

Diluted EPS

Percentage Change
Net earnings

Basic EPS

Diluted EPS

Tax Rate

2022

2021

$ 

1,086.9 

1.89 

1.89 

925.0 

1.61 

1.60 

2022

2021

 17.5 %

 17.7 %

 17.8 %

 7.7 %

 7.5 %

 7.4 %

2022

2021

 24.5 %

 23.4 %

During 2022, net earnings increased, primarily due to higher sales and our ability in the period to grow costs more slowly than 
we grew sales. This was only slightly offset by a higher income tax rate. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities in dollars and as a percentage of net earnings were as follows:

Net cash provided

% of net earnings

2022

2021

$ 

941.0 

 86.6% 

770.1 

 83.3% 

In  2022,  we  experienced  a  slight  increase  in  our  operating  cash  flow  as  a  percentage  of  net  earnings,  though  this  reflects  a 
significant increase in our conversion percentage in the second half of 2022 which more than offset a significant decline in our 
conversion percentage in the first half of 2022. Taken as a whole, while our working capital needs remained elevated through 
2022, they declined slightly on a year-over-year basis whereas our earnings increased on a year-over-year basis.

Trade Working Capital Assets

The following table sets forth the dollar and percentage change in accounts receivable, net, inventories, and accounts payable 
for the period ended December 31:

Accounts receivable, net
Inventories

Trade working capital

Accounts payable

Trade working capital, net

Net sales in last three months

Twelve-month 
Dollar Change

Twelve-month 
Percentage Change

2022

2022

2022

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

1,013.2 
1,708.0 
2,721.2 

255.0 
2,466.2 

1,695.6 

113.0 
184.4 
297.4 

21.9 
275.5 

969.8 

 12.6% 
 12.1% 
 12.3% 

 9.4% 
 12.6% 

 16.1% 

Note – Amounts may not foot due to rounding difference.

In  2022,  the  annual  growth  in  net  accounts  receivable  reflected  several  factors.  First,  our  receivables  are  expanding  due  to 
improved  business  activity  and  resulting  growth  in  our  customers'  sales.  Second,  we  continue  to  experience  a  shift  in  our 
customer mix due to relatively stronger sales growth from national account customers, which tend to be larger and carry longer 
payment terms than our non-national account customers. 

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  2022,  our  inventories  increased,  reflecting  significant  inflation  in  the  value  of  stocked  parts,  the  addition  of  inventory  to 
support  the  growth  of  our  manufacturing  and  construction  customers  as  they  expand  production  to  meet  improved  business 
activity, deeper inventory stocking due to disruption in supply chains, and our efforts to sustain higher internal fulfillment rates. 

In 2022, the annual growth in accounts payable reflected product purchases increasing to support the improvement in business 
activity at our manufacturing and construction customers.

The approximate percentage mix of inventory stocked at our selling locations versus our distribution center and manufacturing 
locations was as follows at year end:

Selling locations

Distribution center and manufacturing locations

Total

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

2022

2021

 58% 

 42% 

 100% 

 57% 

 43% 

 100% 

Net cash used in investing activities in dollars and as a percentage of net earnings were as follows:

Net cash used

% of net earnings

2022

2021

$ 

163.0 

 15.0% 

148.5 

 16.1% 

The changes in net cash used in investing activities in 2022 was primarily related to higher net capital expenditures. 

Set  forth  below  is  a  recap  of  our  2022  and  2021  net  capital  expenditures  in  dollars  and  as  a  percentage  of  net  sales  and  net 
earnings:

Manufacturing, warehouse and packaging equipment, industrial vending equipment, and 
facilities
Shelving and related supplies for in-market location openings and for product expansion at 
existing in-market locations
Data processing software and equipment

Real estate and improvements to branch locations

Vehicles

Purchases of property and equipment

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

Net capital expenditures

% of net sales

% of net earnings

2022

2021

$ 

97.8 

21.5 

30.6 

12.4 

11.5 

173.8 

(11.4) 

162.4 

 2.3% 

 14.9% 

70.3 

11.0 

28.0 

37.9 

9.4 

156.6 

(8.4) 

148.2 

 2.5% 

 16.0% 

Our net capital expenditures increased in 2022, when compared to 2021. The most significant area driving this increase was 
higher  spending  on  FMI  equipment.  We  had  slightly  higher  property  spending,  which  reflected  significant  investments  in 
automation  and  upgrades  at  our  hubs  mostly  offset  by  lower  spending  on  a  new  building  in  downtown  Winona,  which  was 
completed  in  2021.  We  had  only  modest  increases  related  to  our  vehicle  fleet,  manufacturing  operations,  and  information 
technology. Net capital expenditures in 2022 were below our anticipated range of $170.0 to $190.0 due to certain equipment 
and project delays related to hub projects.

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Cash Used in Financing Activities

The fluctuations in net cash used in financing activities were due to changes in the level of our dividend payments and in the 
level  of  common  stock  purchases.  These  amounts  were  partially  offset  by  the  exercise  of  stock  options  and  net  payments 
(proceeds)  from  debt  obligations.  Net  cash  used  in  financing  activities  in  dollars  and  as  a  percentage  of  earnings  were  as 
follows:

Cash dividends paid
% of net earnings

Purchases of common stock

% of net earnings
Total returned to shareholders
% of net earnings

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options

% of net earnings

Debt obligations (proceeds) payments, net

% of net earnings
Net cash used
% of net earnings

Stock Purchases

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2022

711.3 
 65.4% 
237.8 
 21.9% 
949.1 
 87.3% 
(9.2) 
 -0.8% 

(165.0) 

 -15.2% 
774.9 
 71.3% 

2021

643.7 

 69.6% 
 — 
 —% 

643.7 

 69.6% 
(31.6) 

 -3.4% 
15.0 

 1.6% 

627.1 

 67.8% 

In 2022, we purchased 5,000,000 shares of our common stock at an average price of approximately $47.58 per share. In 2021, 
we did not purchase any shares of our common stock.

We had authority to purchase up to 6,200,000 additional shares of our common stock under the July 12, 2022 authorization. 
This authorization did not have an expiration date.

Dividends

We  declared  a  quarterly  dividend  of  $0.35  per  share  on  January  18,  2023.  In  2022,  we  paid  aggregate  annual  dividends  per 
share of $1.24. In 2021, we paid aggregate annual dividends per share of $1.12.

Debt

Our borrowings under the Credit Facility and Master Note Agreement peaked during each quarter of 2022 as follows: 

Peak borrowings

First quarter
Second quarter

Third quarter
Fourth quarter

Effects of Inflation

2022

$ 

525.0 
595.0 

650.0 
710.0 

In 2022, we began to observe easing in inflationary pressures for metals (especially steel), energy, and transportation services 
(especially overseas containers and shipping). However, this did not translate into a reduction in inflationary pressures on our 
financial  results  for  two  reasons.  First,  inflationary  pressures  accelerated  through  2021,  and  many  periods  in  2022  were 
comparing to lower cost levels in the preceding year. Second, we have a long supply chain for many products, and it can take 
several  quarters  from  when  inflationary  pressures  begin  to  recede  for  the  effect  to  impact  our  earnings  results.  In  2022,  we 
increased  prices,  sought  alternative  sources  for  products  and  services,  and  consolidated  spend  for  products  and  services  as  a 
means of mitigating inflation. However, higher product and transportation costs did have a slightly negative effect on our gross 
margin percentage for the full year. 

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Critical Accounting Estimates

In  preparing  our  consolidated  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  U.S.  GAAP,  we  must  make  decisions  that  impact  the 
reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the related disclosures. Such decisions include the selection 
of the appropriate accounting principles to be applied and the assumptions on which to base accounting estimates. In reaching 
such decisions, we apply judgments based on our understanding and analysis of relevant circumstances, historical experience, 
and actuarial valuations. Actual amounts could differ from those estimated at the time the consolidated financial statements are 
prepared.

Our most significant accounting policies, including Revenue Recognition and Inventories, are described in Note 1 of the Notes 
to Consolidated Financial Statements. Some of those significant accounting policies require us to make difficult, subjective, or 
complex judgments, or estimates. An accounting estimate is considered to be critical if it meets both of the following criteria: 
(i) the estimate requires assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time the accounting estimate is made, and (ii) 
different estimates reasonably could have been used, or changes in the estimate that are reasonably likely to occur from period 
to period may have a material impact on the presentation of our financial condition, changes in financial condition, or results of 
operations. Our most critical accounting estimates include the following:

Allowance for Credit Losses – This reserve is for accounts receivable balances that are potentially uncollectible. The allowance 
for credit losses is based on an income statement approach which adjusts the ending balance sheet to take into consideration 
expected  losses  over  the  contractual  lives  of  the  receivables,  considering  factors  such  as  historical  data  as  a  basis  for  future 
expected  losses.  If  business  or  economic  conditions  change,  our  estimates  and  assumptions  may  be  adjusted  as  deemed 
appropriate. Historically, actual required reserves have not varied materially from estimated amounts.

Inventory valuation – Adjustments to the valuation of inventory are based on an analysis of inventory trends including reviews 
of inventory levels, sales information, and the on-hand quantities relative to the sales history for the product. Our methodology 
for estimating whether adjustments are necessary is continually evaluated for factors including significant changes in product 
demand,  market  conditions,  condition  of  the  inventory,  or  liquidation  value.  If  business  or  economic  conditions  change,  our 
estimates  and  assumptions  may  be  adjusted  as  deemed  appropriate.  Historically,  actual  required  adjustments  have  not  varied 
materially from estimated amounts.

General  insurance  reserves  –  These  reserves  are  for  general  claims  related  to  workers'  compensation,  property  and  casualty 
losses,  and  other  general  liability  self-insured  losses.  The  reserves  are  based  on  an  analysis  of  reported  claims  and  claims 
incurred but not yet reported related to our historical claim trends. We perform ongoing reviews of our insured and uninsured 
risks and use this information to establish appropriate reserve levels. We analyze historical trends, claims experience, and loss 
development patterns to ensure the appropriate loss development factors are applied to the incurred costs associated with the 
claims made. Historically, actual required reserves have not varied materially from estimated amounts.

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

A  description  of  recently  issued  and  adopted  accounting  pronouncements,  if  any,  is  contained  in  Note  1  of  the  Notes  to 
Consolidated Financial Statements. 

49

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to certain market risks from changes in foreign currency exchange rates, commodity steel pricing, commodity 
energy prices, and interest rates. Changes in these factors cause fluctuations in our earnings and cash flows. We evaluate and 
manage exposure to these market risks as follows:

Import shipping costs – We import a significant quantity of our products, particularly fasteners and private label products, 
from foreign suppliers, primarily in Asia. As a result, we incur costs related to shipping charges, duties, harbor fees, and sundry 
other expenses involved in the movement of product for sale in North America and our other global locations. These costs are 
embedded in our product values, and significant fluctuations can affect our product gross profit depending on what mitigating 
actions might be taken. The most significant contributor to these fluctuations is the cost of overseas shipping containers. During 
2023, the cost of overseas shipping containers was below the prior year. We estimate the effect on our net earnings related to 
import shipping costs was $23.0 to $28.0 in 2023. 

Commodity steel prices – We buy and sell various types of steel products; these products consist primarily of different types 
of  fasteners  and  related  hardware.  We  are  exposed  to  the  impacts  of  commodity  steel  pricing  and  our  related  ability  to  pass 
through the impacts to our end customers. During 2023, the price of steel as reflected in many market indexes has been below 
prior year levels, though in most cases price levels have stabilized in recent periods and the rate of decline is moderating. Due 
to  our  long  supply  chain,  changes  in  the  cost  of  steel  can  take  a  number  of  quarters  to  be  reflected  in  our  financial  results. 
Further, the cost of the raw material is generally a small part of the total value of the steel products that we sell, which can also 
diminish the impact of cost changes for the raw material. We estimate the effect on our net earnings related to commodity steel 
prices was immaterial in 2023.

Commodity energy prices – We have market risk for changes in prices of oil, gasoline, diesel fuel, natural gas, and electricity. 
As reflected in many market indexes, energy prices during 2023 were generally below prior year levels, which contributed to 
lower  costs  for  fuel  consumed  in  our  vehicles  and  lower  utility  costs  at  our  facilities.  Total  direct  fuel  consumption  is  a 
relatively minor cost to the company and, as a result, we estimate the effect on our net earnings related to commodity energy 
prices was immaterial in 2023. 

Fossil fuels are also often a key feedstock for chemicals and plastics that comprise a key raw material for many products that 
we sell. During 2023, prices for fossil fuels were generally below prior year levels. The cost of the raw material is generally a 
small part of the total value of the products that we sell, which can diminish the impact of cost changes for the raw material. As 
a result, we estimate the effect on our net earnings related to materials for which fossil fuels are a feedstock was immaterial in 
2023.

Foreign currency exchange rates – Foreign currency fluctuations can affect our net investments, our operations in countries 
other than the U.S., and earnings denominated in foreign currencies. Historically, our primary exchange rate exposure has been 
with the Canadian dollar against the United States dollar. Our estimated net earnings exposure for foreign currency exchange 
rates was not material at year end. We have not historically hedged our foreign currency risk given that exposure to date has not 
been material. We estimate the effect on our sales and net earnings related to changes in foreign exchange rates was $18.7 and 
immaterial, respectively, in 2023.

Interest rates - Loans under our Credit Facility bear interest at floating rates. As a result, changes in such rates can affect our 
operating  results  and  liquidity  to  the  extent  we  do  not  have  effective  interest  rate  swap  arrangements  in  place.  We  have  not 
historically used interest rate swap arrangements to hedge the variable interest rates under our Credit Facility. A one percentage 
point  increase  to  our  floating  rate  debt  in  2023  would  have  resulted  in  approximately  $0.6  of  additional  interest  expense.  A 
description of our Credit Facility is contained in Note 9 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. 

50

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors

Fastenal Company:

Opinions on the Consolidated Financial Statements and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Fastenal  Company  and  subsidiaries  (the  Company)  as  of 
December 31, 2023 and 2022, the related consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive income, stockholders' equity, and 
cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2023, and the related notes and financial statement 
schedule II — valuation and qualifying accounts (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). We also have audited the 
Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control – 
Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. 

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial 
position of the Company as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the 
years  in  the  three-year  period  ended  December  31,  2023,  in  conformity  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles. 
Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 31, 2023 based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee 
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

Basis for Opinions 

The  Company's  management  is  responsible  for  these  consolidated  financial  statements,  for  maintaining  effective  internal 
control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included 
in  the  accompanying  Management's  Annual  Report  on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial  Reporting.  Our  responsibility  is  to 
express an opinion on the Company's consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Company's internal control over 
financial  reporting  based  on  our  audits.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  Public  Company  Accounting 
Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with 
the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the 
PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audits  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement, 
whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material 
respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement 
of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. 
Such  procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  regarding  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  consolidated 
financial  statements.  Our  audits  also  included  evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by 
management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  presentation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  Our  audit  of  internal 
control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the 
risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based 
on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audits  also  included  performing  such  other  procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the 
circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

A  company's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted  accounting  principles.  A  company's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures 
that  (1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and 
dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit 
preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and 
expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the 
company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use,  or 
disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

51

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Also, 
projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matter

The  critical  audit  matter  communicated  below  is  a  matter  arising  from  the  current  period  audit  of  the  consolidated  financial 
statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or 
disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or 
complex judgments. The communication of a critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated 
financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate 
opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Sufficiency of audit evidence over inventory quantities at in-market locations

As disclosed in the consolidated balance sheet, the Company held $1,522.7 million of inventory, the majority of which 
was  held  at  3,419  in-market  locations,  as  of  December  31,  2023.  The  Company's  processes  to  track  and  determine 
consolidated inventory relies on a perpetual inventory system which involves the interaction of information technology 
(IT) systems.

We identified the evaluation of the sufficiency of audit evidence obtained related to the quantities of inventory at in-
market locations as a critical audit matter. Evaluating the sufficiency of audit evidence over quantities of inventory at 
in-market  locations  required  challenging  auditor  judgment  to  assess  the  number  of  in-market  locations  visited  and 
included  the  involvement  of  IT  professionals  with  specialized  skills  and  knowledge  due  to  the  interaction  of  IT 
systems that track physical inventory quantities by location.

The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design 
and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the critical audit matter. This included IT 
application controls, as well as certain controls related to access to programs and data, program changes, and computer 
operations. It also included certain controls related to the Company's physical inventory cycle counts. We involved IT 
professionals  with  specialized  skills  and  knowledge,  who  assisted  in  testing  certain  IT  controls,  inclusive  of  the 
interface of IT systems, which support the Company's perpetual inventory system. We applied auditor judgment in the 
determination of the locations to test the Company's inventory quantities by evaluating:

•

•

•

•

Homogeneity of the locations;

Historical inventory locations we have visited and results of prior physical counts;

Inventory dollars by location; and

The Company's inventory cycle count results, including the results of monitoring and compliance with cycle 
count program by in-market location.

We tested the existence and completeness of inventory by counting inventory quantities on a sample basis through in-
market location visits during the year to evaluate the Company's perpetual inventory records. In addition, we evaluated 
the overall sufficiency of audit evidence obtained over the quantities of inventory at in-market locations.

/s/    KPMG LLP

We have served as the Company's auditor since 1987. 

Minneapolis, Minnesota
February 6, 2024 

52

FASTENAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Amounts in millions except share information)

Current assets:

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents
Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for credit losses of $6.4 and $8.3, 
respectively
Inventories
Prepaid income taxes
Other current assets

Total current assets

Property and equipment, net
Operating lease right-of-use assets
Other assets

Total assets

Current liabilities:

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

Current portion of debt
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses
Current portion of operating lease liabilities

Total current liabilities

Long-term debt
Operating lease liabilities
Deferred income taxes
Other long-term liabilities 

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 5, 8, 9, and 10)
Stockholders' equity:

Preferred stock: $0.01 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or 
outstanding
Common stock: $0.01 par value, 800,000,000 shares authorized, 571,982,367 and 
570,811,674 shares issued and outstanding, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Total stockholders' equity

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

December 31

2023

2022

$ 

221.3 

230.1 

1,087.6 
1,522.7 
17.5 
171.8 
3,020.9 

1,011.1 
270.2 
160.7 

1,013.2 
1,708.0 
8.1 
165.4 
3,124.8 

1,010.0 
243.0 
170.8 

$ 

4,462.9 

4,548.6 

$ 

$ 

60.0 
264.1 
241.0 
96.2 
661.3 

200.0 
178.8 
73.0 
1.0 

201.8 
255.0 
241.1 
91.9 
789.8 

353.2 
155.2 
83.7 
3.5 

— 

— 

5.7 
41.0 
3,356.9 

(54.8)   

3,348.8 
4,462.9 

5.7 
3.6 
3,218.7 
(64.8) 
3,163.2 
4,548.6 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

53

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FASTENAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Earnings
(Amounts in millions except earnings per share)
For the year ended December 31

Net sales

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Operating and administrative expenses

Operating income

Interest income
Interest expense

2023

2022

2021

$ 

7,346.7 

6,980.6 

6,010.9 

3,992.2 
3,354.5 

1,825.8 
1,528.7 

3,764.8 
3,215.8 

1,762.2 
1,453.6 

3,233.7 
2,777.2 

1,559.8 
1,217.4 

4.1 
(10.8)   

0.7 
(14.3)   

0.1 
(9.7) 

Earnings before income taxes

1,522.0 

1,440.0 

1,207.8 

Income tax expense

Net earnings

Basic net earnings per share

Diluted net earnings per share

367.0 

353.1 

282.8 

1,155.0 

1,086.9 

925.0 

2.02 

2.02 

1.89 

1.89 

1.61 

1.60 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Basic weighted average shares outstanding

571.3 

573.8 

574.8 

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

573.0 

575.6 

577.1 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FASTENAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
(Amounts in millions)
For the year ended December 31

Net earnings
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

2023

2022

2021

$ 

1,155.0 

1,086.9 

925.0 

Foreign currency translation adjustments (net of tax of $0.0 in 2023, 
2022, and 2021)
Comprehensive income

10.0 
1,165.0 

$ 

(34.1)   

1,052.8 

(9.5) 
915.5 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
FASTENAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
(Amounts in millions except per share information)

Common stock

Balance at beginning of year

Stock options exercised 

Balance at end of year

Additional paid-in capital

Balance at beginning of year

Stock options exercised

Purchases of common stock

Stock-based compensation

Balance at end of year

Retained earnings
Balance at beginning of year

Net earnings

Cash dividends paid

Translation adjustment upon merger of foreign subsidiary

Purchases of common stock

Balance at end of year

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

Balance at beginning of year

Other comprehensive income (loss)

Balance at end of year

Total stockholders' equity

Cash dividends paid per share of common stock

2023

2022

2021

5.7 

0.0 

5.7 

3.6 

30.1 

— 

7.3 

41.0 

5.8 

(0.1)   

5.7 

96.2 

9.3 

(109.1)   

7.2 

3.6 

3,218.7 

1,155.0 

2,970.9 

1,086.9 

(1,016.8)   

(711.3)   

— 

— 

3,356.9 

(64.8)   

10.0 

(54.8)   

0.9 

(128.7)   

3,218.7 

(30.7)   

(34.1)   

(64.8)   

5.7 

0.1 

5.8 

59.1 

31.5 

— 

5.6 

96.2 

2,689.6 

925.0 

(643.7) 

— 

— 

2,970.9 

(21.2) 

(9.5) 

(30.7) 

3,348.8 

3,163.2 

3,042.2 

1.78 

1.24 

1.12 

$ 

$ 

$ 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FASTENAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Amounts in millions)
For the year ended December 31

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net earnings
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by 
operating activities:

2023

2022

2021

$ 

1,155.0 

1,086.9 

925.0 

Depreciation of property and equipment
(Gain) loss on sale of property and equipment
Bad debt expense (recoveries)
Deferred income taxes
Stock-based compensation
Amortization of intangible assets
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Trade accounts receivable
Inventories
Other current assets
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses
Income taxes
Other

166.6 

(4.3)   
2.2 
(10.7)   
7.3 
10.7 

(72.3)   
189.1 

(6.4)   
8.4 
(0.6)   
(9.4)   
(2.9)   

Net cash provided by operating activities

1,432.7 

165.9 
1.1 
(1.8)   
(4.9)   
7.2 
10.7 

(119.8)   
(198.0)   
22.7 
21.9 
(57.2)   
0.4 
5.9 
941.0 

(173.8)   
11.4 
(0.6)   
(163.0)   

1,795.0 
(1,630.0)   

9.2 
(237.8)   
(711.3)   
(774.9)   

(172.8)   
12.2 
(0.6)   
(161.2)   

880.0 
(1,175.0)   
30.1 
— 

(1,016.8)   
(1,281.7)   

1.4 

(9.2)   

(8.8)   

(6.1)   

230.1 
221.3 

12.2 
383.0 

$ 

$ 
$ 

236.2 
230.1 

13.3 
354.1 

159.9 
(1.1) 
2.5 
(13.7) 
5.6 
10.8 

(135.2) 
(189.5) 
(47.8) 
26.1 
26.2 
(1.8) 
3.1 
770.1 

(156.6) 
8.4 
(0.3) 
(148.5) 

525.0 
(540.0) 
31.6 
— 
(643.7) 
(627.1) 

(4.0) 

(9.5) 

245.7 
236.2 

9.9 
294.0 

Cash flows from investing activities:

Purchases of property and equipment
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
Other

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Proceeds from debt obligations
Payments against debt obligations
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
Purchases of common stock
Cash dividends paid

Net cash used in financing activities

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Supplemental information:
Cash paid for interest
Net cash paid for income taxes

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fastenal Company and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1. Business Overview and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Business Overview

Fastenal is a leader in the wholesale distribution of industrial and construction supplies. We distribute these supplies through a 
network of branches and Onsite locations. Collectively, we refer to our branches and Onsite locations as in-market locations. 
We have more than 3,400 in-market locations located primarily in North America.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Fastenal Company and its subsidiaries (collectively, referred to as 
Fastenal  or  by  terms  such  as  we,  our,  or  us).  All  material  intercompany  balances  and  transactions  have  been  eliminated  in 
consolidation.

Revenue Recognition 

Net  sales  include  products  and  shipping  and  handling  charges,  net  of  estimates  for  product  returns  and  any  related  sales 
incentives. Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for transferring products. All 
revenue  is  recognized  when  or  as  we  satisfy  our  performance  obligations  under  the  contract.  We  recognize  revenue  by 
transferring control of the promised products to the customer, with the majority of revenue recognized at the point in time the 
customer obtains control of the products. We recognize revenue for shipping and handling charges at the time the products are 
delivered  to  or  picked  up  by  the  customer.  We  estimate  product  returns  based  on  historical  return  rates.  Using  probability 
assessments, which are based on known inputs at year-end, we estimate sales incentives expected to be paid over the term of the 
contract. The majority of our contracts have a single performance obligation and are short term in nature. Sales taxes and value 
added taxes in foreign jurisdictions that are collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are accounted for 
on a net basis and therefore are excluded from net sales.

Accounts Receivable

Credit  is  extended  based  upon  an  evaluation  of  the  customer's  financial  condition.  Accounts  receivable  are  stated  at  their 
estimated  net  realizable  value.  The  allowance  for  credit  losses  is  based  on  an  income  statement  approach  which  adjusts  the 
ending balance sheet to take into consideration expected losses over the contractual lives of the receivables, considering factors 
such as historical data as a basis for future expected losses.

Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions

The  functional  currency  of  our  foreign  operations  is  typically  the  applicable  local  currency.  The  functional  currency  is 
translated into United States dollars for balance sheet accounts, except retained earnings, using current exchange rates as of the 
balance sheet date, for retained earnings at historical exchange rates, and for revenue and expense accounts using a weighted 
average  exchange  rate  during  the  applicable  period.  The  translation  adjustments  are  deferred  as  a  separate  component  of 
stockholders'  equity  captioned  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss).  Gains  or  losses  resulting  from  transactions 
denominated in foreign currencies are included in cost of sales or operating and administrative expenses.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid investments purchased with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Inventories

Inventories, consisting of finished goods merchandise held for resale, are stated at the lower of cost (first in, first out method) or 
net  realizable  value.  We  record  valuation  adjustments  for  excess,  slow-moving,  and  obsolete  inventory  that  are  equal  to  the 
difference between the cost and estimated net realizable value for that inventory. These estimates are based on a review and 
comparison of the current inventory levels to projected and historical sales of inventory.

Property and Equipment

Property  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost.  Depreciation  on  property  and  equipment  is  provided  for  using  the  straight-line 
method over the anticipated economic useful lives of the related property.

Leases

We determine if an arrangement contains a lease at inception. Operating leases are included in our operating lease right-of-use 
(ROU) assets, the current portion of operating lease liabilities, and the operating lease liabilities in our Consolidated Balance 
Sheets. 

58

Fastenal Company and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

The ROU assets represent our right to control the use of an underlying asset for the lease term, and lease liabilities represent our 
obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and lease liabilities are recognized at the 
commencement  date  based  on  the  present  value  of  lease  payments  over  the  lease  term.  The  operating  lease  ROU  assets  also 
include  any  prepaid  lease  payments  made  and  exclude  lease  incentives.  Lease  expense  is  recognized  on  a  straight-line  basis 
over the lease term. 

Many  of  our  leases  include  both  lease  (e.g.,  fixed  payments  including  rent,  taxes,  and  insurance  costs)  and  non-lease 
components (e.g., common-area or other maintenance costs) which are accounted for as a single lease component as we have 
elected the practical expedient to group lease and non-lease components for all leases. Our pick-up truck leases typically have a 
non-cancelable lease term of less than one year and therefore, we have elected the practical expedient to exclude these short-
term leases from our ROU assets and lease liabilities. 

Most  leases  include  one  or  more  options  to  renew.  The  exercise  of  lease  renewal  options  is  typically  at  our  sole  discretion; 
therefore, the majority of renewals to extend the lease terms are not included in our ROU assets and lease liabilities as they are 
not reasonably certain of exercise. We regularly evaluate the renewal options and when they are reasonably certain of exercise, 
we include the renewal period in our lease term. 

As most of our leases do not provide an implicit rate, we use our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available 
at the lease commencement date in determining the present value of the lease payments. We have a centrally managed treasury 
function; therefore, based on the applicable lease terms and the current economic environment, we apply a portfolio approach 
for determining the incremental borrowing rate. 

Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived  assets  consist  of  net  property  and  equipment,  operating  lease  right-of-use  assets,  prepaid  deposits,  goodwill,  and 
definite-lived intangible assets, and are reviewed for impairment whenever an event or change in circumstance indicates that the 
carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. If circumstances require a long-lived asset or asset group be tested for 
possible  impairment,  we  first  compare  undiscounted  cash  flows  expected  to  be  generated  by  the  asset  or  asset  group  to  its 
carrying  value.  If  the  carrying  value  of  the  long-lived  asset  or  asset  group  is  not  recoverable  on  an  undiscounted  cash  flow 
basis,  an  impairment  is  recognized  to  the  extent  the  carrying  value  exceeds  its  fair  value.  Fair  value  is  determined  through 
various  valuation  techniques  including  discounted  cash  flow  models,  quoted  market  values,  and  third-party  independent 
appraisals,  as  necessary.  There  were  no  impairments  recorded  during  any  of  the  three  years  reported  in  these  consolidated 
financial statements.

Goodwill  represents  the  excess  of  the  purchase  price  over  the  fair  value  of  net  assets  acquired.  Goodwill  is  reviewed  for 
impairment annually. The identifiable intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated life. 

Accounting Estimates

The  preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  U.S.  GAAP  requires  us  to  make  estimates  and 
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent 
liabilities. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Insurance Reserves 

We are self-insured for certain losses relating to workers' compensation, automobile, health, and general liability costs. Specific 
stop-loss coverage is provided for catastrophic claims in order to limit exposure to significant claims. Self-insurance liabilities 
are based on our estimate of reported claims and claims incurred but not yet reported.

Product Warranties

We  offer  a  basic  limited  warranty  for  certain  of  our  products.  The  specific  terms  and  conditions  of  those  warranties  vary 
depending  upon  the  product  sold.  We  typically  recoup  these  costs  through  product  warranties  we  hold  with  the  original 
equipment manufacturers. Our warranty expense has historically been minimal.

Stock-Based Compensation

We  estimate  the  fair  value  of  stock  options  as  of  the  date  of  the  grant  using  a  Black-Scholes  valuation  model.  Stock-based 
compensation expense equal to the grant date fair value is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Our stock-
based compensation expense is recorded in operating and administrative expenses. 

59

Fastenal Company and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Income Taxes

We  account  for  income  taxes  under  the  asset  and  liability  method.  Under  this  method,  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are 
recognized  for  the  future  tax  consequences  attributable  to  differences  between  the  financial  statement  carrying  amounts  of 
existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax 
rates  expected  to  apply  to  taxable  income  in  the  years  in  which  those  temporary  differences  are  expected  to  be  recovered  or 
settled.  The  effect  on  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  of  a  change  in  tax  rates  is  recognized  in  income  in  the  period  that 
includes the enactment date. 

We recognize the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not to be sustained. Recognized 
income  tax  positions  are  measured  at  the  largest  amount  that  is  greater  than  50%  likely  of  being  realized.  Changes  in 
recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. We record interest and penalties 
related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.

Earnings Per Share

Basic net earnings per share is calculated using net earnings available to common stockholders divided by the weighted average 
number of shares of common stock outstanding during the year. Diluted net earnings per share is similar to basic net earnings 
per  share  except  that  the  weighted  average  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  outstanding  includes  the  incremental  shares 
assumed  to  be  issued  upon  the  exercise  of  stock  options  considered  to  be  'in-the-money'  (i.e.,  when  the  market  price  of  our 
stock is greater than the exercise price of our outstanding stock options).

Segment Reporting

We have determined that for our North American regions we meet the aggregation criteria outlined in the accounting standards 
as these regions have similar: (1) economic characteristics, (2) products and services, (3) customers, (4) distribution channels, 
and (5) regulatory environments. Considering our operations outside of North America represent less than 10% of our net sales, 
net earnings, or assets, we report as a single business segment.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements 

In November 2023, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2023-07, 
Segment  Reporting  (Topic  280):  Improvements  to  Reportable  Segment  Disclosures,  which  enhances  reporting  requirements 
under  Topic  280.  The  enhanced  disclosure  requirements  include:  title  and  position  of  the  Chief  Operating  Decision  Maker 
(CODM),  significant  segment  expenses  provided  to  the  CODM,  extending  certain  annual  disclosures  to  interim  periods, 
clarifying  single  reportable  segment  entities  must  apply  ASC  280  in  its  entirety,  and  permitting  more  than  one  measure  of 
segment  profit  or  loss  to  be  reported  under  certain  circumstances.  This  change  is  effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after 
December  15,  2023  and  interim  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2024.  This  change  will  apply  retrospectively  to  all 
periods presented.

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures (Topic 740), which establishes 
new  income  tax  disclosure  requirements  in  addition  to  modifying  and  eliminating  certain  existing  requirements.  The  new 
guidance  requires  consistent  categorization  and  greater  disaggregation  of  information  in  the  rate  reconciliation,  as  well  as 
further disaggregation of income taxes paid. This change is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024. 
This  change  will  apply  on  a  prospective  basis  to  annual  financial  statements  for  periods  beginning  after  the  effective  date. 
However, retrospective application in all prior periods presented is permitted.

60

Fastenal Company and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 2. Revenue

Disaggregation of Revenue

The accounting policies of the operations in the various geographic areas are the same as those described in the summary of 
significant accounting policies. Revenues are attributed to countries based on the selling location from which the sale occurred. 
During 2023, 2022, and 2021, no single customer represented 5% or more of our consolidated net sales.

Our revenues related to the following geographic areas were as follows for the periods ended December 31:

United States

     % of revenues
Canada and Mexico

     % of revenues
     North America

     % of revenues

All other foreign countries

     % of revenues
Total revenues

Twelve-month Period

2023

$  6,139.8 

 83.6% 

981.9 

 13.4% 

2022

5,867.1 

 84.0% 

884.4 

 12.7% 

2021

5,033.3 

 83.7% 

749.0 

 12.5% 

7,121.7 

6,751.5 

5,782.3 

 97.0% 

225.0 

 3.0% 

 96.7% 

229.1 

 3.3% 

 96.2% 

228.6 

 3.8% 

$  7,346.7 

6,980.6 

6,010.9 

The percentages of our sales by end market were as follows for the periods ended December 31:

Manufacturing

Non-residential construction

Other

Twelve-month Period

2023

2022

2021

 74.3% 

 9.1% 

 16.6% 

 72.2% 

 10.3% 

 17.5% 

 68.9% 

 11.1% 

 20.0% 

 100.0% 

 100.0% 

 100.0% 

The percentages of our sales by product line were as follows for the periods ended December 31:

Type
Fasteners (1)
Tools

Cutting tools

Hydraulics & pneumatics

Material handling

Janitorial supplies

Electrical supplies

Welding supplies

Safety supplies
Other

Introduced

2023

2022

2021

Twelve-month Period

1967
1993

1996
1996

1996

1996

1997

1997

1999

 32.4% 
 8.5% 

 5.3% 
 6.7% 

 5.6% 

 8.4% 

 4.6% 

 4.1% 

 21.2% 

 3.2% 

 100.0% 

 34.0% 
 8.4% 

 5.0% 
 6.5% 

 5.7% 

 8.0% 

 4.4% 

 3.9% 

 20.8% 

 3.3% 

 100.0% 

 33.3% 
 8.5% 

 5.0% 
 6.4% 

 5.6% 

 8.2% 

 4.3% 

 3.8% 

 21.2% 

 3.7% 

 100.0% 

(1) The fastener product line represents fasteners and miscellaneous supplies.

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fastenal Company and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 3. Long-Lived Assets

The accounting policies of the operations in the various geographic areas are the same as those described in the summary of 
significant  accounting  policies.  Long-lived  assets  consist  of  net  property  and  equipment,  operating  lease  right-of-use  assets, 
prepaid deposits, goodwill, and definite-lived intangible assets.

Property and equipment at year end consisted of the following:

Land

Buildings and improvements

Automated distribution and warehouse equipment

Shelving, industrial vending, and equipment

Transportation equipment

Construction in progress

Less accumulated depreciation

Property and equipment, net

Our long-lived assets related to the following geographic areas at year end:

Depreciable Life
in Years

2023

2022

—  $ 

15 to 40  

5 to 30  

3 to 10  

3 to 5  

— 

67.2 

525.1 

271.7 

67.5 

509.2 

269.2 

1,366.5 

1,283.8 

98.3 

107.8 

85.7 

96.0 

2,436.6 

2,311.4 

(1,425.5)   

(1,301.4) 

$ 

1,011.1 

1,010.0 

United States

Canada and Mexico

North America

All other foreign countries

Total long-lived assets

Note 4. Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses at year end consisted of the following: 

Employee payroll and related taxes

Employee bonuses and commissions

Profit sharing contribution

Insurance reserves
Indirect taxes

Customer promotions and marketing

Other

Accrued expenses

2023

2022

$ 

1,314.2 

87.2 

1,401.4 

40.6 

$ 

1,442.0 

1,303.4 

80.4 

1,383.8 

40.0 

1,423.8 

2023

2022

$ 

15.2 

32.3 
23.1 

40.1 
36.1 

63.3 

30.9 

12.8 

32.7 
22.1 

40.4 
40.3 

60.6 

32.2 

$ 

241.0 

241.1 

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fastenal Company and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 5. Stockholders' Equity

Dividends

On January 17, 2024, our board of directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.39 per share of common stock to be paid in 
cash on February 29, 2024 to shareholders of record at the close of business on February 1, 2024. In 2023, we paid aggregate 
annual cash dividends per share of $1.78, which included a special, one-time dividend of $0.38 per share. We paid aggregate 
annual cash dividends per share of $1.24 and $1.12 in  2022 and 2021, respectively. 

Stock Options

Effective January 2, 2024, the compensation committee of our board of directors granted to our employees options to purchase 
a total of 764,195 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $64.00 per share. On the same date, certain of our non-
employee directors received options to acquire a total of 50,717 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $64.00 per 
share. The closing stock price on the effective date of the grants was $63.55 per share.

The  following  tables  summarize  the  details  of  options  granted  under  our  stock  option  plans  that  were  still  outstanding  as  of 
December 31, 2023, and the assumptions used to value those grants. All such grants were effective at the close of business on 
the date of grant.

Date of Grant

January 3, 2023

January 3, 2022

January 4, 2021

January 2, 2020
January 2, 2019

January 2, 2018

January 3, 2017

April 19, 2016

April 21, 2015

Total

Date of Grant
January 3, 2023
January 3, 2022
January 4, 2021
January 2, 2020
January 2, 2019
January 2, 2018
January 3, 2017
April 19, 2016
April 21, 2015

Options
Granted

Option Exercise
Price

Closing Stock
Price on Date
of Grant

December 31, 2023

Options
Outstanding

Options
Exercisable

1,071,943  $ 

713,438  $ 

741,510  $ 

902,263  $ 

1,316,924  $ 

1,087,936  $ 

1,529,578  $ 

1,690,880  $ 

1,786,440  $ 

48.00  $ 

62.00  $ 

48.00  $ 

38.00  $ 

26.00  $ 

27.50  $ 

23.50  $ 

23.00  $ 

21.00  $ 

47.400 

61.980 

47.650 

37.230 

25.705 

27.270 

23.475 

22.870 

20.630 

989,048 

611,848 

591,206 

658,884 

758,611 

541,026 

523,828 

245,075 

54,552 

70,562 

53,355 

211,323 

322,242 

451,061 

419,460 

426,290 

188,177 

54,552 

  10,840,912 

4,974,078 

2,197,022 

Risk-free
Interest Rate

Expected Life
of Option in
Years

Expected
Dividend
Yield

Expected
Stock
Volatility

Estimated Fair
Value of Stock
Option

 4.0% 
 1.3% 
 0.4% 
 1.7% 
 2.5% 
 2.2% 
 1.9% 
 1.3% 
 1.3% 

5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00

 2.6% 
 1.7% 
 2.0% 
 2.4% 
 2.9% 
 2.3% 
 2.6% 
 2.6% 
 2.7% 

 29.58%  $ 
 28.52%  $ 
 29.17%  $ 
 25.70%  $ 
 23.96%  $ 
 23.45%  $ 
 24.49%  $ 
 26.34%  $ 
 26.84%  $ 

11.62 
13.68 
9.57 
6.81 
4.40 
5.02 
4.20 
4.09 
3.68 

All of the options in the tables above vest and become exercisable over a period of up to eight years. Generally, each option will 
terminate approximately 10 years after the grant date.

The fair value of each share-based option is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes valuation method that uses the 
assumptions listed above. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury rate over the expected life of the option at the 
time  of  grant.  The  expected  life  is  the  average  length  of  time  over  which  we  expect  the  employee  groups  will  exercise  their 
options, net of forfeitures, which is based on historical experience with similar grants. The dividend yield is estimated over the 
expected life of the option based on our current dividend payout, historical dividends paid, and expected future cash dividends. 
Expected stock volatilities are based on the movement of our stock price over the most recent historical period equivalent to the 
expected life of the option. 

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fastenal Company and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

A summary of activities under our stock option plans consisted of the following:

Outstanding as of January 1, 2023

Granted

Exercised

Cancelled/forfeited

Outstanding as of December 31, 2023

Exercisable as of December 31, 2023

Outstanding as of January 1, 2022

Granted
Exercised
Cancelled/forfeited

Outstanding as of December 31, 2022

Exercisable as of December 31, 2022

(1) Weighted average exercise price.
(2) Weighted average remaining contractual life in years.

Options
Outstanding

Exercise
Price (1)

Remaining
Life (2)

5,374,736  $ 

1,071,943  $ 

(1,170,693)  $ 

(301,908)  $ 

4,974,078  $ 

2,197,022  $ 

34.37 

48.00 

25.69 

45.00 

38.70 

30.88 

5.66

9.00

5.99

4.54

Options
Outstanding

Exercise
Price (1)

Remaining
Life (2)

5,173,270  $ 

713,438  $ 
(346,992)  $ 

(164,980)  $ 

5,374,736  $ 

2,437,636  $ 

30.23 

62.00 
26.78 

40.00 

34.37 

27.14 

6.08

9.00

5.66

4.30

The  total  intrinsic  value  of  stock  options  exercised  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2023,  2022,  and  2021  was  $38.1, 
$10.2,  and  $38.8,  respectively.  The  intrinsic  value  represents  the  difference  between  the  exercise  price  and  fair  value  of  the 
underlying shares at the date of exercise. 

At  December  31,  2023,  there  was  $16.6  of  total  unrecognized  stock-based  compensation  expense  related  to  outstanding 
unvested  stock  options  granted  under  the  employee  stock  option  plan.  This  expense  is  expected  to  be  recognized  over  a 
weighted average period of 4.18 years. Any future change in estimated forfeitures will impact this amount. The total grant date 
fair value of stock options vested under our employee stock option plan during 2023, 2022, and 2021 was $5.3, $5.2, and $4.8, 
respectively.

Total stock-based compensation expense related to our employee stock option plan was $7.3, $7.2, and $5.6 for 2023, 2022, and 
2021, respectively.

Shares Outstanding

Shares of common stock outstanding were as follows:

Balance at beginning of year

Stock options exercised

Purchases of common stock

Balance at end of year

2023

2022

2021

 570,811,674 

 575,464,682 

 574,159,575 

1,170,693 

346,992 

1,305,107 

— 

(5,000,000)   

— 

 571,982,367 

 570,811,674 

 575,464,682 

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fastenal Company and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Earnings Per Share

The  following  tables  present  a  reconciliation  of  the  denominators  used  in  the  computation  of  basic  and  diluted  earnings  per 
share and a summary of the options to purchase shares of common stock which were excluded from the diluted earnings per 
share calculation because they were anti-dilutive:

Reconciliation
Basic weighted average shares outstanding
Weighted shares assumed upon exercise of stock options

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

Summary of Anti-dilutive Options Excluded
Options to purchase shares of common stock
Weighted average exercise prices of options

2023
 571,271,846 
1,736,762 
 573,008,608 

2022
 573,777,790 
1,845,324 
 575,623,114 

2021
 574,808,030 
2,309,026 
 577,117,056 

2023

2022

1,568,460 
53.80 

$ 

1,335,898 
55.25 

2021
678,310 
48.00 

Any  dilutive  impact  summarized  above  related  to  periods  when  the  average  market  price  of  our  stock  exceeded  the  exercise 
price of the potentially dilutive stock options then outstanding.

Note 6. Retirement Savings Plan

The Fastenal Company and Subsidiaries 401(k) and Employee Stock Ownership Plan covers all of our employees in the United 
States. Our employees in Canada may participate in a Registered Retirement Savings Plan. The general purpose of both of these 
plans  is  to  provide  additional  financial  security  during  retirement  by  providing  employees  with  an  incentive  to  make  regular 
savings contributions. In addition to the participation of our employees, we make annual profit sharing contributions based on 
an established formula. The expense recorded under this profit sharing formula was approximately $23.1, $22.1, and $17.4 for 
2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. 

Note 7. Income Taxes

Earnings before income taxes were derived from the following sources:

Domestic

Foreign

Earnings before income taxes

Components of income tax expense (benefit) were as follows:

2023

2022

2021

$ 

$ 

1,392.7 

129.3 

1,522.0 

1,335.7 

104.3 

1,440.0 

1,100.3 

107.5 

1,207.8 

Federal

State

Foreign

2023

2022

2021

Current

Deferred

Total

Current

Deferred

Total

Current

Deferred

Total

$  273.3 

(9.2)    264.1 

  267.6 

(5.0)    262.6 

  214.3 

(11.4)    202.9 

59.6 

44.9 

(1.3)   

(0.3)   

58.3 

44.6 

58.0 

35.0 

(1.1)   

(1.4)   

56.9 

33.6 

46.7 

34.1 

(1.7)   

0.8 

45.0 

34.9 

Income tax expense

$  377.8 

(10.8)    367.0 

  360.6 

(7.5)    353.1 

  295.1 

(12.3)    282.8 

Income tax expense in the accompanying consolidated financial statements differed from the expected expense as follows:

U.S. federal statutory income tax

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

Other, net

Effective income tax rate

2023

2022

2021

Amount

Percent

Amount

Percent

Amount

Percent

$  319.6 

$  45.1 

$ 

2.3 

$  367.0 

 21.0%  $  302.4 

 21.0%  $  253.6 

 3.0%  $  45.6 

 3.2%  $  34.9 

 0.1%  $ 

5.1 

 0.3%  $ 

(5.7) 

 24.1%  $  353.1 

 24.5%  $  282.8 

 21.0% 

 2.9% 

 -0.5% 

 23.4% 

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fastenal Company and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to deferred income tax assets and liabilities at year end consisted of the 
following: 

Deferred income tax assets:

Inventory costing and valuation methods

Insurance reserves

Foreign net operating loss and credit carryforwards

Stock-based compensation

Operating lease liabilities

Section 174 capitalization

Other, deferred tax assets

Total deferred income tax assets

Less: Valuation allowances

Total net deferred income tax assets 

Property and equipment

Operating lease ROU assets

Prepaid expenses

Other, deferred tax liabilities 

Total deferred income tax liabilities

Net deferred income tax liabilities

2023

2022

$ 

$ 

5.6 

8.3 

3.0 

3.8 

69.5 

7.4 

9.4 

107.0 

(2.2)   

104.8 

(95.4)   

(68.3)   

(3.5)   

(0.4)   

(167.6)   

(62.8)   

6.7 

8.6 

2.6 

3.6 

62.6 

3.4 

9.6 

97.1 

(1.8) 

95.3 

(102.6) 

(61.5) 

(3.5) 

(1.3) 

(168.9) 

(73.6) 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of total gross unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

Balance at beginning of year:

Increase related to prior year tax positions
Increase related to current year tax positions
Decrease related to statute of limitation lapses
Settlements
Balance at end of year:

2023

2022

$ 

$ 

10.1 
5.6 
0.6 
(6.1)   
— 
10.2 

7.4 
3.5 
0.6 
(0.9) 
(0.5) 
10.1 

Included in the liability for gross unrecognized tax benefits is $3.8 as of December 31, 2023 and $0.7 as of December 31, 2022 
for interest and penalties, both of which we classify as a component of income tax expense. The amount of unrecognized tax 
benefits  that  would  favorably  impact  the  effective  tax  rate,  if  recognized,  is  $9.2  as  of  December  31,  2023  and  $8.6  as  of 
December  31,  2022.  We  believe  it  is  reasonably  possible  that  a  decrease  of  up  to  $1.4  in  unrecognized  tax  benefits  may  be 
recognized by the end of 2024 as a result of the lapse of the statute of limitations. The 2023 and 2022 liability is included in 
deferred income taxes in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

We file income tax returns in the United States federal jurisdiction, all states, and various local and foreign jurisdictions. We are 
no longer subject to income tax examinations by taxing authorities for taxable years before 2020 in the case of United States 
federal examinations, and with limited exception, before 2018 in the case of foreign, state, and local examinations.

In  general,  it  is  our  practice  and  intention  to  permanently  reinvest  the  earnings  of  our  foreign  subsidiaries  and  repatriate 
earnings only when the tax impact is zero or very minimal. Accordingly, no deferred taxes have been provided for withholding 
taxes  or  other  taxes  that  would  result  upon  repatriation  of  our  approximately  $514.7  of  undistributed  earnings  from  foreign 
subsidiaries to the U.S. as those earnings continue to be permanently reinvested.

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fastenal Company and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 8. Operating Leases

We  lease  space  under  non-cancelable  operating  leases  for  several  distribution  centers,  several  manufacturing  locations,  and 
certain  branch  locations.  These  leases  do  not  have  significant  rent  escalation  holidays,  concessions,  leasehold  improvement 
incentives, or other build-out clauses. Further, the leases do not contain contingent rent provisions. We also lease certain semi-
tractors, pick-up trucks, and computer equipment under operating leases. 

Certain operating leases for pick-up trucks contain residual value guarantee provisions which would generally become due at 
the expiration of the operating lease agreement if the fair value of the leased vehicles is less than the guaranteed residual value. 
The aggregate residual value guarantee related to these leases was approximately $118.4. We believe the likelihood of funding 
the guarantee obligation under any provision of the operating lease agreements is remote. 

The cost components of our operating leases were as follows for the periods ended December 31: 

2023

2022

2021

Leased 
Facilities 
and 
Equipment

Leased 
Vehicles

Total

Leased 
Facilities 
and 
Equipment

Leased 
Vehicles

Total

Operating lease cost

$ 

99.4   

18.2   

117.6 

96.8   

14.7   

111.5 

Variable lease cost

Short-term lease cost

10.5   

1.6   

—   

23.7   

12.1 

23.7 

9.7   

—   

1.5   

26.6   

11.2 

26.6 

Leased 
Facilities 
and 
Equipment

99.7   

10.4   

Leased 
Vehicles

Total

13.7   

113.4 

1.3   

—   

19.2   

11.7 

19.2 

Total

$  109.9   

43.5   

153.4 

106.5   

42.8   

149.3 

110.1   

34.2   

144.3 

Variable lease costs are excluded from ROU assets and lease liabilities and consist primarily of taxes, insurance, and common 
area  or  other  maintenance  costs  for  our  leased  facilities  and  equipment  which  are  paid  based  on  actual  costs  incurred  by  the 
lessor as well as variable mileage costs related to our leased vehicles.

Maturities of our lease liabilities for all operating leases were as follows as of December 31, 2023:

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

2029 and thereafter

Total lease payments

Less: Imputed interest

Present value of lease liabilities

Leased 
Facilities and 
Equipment

Leased 
Vehicles

Total

$ 

$ 

$ 

86.1 

65.1 

43.3 

26.5 

14.7 

13.0 
248.7 

(15.2)   
233.5 

14.2 

12.1 

8.9 

5.1 

3.1 

1.5 
44.9 

(3.4)   
41.5 

100.3 

77.2 

52.2 

31.6 

17.8 

14.5 
293.6 

(18.6) 
275.0 

The weighted average remaining lease terms and discount rates for all of our operating leases were as follows for the periods 
ended December 31: 

Remaining lease term and discount rate:

Weighted average remaining lease term (years)

    Leased facilities and equipment

    Leased vehicles

Weighted average discount rate

    Lease facilities and equipment

    Leased vehicles

2023

3.76

3.77

2022

3.57

2.66

3.07%

4.03%

2.07%

2.47%

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fastenal Company and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Supplemental cash flow information related to our operating leases was as follows for the periods ended December 31:

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:

Operating cash outflow from operating leases

   Leased assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities

$ 

115.7 

116.2 

110.9 

89.4 

112.4 

103.6 

2023

2022

2021

Note 9. Debt Commitments

Credit Facility, Notes Payable, and Commitments

Debt obligations and letters of credit outstanding at year end consisted of the following:

Average 
Interest Rate at 
December 31, 
2023

Maturity 
Date

Debt Outstanding

2023

2022

Unsecured revolving credit facility

 6.36%  September 28, 2027 $ 

Senior unsecured promissory notes payable, Series C

Senior unsecured promissory notes payable, Series D

Senior unsecured promissory notes payable, Series E

Senior unsecured promissory notes payable, Series F

Senior unsecured promissory notes payable, Series G

Senior unsecured promissory notes payable, Series H

Total

   Less: Current portion of debt

Long-term debt

Outstanding letters of credit under unsecured revolving credit 
facility - contingent obligation

Unsecured Revolving Credit Facility 

 3.22% 

 2.66% 

 2.72% 

 1.69% 

 2.13% 

 2.50% 

March 1, 2024  

May 15, 2025  

May 15, 2027  

June 24, 2023  

June 24, 2026  

June 24, 2030  

— 

60.0 

75.0 

50.0 

— 

25.0 

50.0 

225.0 

60.0 

75.0 

50.0 

70.0 

25.0 

50.0 

260.0 

555.0 

(60.0)   

(201.8) 

$ 

200.0 

353.2 

$ 

32.7 

36.3 

We have an $835.0 committed unsecured revolving credit facility (Credit Facility) with an uncommitted accordion option to 
increase  the  aggregate  revolving  commitment  by  an  additional  $365.0  for  a  total  amount  of  $1,200.0.  The  Credit  Facility 
includes a committed letter of credit subfacility of $55.0. Any borrowings outstanding under the Credit Facility for which we 
have  the  ability  and  intent  to  pay  using  cash  within  the  next  12  months  will  be  classified  as  a  current  liability.  The  Credit 
Facility contains certain financial and other covenants, and our right to borrow under the Credit Facility is conditioned upon, 
among other things, our compliance with these covenants. We are currently in compliance with these covenants.

Borrowings  under  the  Credit  Facility  generally  bear  interest  at  a  rate  per  annum  equal  to  Daily  Simple  SOFR  plus  a  0.10% 
spread adjustment plus 0.95%. We pay a commitment fee for the unused portion of the Credit Facility. This fee is either 0.10% 
or 0.125% per annum based on our usage of the Credit Facility.

Senior Unsecured Promissory Notes Payable 

We  have  issued  senior  unsecured  promissory  notes  under  our  master  note  agreement  (the  Master  Note  Agreement)  in  the 
aggregate  principal  amount  of  $260.0  as  of  December  31,  2023.  Our  aggregate  borrowing  capacity  under  the  Master  Note 
Agreement  is  $900.0;  however,  none  of  the  institutional  investors  party  to  that  agreement  are  committed  to  purchase  notes 
thereunder.  There  is  no  amortization  of  these  notes  prior  to  their  maturity  date  and  interest  is  payable  quarterly.  The  notes 
currently issued under our Master Note Agreement, including the maturity date and fixed interest rate per annum of each series 
of note, are contained in the table above. The Master Note Agreement contains certain financial and other covenants and we are 
currently in compliance with these covenants.

68

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fastenal Company and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Principal  payments  required  on  our  outstanding  indebtedness,  based  on  the  maturity  dates  defined  within  our  long-term  debt 
arrangements, for the succeeding five years, are displayed in the table below, as of December 31, 2023:

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

2029 and thereafter

     Total

Note 10. Legal Contingencies

Principal Payments

60.0 

75.0 

25.0 

50.0 

— 

50.0 

260.0 

$ 

$ 

We  are  involved  in  certain  legal  actions,  including  those  that  are  ordinary  routine  litigation  incidental  to  our  business.  The 
outcomes of these legal actions are not within our complete control and may not be known for prolonged periods of time. In 
some actions, the claimants seek damages, as well as other relief, that could require significant expenditures or result in lost 
revenues.  We  record  a  liability  for  these  legal  actions  when  a  loss  is  known  or  considered  probable  and  the  amount  can  be 
reasonably estimated. If the reasonable estimate of a known or probable loss is a range, and no amount within the range is a 
better estimate than any other, the minimum amount of the range is accrued. If a loss is reasonably possible but not known or 
probable, and can be reasonably estimated, the estimated loss or range of loss is disclosed. In most cases, significant judgment 
is  required  to  estimate  the  amount  and  timing  of  a  loss  to  be  recorded.  As  of  December  31,  2023,  there  were  no  litigation 
matters that we consider to be probable or reasonably possible to have a material adverse outcome.

Note 11. Subsequent Events

We  evaluated  all  subsequent  event  activity  and  concluded  that  no  subsequent  events  have  occurred  that  would  require 
recognition in the consolidated financial statements or disclosure in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, with the 
exception of the dividend declaration and stock option activities disclosed in Note 5.

***End of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements***

69

 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 9. 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this report, we conducted an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation 
of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 
13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Securities Exchange Act)). Based on this evaluation, 
the principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective 
to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act is 
recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and is accumulated 
and  communicated  to  our  management,  including  the  principal  executive  officer  and  principal  financial  officer,  to  allow  for 
timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Attestation Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The  attestation  report  required  under  Item  9A  is  contained  earlier  in  this  Form  10-K  under  the  heading  'Item  8,  Financial 
Statements and Supplementary Data'.

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in 
Rules  13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f)  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act.  The  company's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is 
designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial 
statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  The  company's  internal 
control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

(i)

(ii)

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and 
dispositions of the assets of the company;

provide  reasonable  assurance  that  the  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial 
statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of 
the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; 
and

(iii)

provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use  or 
disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Also, 
projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Under the supervision of our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the 
effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  the  framework  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated 
Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission.  Based  on  our 
assessment  and  those  criteria,  management  believes  that  the  company  maintained  effective  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2023. There was no change in the company's internal control over financial reporting during the 
company's most recently completed fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the 
company's internal control over financial reporting.

/s/    Daniel L. Florness

Daniel L. Florness
President and Chief Executive Officer

Winona, Minnesota
February 6, 2024

/s/    Holden Lewis
Holden Lewis
Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial 
Officer

70

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None of our directors or officers (as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) of the Securities Exchange Act) adopted, modified, or terminated 
any contract, instruction, or written plan for the purchase or sale of our securities that was intended to satisfy the affirmative 
defense conditions of Rule 10b5-1(c) of the Securities Exchange Act or any non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement (as defined 
in Item 408(c) of Regulation S-K) during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2023.

We  are  reporting  the  following  information  in  lieu  of  reporting  on  a  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  under  Item  5.03 
"Amendments  to  Articles  of  Incorporation  or  By-laws;  Change  in  Fiscal  Year"  and  Item  9.01  "Financial  Statements  and 
Exhibits."

On February 2, 2024, our board of directors amended and restated our by-laws as a result of a periodic review of best practices 
and the SEC's adoption of the universal proxy rules. 

The amendments:

(i)

(ii)

Make certain limited updates to the procedural mechanics for meetings of shareholders and clarify that the chair of 
a shareholder meeting may adjourn a meeting for any reason;

Include  express  authorization  of  electronic  and  telephonic  proxies  and  add  a  requirement  that  a  shareholder 
soliciting proxies must use a proxy card color other than white, in order to avoid shareholder confusion; and

(iii)

Make various other conforming, technical, and non-substantive changes.

The foregoing description of the amended and restated by-laws is not complete and is qualified by reference to the full text of 
the amended and restated by-laws, a copy of which is filed as Exhibit 3.2 hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 9C.   DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

None. 

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Incorporated  herein  by  reference  is  the  information  appearing  under  the  headings  'Proposal  #1—Election  of  Directors', 
'Corporate  Governance  and  Director  Compensation—Board  Leadership  Structure  and  Committee  Membership',  'Corporate 
Governance  and  Director  Compensation—Other  Board  and  Corporate  Governance  Matters:  Securities  Trading  Policy', 
'Corporate  Governance  and  Director 
'Corporate  Governance  and  Director  Compensation—Audit  Committee',  and 
Compensation—Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports' in the Proxy Statement. 

There have been no material changes to the procedures by which security holders may recommend nominees to the board of 
directors since our last report.

In  January  2004,  our  board  of  directors  adopted  a  supplement  to  our  existing  standards  of  conduct  designed  to  qualify  the 
standards of conduct as a code of ethics within the meaning of Item 406(b) of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC (Code 
of Ethics). The standards of conduct, as supplemented, apply to all of our directors, officers, and employees, including without 
limitation our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, and controller (if any), and persons 
performing  similar  functions  (Senior  Financial  Officers).  Those  portions  of  the  standards  of  conduct,  as  supplemented,  that 
constitute  a  required  element  of  a  Code  of  Ethics  are  available  without  charge  by  submitting  a  request  to  us  pursuant  to  the 
directions  detailed  under  'Does  Fastenal  have  a  Code  of  Conduct?'  on  the  'Investor  FAQs'  page  of  the  'Investor  Relations' 
section  of  our  website  at  www.fastenal.com.  In  the  event  we  amend  or  waive  any  portion  of  the  standards  of  conduct,  as 
supplemented,  that  constitutes  a  required  element  of  a  Code  of  Ethics  and  such  amendment  or  waiver  applies  to  any  of  our 
Senior Financial Officers, we intend to post on our website at www.fastenal.com, within four business days after the date of 
such  amendment  or  waiver,  a  brief  description  of  such  amendment  or  waiver,  the  name  of  each  Senior  Financial  Officer  to 
whom the amendment or waiver applies, and the date of the amendment or waiver. 

71

Information about our Executive Officers

As of the date of filing this Form 10-K, the following individuals were executive officers of the Company:

Name
Daniel L. Florness
Anthony P. Broersma
William J. Drazkowski
James C. Jansen
Holden Lewis
Sheryl A. Lisowski
Charles S. Miller
Noelle J. Oas
John L. Soderberg
Jeffery M. Watts

Employee of
Fastenal
Since
1996
2003
1995
1992
2016
1994
1999
2015
1993
1996

Age
60
44
52
53
54
56
49
39
52
52

Position
President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director
Executive Vice President – Operations
Executive Vice President – Sales
Executive Vice President – Manufacturing
Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Executive Vice President – Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer
Senior Executive Vice President – Sales
Executive Vice President – Human Resources
Senior Executive Vice President – Information Technology
Chief Sales Officer

Mr. Florness has been our president and chief executive officer since January 2016. From December 2002 to December 2015, 
Mr. Florness was our executive vice president and chief financial officer. From June 1996 to November 2002, Mr. Florness was 
our chief financial officer. During his time as chief financial officer, Mr. Florness' responsibilities expanded beyond finance, 
including leadership of a portion of our manufacturing division, our product development and procurement, and the company's 
national accounts business. Mr. Florness has served as one of our directors since January 2016. 

Mr. Broersma has been our executive vice president – operations since October 2023. Mr. Broersma’s responsibilities include 
oversight  of  our  supply  chain,  compliance,  supplier  development,  content,  property  management,  eCommerce,  supply  to 
fulfillment distribution, and logistics operations of the company. From June 2022 to October 2023, Mr. Broersma served as our 
senior vice president – operations. From February 2021 to June 2022, Mr. Broersma was our vice president of procurement and 
supply  chain.  From  February  2016  to  February  2021,  Mr.  Broersma  served  as  our  vice  president  of  international  operations, 
leading  all  global  operations.  From  December  2012  to  February  2016,  Mr.  Broersma  was  the  regional  vice  president  for  our 
continental Europe locations, while living in the Czech Republic. From February 2011 to December 2012, Mr. Broersma served 
as  the  director  of  Asian  operations,  while  living  in  Shanghai,  China.  From  December  2007  to  February  2011,  Mr.  Broersma 
served as the regional operations manager of our distribution center located in Scranton, PA. Mr. Broersma joined Fastenal in 
2003 and, prior to 2007, served in various roles of increasing responsibility within our branch locations.

Mr.  Drazkowski  has  been  our  executive  vice  president  -  sales  since  October  2019.  Mr.  Drazkowski's  responsibilities  include 
oversight of national accounts, government and industry specific sales, support, and development teams. From October 2019 to 
October  2023,  Mr.  Drazkowski  oversaw  our  Western  United  States  business.  From  December  2016  to  September  2019,  Mr. 
Drazkowski was executive vice president – national accounts sales. From October 2014 to December 2016, Mr. Drazkowski 
was our vice president – national accounts sales, from September 2013 to September 2014, he served as regional vice president 
of our Minnesota based region, and from November 2007 to August 2013, he served as one of our district managers. Prior to 
November 2007, Mr. Drazkowski served in various sales leadership roles at our company. 

Mr.  Jansen  has  been  our  executive  vice  president  –  manufacturing  since  January  2016.  Mr.  Jansen's  responsibilities  include 
oversight  of  our  industrial  services,  quality  assurance,  aerospace,  manufacturing  operations,  and  EHS  management.  From 
December  2010  to  December  2015,  Mr.  Jansen  was  our  executive  vice  president  -  operations.  From  November  2007  to 
December  2010,  Mr.  Jansen  was  our  executive  vice  president  –  internal  operations.  From  May  2005  to  November  2007, 
Mr.  Jansen  served  as  our  leader  of  systems  development  (this  role  encompassed  both  information  systems  and  distribution 
systems development). From April 2000 to April 2005, Mr. Jansen served as regional vice president of our Texas based region. 

Mr. Lewis has been a senior executive vice president and the chief financial officer of Fastenal since December 2022. As chief 
financial  officer,  Mr.  Lewis  manages  the  company's  finance,  accounting,  audit,  and  general  counsel  functions,  and  plays  a 
central role in effectively executing and communicating company strategy, with a concentration on profitability, efficiency, and 
assets. He also oversees the company's M&A and Investor Relations efforts. From August 2016 to December 2022, Mr. Lewis 
served as our executive vice president and chief financial officer. He joined the company following a long career as a senior 
equity analyst covering industrials, including Fastenal, for full-service investment banks. Mr. Lewis held various senior roles 
with a variety of organizations in the investment banking industry from 1994 to July 2016. 

72

Ms. Lisowski has been our executive vice president - chief accounting officer and treasurer since December 2020. From August 
2016  to  November  2020,  Ms.  Lisowski  was  our  controller,  chief  accounting  officer,  and  treasurer.  Ms.  Lisowski  was  our 
controller and chief accounting officer from October 2013 to August 2016, and also served as our interim chief financial officer 
from January 2016 to August 2016. From March 2007 to October 2013, Ms. Lisowski served as our controller – accounting 
operations. Ms. Lisowski joined Fastenal in 1994 and, prior to March 2007, served in various roles of increasing responsibility 
within our finance and accounting team.

Mr. Miller has been our senior executive vice president – sales since January 2020. Mr. Miller's responsibilities include sales 
and operational oversight of our United States business. From November 2015 to December 2019, Mr. Miller was one of our 
executive  vice  presidents  –  sales.  From  January  2009  to  October  2015,  Mr.  Miller  served  as  regional  vice  president  of  our 
southeast central region based primarily in Tennessee and Kentucky. Prior to January 2009, Mr. Miller served in various sales 
leadership roles at our company.

Ms. Oas has been our executive vice president – human resources since February 2023. As executive vice president – human 
resources,  Ms.  Oas  manages  the  company's  human  resources  department,  which  includes  payroll,  benefits,  diversity  and 
compliance, general insurance, and the Fastenal School of Business. From March 2015 to January 2023, she was our director of 
compliance – human resources. From 2010 to February 2015, Ms. Oas practiced employment law for a firm in Minneapolis, 
Minnesota and later acted as a solo practitioner in Winona, Minnesota. 

Mr. Soderberg has been our senior executive vice president – information technology since December 2020. From May 2016 to 
November 2020, Mr. Soderberg was our executive vice president – information technology. From May 2014 to May 2016, Mr. 
Soderberg served as our executive vice president – sales operations and support. From April 2010 to May 2014, Mr. Soderberg 
was one of our vice presidents – sales. From April 2005 to April 2010, Mr. Soderberg served as regional vice president of our 
Seattle,  Washington  based  region.  Prior  to  April  2005,  Mr.  Soderberg  served  in  various  sales  leadership  roles  in  the  mid-
Atlantic area of our company.

Mr. Watts has been our chief sales officer since May 2023. Mr. Watts' responsibilities include providing oversight and guidance 
concerning the global sales activities of the company. From December 2016 to April 2023, Mr. Watts was our executive vice 
president – international sales. From March 2015 to December 2016, Mr. Watts was our vice president – international sales. 
From June 2005 to February 2015, he served as regional vice president of our Canadian region. Prior to June 2005, Mr. Watts 
served in various sales leadership roles at our company.

The executive officers are elected by our board of directors for a term of one year and serve until their successors are elected 
and qualified. None of our executive officers is related to any other such executive officer or to any of our directors.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Incorporated  herein  by  reference  is  the  information  appearing  under  the  headings  'Corporate  Governance  and  Director 
Compensation—Compensation  Committee  Interlocks  and  Insider  Participation',  'Executive  Compensation',  and  'Corporate 
Governance and Director Compensation—Compensation of our Directors' in the Proxy Statement.

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Incorporated herein by reference is the information appearing under the heading 'Security Ownership of Principal Shareholders 
and Management' in the Proxy Statement.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

Plan Category

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders (1)
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

Total

Number of Securities to
be Issued Upon Exercise
of Outstanding Options,
Warrants, and Rights

Weighted-
Average Exercise
Price of Outstanding
Options, Warrants,
and Rights

(a)

(b)

4,974,078  $ 

— 

4,974,078 

38.70 

— 

Number of Securities
Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under
Equity Compensation
Plans (Excluding
Securities Reflected in
Column (a))

(c)

10,877,707 

— 

10,877,707 

(1) Reflects  stock  option  awards  issued  and  issuable  in  the  future  under  our  Fastenal  Company  Stock  Option  Plan  and  our 

Fastenal Company Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan. 

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Incorporated  herein  by  reference  is  the  information  appearing  under  the  headings  'Corporate  Governance  and  Director 
Compensation—Director  Independence',  'Corporate  Governance  and  Director  Compensation—Related  Person  Transaction 
Approval  Policy',  and  'Corporate  Governance  and  Director  Compensation—Transactions  with  Related  Persons'  in  the  Proxy 
Statement.

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Incorporated herein by reference is the information appearing under the heading 'Audit and Related Matters—Audit and Related 
Fees' and 'Audit and Related Matters—Pre-Approval of Services' in the Proxy Statement.

74

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

a)

1. Financial Statements:

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 

Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (KPMG LLP, Minneapolis, MN, Auditor Firm ID: 
185)

2. Financial Statement Schedules:

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

3. Exhibits:

INDEX TO EXHIBITS 

Exhibit 
Number Description of Document
3.1

3.2
4.1

4.2
4.3

4.4

4.5

4.6

10.1
10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5

10.6

Restated  Articles  of  Incorporation  of  Fastenal  Company,  as  amended  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 3.1 to Fastenal Company's Form 8-K dated as of April 22, 2019)
Restated By-Laws of Fastenal Company dated as of February 2, 2024 (filed herewith)
Form  of  Senior  Notes  due  March  1,  2024  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.1  to  Fastenal 
Company's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2017)
Description of Capital Stock (filed herewith)
Form of Senior Notes due May 15, 2025 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Fastenal Company's 
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2020)
Form of Senior Notes due May 15, 2027 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Fastenal Company's 
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2020)
Form of Senior Notes due June 24, 2026 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Fastenal Company's 
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2020)
Form of Senior Notes due June 24, 2030 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to Fastenal Company's 
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2020)
Bonus Program for Executive Officers* (filed herewith)
Fastenal  Company  Stock  Option  Plan  as  amended  and  restated  effective  as  of  April  24,  2018.*  (filed 
herewith)
Fastenal  Company  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Appendix  A  to  Fastenal  Company's 
Proxy Statement dated February 23, 2012)*
Fastenal  Company  Non-Employee  Director  Stock  Option  Plan  as  amended  and  restated  effective 
December  20,  2021  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.4  to  Fastenal  Company's  10-K  for  fiscal 
year ended December 31, 2021).*
Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of  September  28,  2022,  by  and  among  Fastenal 
Company,  the  Lenders  party  thereto,  and  Wells  Fargo  Bank,  National  Association,  as  Administrative 
Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Fastenal Company's Form 8-K dated as of September 
30, 2022).
First  Amendment  to  Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of  January  20,  2023,  by  and 
among  Fastenal  Company,  the  Lenders  party  thereto,  and  Wells  Fargo  Bank,  National  Association,  as 
Administrative  Agent  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.6  to  Fastenal  Company's  Form  10-K 
dated February 7, 2023).

75

Exhibit 
Number Description of Document
10.7

investor  group  representatives  (each,  an 

Master Note Agreement dated as of July 20, 2016 by and among (i) Fastenal Company, (ii) Metropolitan 
Life  Insurance  Company,  NYL  Investors  LLC  and  PGIM,  Inc.  (formerly  known  as  Prudential 
Investment  Management,  Inc.),  as 
'Investor  Group 
Representative'), and (iii) Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (in its capacity as a purchaser of notes 
under such Master Note Agreement) and/or affiliates of any Investor Group Representative who become 
purchasers  of  notes  under  such  Master  Note  Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to 
Fastenal Company’s Form 8-K dated as of July 20, 2016).
Omnibus First Amendment to Master Note Agreement and Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement dated as of 
November 30, 2018 by and among Fastenal Company, Fastenal Company Purchasing, and Fastenal IP 
Company,  on  one  hand,  and  Metropolitan  Life  Insurance  Company,  NYL  Investors  LLC,  PGIM,  Inc., 
and  each  holder  of  Notes  that  are  signatory  thereto,  on  the  other  hand  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.2 to Fastenal Company's Form 8-K dated December 3, 2018).
Consent,  Waiver  and  Agreement  to  Master  Note  Agreement  dated  as  of  June  10,  2020  by  and  among 
Fastenal  Company,  Fastenal  Company  Purchasing,  and  Fastenal  IP  Company,  on  the  one  hand,  and 
Metropolitan  Life  Insurance  Company,  MetLife  Investment  Management,  LLC,  NYL  Investors  LLC, 
PGIM,  Inc.  and  each  holder  of  Notes  that  are  signatory  thereto,  on  the  other  hand  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Fastenal Company's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2020). 
Omnibus Second Amendment to Master Note Agreement and Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement dated as 
of September 28, 2022 by and among Fastenal Company, Fastenal Company Purchasing, and Fastenal IP 
Company, on one hand, and Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, MetLife Investment Management, 
LLC, NYL Investors LLC, PGIM, Inc., and each holder of Notes that is a signatory thereto, on the other 
hand (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Fastenal Company's Form 8-K dated as of September 
30, 2022).
List of Subsidiaries (filed herewith)
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (filed herewith)
Certifications under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith)
Certification under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith)
Compensation Forfeiture, Recovery, and True-up Policy of Fastenal Company dated as of October 11, 
2023 (filed herewith)
The following financial statements from the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 
31,  2023,  formatted  in  Inline  XBRL:  (i)  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets,  (ii)  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Earnings,  (iii)  Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income,  (iv)  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Stockholders'  Equity,  (v)  Consolidated  Statements  of  Cash  Flows,  and  (vi)  Notes  to  Consolidated 
Financial Statements. 
The cover page from the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023, formatted 
in Inline XBRL.

10.8

10.9

10.10

21
23
31
32
97

101

104

* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this Form 10-K pursuant to 

Item 15(b).

76

FASTENAL COMPANY

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021
(Amounts in millions)

Balance at
Beginning
of Year

"Additions/
(Reductions)" to
Costs and
Expenses

"Other"
Additions
(Deductions)

"Less"
Deductions

Balance
at End
of Year

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

8.3 

40.4 

12.0 

35.7 

$ 

12.3 

2.2 
86.2  (1)

(1.8) 
78.2  (1)

2.5 
78.6  (1)

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

4.1 
86.5  (2)

1.9 
73.5  (2)

2.8 
83.9  (2)

6.4 

40.1 

8.3 

40.4 

12.0 

35.7 

Description
Year ended December 31, 2023
Allowance for credit losses

Insurance reserves
Year ended December 31, 2022
Allowance for credit losses

Insurance reserves
Year ended December 31, 2021
Allowance for credit losses

Insurance reserves
(1)   Includes costs and expenses incurred for premiums and claims related to health and general insurance.
(2)   Includes costs and expenses paid for premiums and claims related to health and general insurance.

41.0 

— 

$ 

See accompanying Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 16.

FORM 10-K SUMMARY

Not applicable.

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this 
report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

Date: February 6, 2024

FASTENAL COMPANY

By

/s/    Daniel L. Florness

Daniel L. Florness, President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  this  report  has  been  signed  below  by  the  following 
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

Date: February 6, 2024

/s/    Daniel L. Florness
Daniel L. Florness, President and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer), and Director

/s/    Holden Lewis
Holden Lewis, Senior Executive Vice President and Chief 
Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

/s/    Sheryl A. Lisowski
Sheryl A. Lisowski, Executive Vice President - Chief 
Accounting Officer and Treasurer (Principal Accounting 
Officer)

/s/    Scott A. Satterlee

Scott A. Satterlee, Director (Chair)

/s/    Michael J. Ancius

Michael J. Ancius, Director

/s/    Stephen L. Eastman

Stephen L. Eastman, Director

/s/    Rita J. Heise
Rita J. Heise, Director

/s/    Hsenghung Sam Hsu

Hsenghung Sam Hsu, Director

/s/    Daniel L. Johnson

Daniel L. Johnson, Director

/s/    Nicholas J. Lundquist

Nicholas J. Lundquist, Director

/s/    Sarah N. Nielsen

Sarah N. Nielsen, Director

/s/    Irene A. Quarshie
Irene A. Quarshie, Director

/s/    Reyne K. Wisecup

Reyne K. Wisecup, Director

78

Exhibit 3.2

RESTATED BYLAWS OF
FASTENAL 
COMPANY

ARTICLE I REGISTERED OFFICE

The  corporation  shall  maintain  a  registered  office  in  Minnesota.  The  corporation  may  have  other  offices  in  such 

places within or outside of Minnesota as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

ARTICLE II 
SHAREHOLDERS' MEETINGS

Section 1. Place. Meetings of the shareholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation, or at 
such other place within or outside of Minnesota as may from time to time be designated by the Board of Directors or the Chief 
Executive  Officer  of  the  corporation;  provided,  however,  that  any  meeting  called  by  or  at  the  demand  of  a  shareholder  or 
shareholders  shall  be  held  in  the  county  where  the  principal  executive  office  of  the  corporation  is  located.  The  Board  of 
Directors may determine that shareholders not physically present in person or by proxy at a shareholder meeting may, by means 
of  remote  communication,  participate  in  a  shareholder  meeting  held  at  a  designated  place.  The  Board  of  Directors  also  may 
determine  that  a  meeting  of  the  shareholders  shall  not  be  held  at  a  physical  place,  but  instead  solely  by  means  of  remote 
communication. Participation by remote communication constitutes presence at the meeting.

Section  2.  Regular  Meetings.  A  regular  meeting  of  the  shareholders  shall  be  held  annually,  as  soon  as  convenient 
after the close of the preceding fiscal year of the corporation, at a time to be fixed by the Board of Directors, for the election of 
directors and the transaction of other appropriate business.

Section 3. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the shareholders may be called at any time and for any purpose or 
purposes by a shareholder or shareholders holding ten percent or more of the voting power of all shares entitled to vote (except 
that  a  special  meeting  for  the  purpose  of  considering  any  action  to  directly  or  indirectly  facilitate  or  effect  a  business 
combination,  including  any  action  to  change  or  otherwise  affect  the  composition  of  the  Board  of  Directors  for  that  purpose, 
must be called by twenty-five percent or more of the voting power of all shares entitled to vote) or by the Chair of the Board, 
the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or two or more directors. The business transacted at a special meeting 
shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice of the meeting.

Section 4. Notice. Unless otherwise required by law, written notice of each meeting of shareholders, stating the date, 
time and place of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which it is called, shall be given 
to  every  holder  of  shares  entitled  to  vote  at  such  meeting  at  least  10  days  and  not  more  than  60  days  before  the  date  of  the 
meeting, except as otherwise permitted by law. Notice may be given to a shareholder by means of electronic communication if 
the requirements of Minnesota Statutes Section 302A.436, Subdivision 5, as amended from time to time, are met. Notice to a 
shareholder  is  also  effectively  given  if  the  notice  is  addressed  to  the  shareholder  or  a  group  of  shareholders  in  a  manner 
permitted  by  the  rules  and  regulations  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  (the  "Exchange  Act"),  so  long  as  the 
corporation has first received the written or implied consent required by those rules and regulations.

Section 5. Waiver; Objections. A shareholder may waive notice of the date, time, place, or purpose of a meeting of 
shareholders. A waiver of notice by a shareholder entitled to notice is effective whether given before, at, or after the meeting, 
and whether given in writing, orally, by authenticated electronic communication, or by attendance. Attendance by a shareholder 
at a meeting, including attendance by means of remote communication, is a waiver of notice of that meeting, except where the 
shareholder objects at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of business because the meeting is not lawfully called or 
convened, or objects before a vote on an item of business because the item may not lawfully be considered at that meeting and 
does not participate in the consideration of the item at that meeting.

Section  6.  Quorum;  Adjourned  Meetings.  The  holders  of  a  majority  of  the  voting  power  of  the  shares  entitled  to 
vote at a meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except as 
may  be  otherwise  specifically  provided  by  law,  by  the  Articles  of  Incorporation,  or  by  these  Bylaws.  If  a  quorum  is  present 
when a duly called or held meeting is convened, the shareholders present may continue to transact business until adjournment, 
even though the withdrawal of a number of shareholders originally present leaves less than a quorum. The Chair of any meeting 
of shareholders may adjourn the meeting, for any reason and whether or not a quorum is present, to a time and place announced 
at the time of adjournment, and no further notice of the adjourned meeting shall be required.

Exhibit 3.2 (Continued)

Section 7. Voting and Proxies. At all meetings of shareholders, every owner of shares entitled to vote may vote in 
person  or  by  proxy  and  shall  have  one  vote  for  each  share  held.    In  electing  directors,  the  voting  shall  be  by  ballot.    A 
shareholder may cast or authorize the casting of a vote (a) by filing a written appointment of a proxy, signed by the shareholder, 
with  an  officer  of  the  corporation  at  or  before  the  meeting  at  which  the  appointment  is  to  be  effective,  or  (b)  by  telephonic 
transmission or authenticated electronic communication, whether or not accompanied by written instructions of the shareholder, 
of an appointment of a proxy with the corporation or the corporation's duly authorized agent at or before the meeting at which 
the appointment is to be effective.  The telephonic transmission or authenticated electronic communication must set forth or be 
submitted  with  information  from  which  it  can  be  determined  that  the  appointment  was  authorized  by  the  shareholder.    Any 
copy, facsimile telecommunication, or other reproduction of the original of either the writing or transmission may be used in 
lieu of the original, provided that it is a complete and legible reproduction of the entire original.  Any shareholder directly or 
indirectly soliciting proxies from other shareholders must use a proxy card color other than white, which shall be reserved for 
the exclusive use by the Board of Directors.

Section  8.  Chair  of  Meeting;  Conduct  of  Meetings.  The  Chair  of  the  Board  shall  preside  at  all  meetings  of 
shareholders.  In  his  or  her  absence,  the  Board  of  Directors  may  appoint  any  other  officer  or  director  to  act  as  Chair  at  the 
meeting.    The  Board  of  Directors  shall  be  entitled  to  make  such  rules  and  regulations  for  the  conduct  of  meetings  of 
shareholders  as  it  shall  deem  necessary,  appropriate,  or  convenient.    Subject  to  such  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Board  of 
Directors, if any, the Chair of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations, and procedures 
and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such Chair are necessary, appropriate, or convenient for the proper conduct of the 
meeting,  including,  without  limitation,  establishing  an  agenda  or  order  of  business  for  the  meeting,  rules  and  procedures  for 
maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in the meeting to shareholders of 
record  of  the  corporation,  their  duly  authorized  and  constituted  proxies  and  such  other  persons  as  the  Chair  shall  permit, 
restrictions  on  entry  to  the  meeting  after  the  time  fixed  for  the  commencement  thereof,  limitations  on  the  time  allotted  to 
questions or comments by participants, regulation of the opening and closing of the polls, and restricting the use of cell phones, 
audio,  or  video  recording  devices  and  similar  devices  at  the  meeting.    Unless  and  to  the  extent  determined  by  the  Board  of 
Directors or the Chair, meetings of shareholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary 
procedure. 

Section 9. Advance-Notice Requirements.

Subdivision 1. Nomination of Directors. Only persons who are nominated in accordance with this Section 9 
shall  be  eligible  for  election  as  directors.  Nominations  of  persons  for  election  to  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the 
corporation may be made at a meeting of shareholders (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (ii) by any 
shareholder of the corporation entitled to vote for the election of directors at the meeting who complies with the notice 
procedures of this Section 9 or (iii) by any Eligible Shareholder (as defined in Section 10 below) who complies with 
the requirements of Section 10 below.

Subdivision  2.  Business  Conducted  at  Meetings.  The  business  conducted  at  any  special  meeting  of 
shareholders of the corporation shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice of the special meeting pursuant to 
Section 3 of this Article II. At any regular meeting of shareholders of the corporation, the proposal of business (other 
than  the  nomination  and  election  of  directors,  which  shall  be  subject  to  Subdivision  1  of  this  Section  9)  to  be 
considered by the shareholders may be made (i) pursuant to the corporation's notice of the meeting, (ii) by or at the 
direction  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  (iii)  by  any  shareholder  of  the  corporation  entitled  to  vote  at  the  meeting  who 
complies with the notice procedures of this Section 9, or (iv) by a shareholder or group of shareholders pursuant to 
Rule 14a-8 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

Subdivision 3. Timing and Content of Notice. (a) Timing of Notice. Timely written notice of a nomination 
or  proposal  pursuant  to  this  Section  9  must  be  given  to  the  General  Counsel  of  the  corporation.  To  be  timely,  a 
shareholder's  written  notice  of  nominations  or  of  proposals,  in  each  case  to  be  made  at  a  regular  meeting  of 
shareholders  (other  than  business  proposed  pursuant  to  Rule  14a-8  under  the  Exchange  Act),  must  be  delivered  in 
writing  to  the  General  Counsel  of  the  corporation,  or  mailed  and  received  at  the  principal  executive  office  of  the 
corporation, not less than 90 days before the first anniversary of the date of the preceding year's regular meeting of 
shareholders. If, however, the date of the regular meeting of shareholders is more than 30 days before or 60 days after 
such anniversary date, notice by a shareholder shall be timely only if so delivered or so mailed and received not less 
than 90 days before such regular meeting or, if later, within 10 days after the first public announcement of the date of 
such regular meeting. If a special meeting of shareholders is called for the purpose of electing one or more directors, a 
shareholder’s  written  notice  of  nominations  to  be  made  at  the  special  meeting  of  shareholders  must  be  delivered  in 
writing  to  the  General  Counsel  of  the  corporation,  or  mailed  and  received  at  the  principal  executive  office  of  the 
corporation, not less than 90 days before the meeting (or, if later, within 10 days after the first public announcement of 

the date of the meeting). Except to the extent otherwise required by law, the adjournment of a meeting of shareholders 
shall not commence a new time period for the giving of a shareholder's notice as described above.

(b) 

Content  of  Notice.  A  shareholder's  notice  to  the  corporation  of  nominations  or  of  a  proposal  for  a 

meeting of shareholders shall set forth:

Exhibit 3.2 (Continued)

(x) 

as to each person whom the shareholder proposes to nominate for election or re-
election  as  a  director:  (i)  such  person's  name,  (ii)  all  information  relating  to  such  person  that  is 
required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or 
that  is  otherwise  required,  pursuant  to  Regulation  14A  under  the  Exchange  Act,  and  (iii)  such 
person's  written  consent  to  being  named  in  any  proxy  materials  as  a  nominee  and  to  serving  as  a 
director if elected;

(y) 

as to each matter the shareholder proposes to bring before the meeting (other than 
the nomination of a director): (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the 
meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and (ii) any material interest in 
such business of the shareholder or any beneficial owner on whose behalf the proposal is made; and

(z) 

as  to  the  shareholder  giving  the  notice:  (i)  the  name  and  address  of  such 
shareholder and of any beneficial owner on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, (ii) the 
class or series (if any) and number of shares of the corporation that are beneficially owned by such 
shareholder  or  any  such  beneficial  owner,  (iii)  a  description  of  any  agreement,  arrangement,  or 
understanding  (including  any  derivative  or  short  positions,  profit  interests,  options,  hedging 
transactions,  and  borrowed  or  loaned  shares)  that  has  been  entered  into  by,  or  on  behalf  of,  such 
shareholder or any such beneficial owner, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage 
risk,  or  benefit  of  share  price  changes  for,  or  increase  or  decrease  the  voting  power  of  such 
shareholder  or  any  such  beneficial  owner  with  respect  to  shares  of  stock  of  the  corporation,  (iv)  a 
representation that the shareholder is a holder of record of shares of the corporation entitled to vote 
for the election of directors (in the case of a nomination) or entitled to vote at the meeting (in the 
case of a shareholder proposal), will continue to be a holder of record of shares entitled to vote for 
the election of directors or at the meeting, as the case may be, through the date of the meeting, and 
intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in 
the  notice  or  to  make  the  proposal,  and  (v)  a  representation  whether  the  shareholder  or  any  such 
beneficial  owner  intends  or  is  part  of  a  group  that  intends  to  deliver  a  proxy  statement  or  form  of 
proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation's outstanding shares required to adopt 
the  proposal  (other  than  the  nomination  of  a  director)  or  otherwise  to  solicit  proxies  from 
shareholders in support of the proposal.  A shareholder who intends to solicit proxies in support of 
director nominees other than the corporation's director nominees and who has delivered a notice of 
nomination  pursuant  to  this  Section  9  shall  promptly  certify  to  the  corporation,  and  notify  the 
corporation in writing, that it has complied with or will comply with the requirements of Rule 14a-19 
under the Exchange Act, and upon request of the corporation, shall, not later than five business days 
prior  to  the  date  of  the  applicable  meeting  of  shareholders,  deliver  to  the  corporation  reasonable 
evidence of such compliance.

At  the  request  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  any  person  nominated  by  the  Board  of  Directors  for 
election  as  a  director  shall  furnish  to  the  General  Counsel  of  the  corporation  all  completed  and  signed 
questionnaires required of the corporation's directors and any other information required to be set forth in a 
shareholder's notice of nomination that pertains to a nominee.

(c) 

Consequences  of  Failure  to  Give  Timely  Notice.  Notwithstanding  anything  in  these  Bylaws  to  the 
contrary, no person shall be eligible for election as a director of the corporation and no business shall be conducted at 
any regular meeting except in accordance with this Section 9 or Section 10 below. The Chair of the meeting shall, if 
the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination or proposal was not made in accordance with 
this Section 9 or Section 10 below and, if the Chair should so determine, the Chair shall so declare to the meeting, and 
the defective nomination shall be disregarded or any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not 
be  transacted.    The  Chair  of  the  meeting  shall,  if  the  facts  warrant,  determine  and  declare  to  the  meeting  that  a 
nomination  was  not  made  in  accordance  with  the  procedures  prescribed  in  this  Section  9  and,  if  the  Chair  so 
determines,  the  defective  nomination  shall  be  disregarded.    Unless  otherwise  required  by  law,  if  any  shareholder  (i) 
provides notice pursuant to Rule 14a-19 under the Exchange Act and (ii) subsequently (A) notifies the corporation that 
such  shareholder  no  longer  intends  to  solicit  proxies  in  support  of  director  nominees  other  than  the  corporation's 

Exhibit 3.2 (Continued)

director nominees in accordance with Rule 14a-19, (B) fails to comply with the requirements of Rule 14a-19, or (C) 
fails to provide reasonable evidence sufficient to satisfy the corporation that such requirements have been met, then 
such shareholder's nominations shall be deemed null and void and the corporation shall disregard any proxies or votes 
solicited for any nominee proposed by such shareholder.

(d) 

Inapplicable  in  Certain  Circumstances.  This  Section  9  does  not  apply  to  any  shareholder  proposal 
made  pursuant  to  Rule  14a-8  promulgated  under  the  Exchange  Act.  The  requirements,  procedures,  and  notice 
deadlines of Rule 14a-8 shall govern any proposal made pursuant thereto.

Subdivision  4.  Public  Announcement.  For  purposes  of  this  Section  9  and  Section  10  below,  "public 
announcement"  means  disclosure  (i)  when  made  in  a  press  release  reported  by  the  Dow  Jones  News  Service, 
Associated Press, or comparable national news service, (ii) when filed in a document publicly filed by the corporation 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14, or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) when 
mailed as the notice of the meeting pursuant to Section 4 of this Article II.

Subdivision 5. Compliance with Applicable Laws. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 
9, a shareholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of Minnesota law and the Exchange Act and the 
rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 9.

Section 10. Proxy Access for Director Nominations.

Subdivision  1.  Inclusion  of  Nominee  in  Proxy  Statement.  Subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions  of  these 
Bylaws, whenever the Board of Directors solicits proxies with respect to the election of directors at a regular meeting 
of shareholders, the corporation shall include in its proxy materials for such regular meeting, in addition to any persons 
nominated  for  election  by  the  Board  of  Directors  or  a  committee  appointed  by  the  Board  of  Directors  or  otherwise 
pursuant  to  Section  9  of  Article  II,  the  name,  together  with  the  Required  Information  (as  defined  below),  of  any 
nominee  for  election  or  reelection  to  the  Board  of  Directors  delivered  pursuant  to  this  Section  10  (a  "Shareholder 
Nominee") who satisfies the eligibility requirements herein (subject to the maximum number established pursuant to 
Subdivision 11, and who is identified in a timely and proper notice pursuant to Subdivision 6 that both complies with 
this Subdivision 1 (the "Shareholder Notice") and is given by a shareholder on behalf of one or more shareholders or 
beneficial owners that:

(i) 

expressly  elect  at  the  time  of  the  delivery  of  the  Shareholder  Notice  to  have  such 
Shareholder Nominee included in the corporation's proxy materials for such regular meeting pursuant to this 
Subdivision 1;

(ii) 

own and have Owned (as defined below) continuously for at least three (3) years a number 
of shares that represents at least three percent (3%) of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote 
in  the  election  of  directors  (the  "Required  Shares")  as  of  (i)  the  date  on  which  the  Shareholder  Notice  is 
delivered to the corporation at the principal executive offices and in accordance with this Subdivision 1, (ii) 
the record date for determining shareholders entitled to vote at the regular meeting, and (iii) the date of the 
regular meeting; and

(iii) 

satisfy such additional requirements in these Bylaws (an "Eligible Shareholder").

Subdivision  2.  Eligible  Shareholder.  For  purposes  of  qualifying  as  an  Eligible  Shareholder  and  satisfying 

the Ownership requirements under Subdivision 1:

(a) 

The  outstanding  shares  of  common  stock  Owned  by  one  or  more  shareholders  and 
beneficial owners that each shareholder and/or beneficial owner has Owned continuously for at least three (3) 
years  as  of  (i)  the  date  on  which  the  Shareholder  Notice  is  delivered  to  the  corporation  at  the  principal 
executive offices of the corporation in accordance with this Section 10, (ii) the record date for determining 
shareholders  entitled  to  vote  at  the  regular  meeting,  and  (iii)  the  date  of  the  regular  meeting  may  be 
aggregated,  provided  that  the  number  of  shareholders  and  beneficial  owners  whose  Ownership  of  shares  is 
aggregated for such purpose shall not exceed twenty (20) and that any and all requirements and obligations 
for an Eligible Shareholder set forth in this Section 10 are satisfied by and as to each such shareholder and 
beneficial owner (except as noted with respect to aggregation or as otherwise provided in Subdivision 3);

(b) 

For this purpose, two or more funds that are (i) under common management and investment 
control,  (ii)  under  common  management  and  funded  primarily  by  the  same  employer,  or  (iii)  a  "group  of 

Exhibit 3.2 (Continued)

investment companies," as such term is defined in Section 12(d)(1)(G)(ii) of the Investment Company Act of 
1940, as amended (each, a "Qualifying Fund"), shall be treated as one shareholder or beneficial owner; and

(c) 

No  shareholder  or  beneficial  owner,  alone  or  together  with  any  of  its  affiliates,  may  be  a 
member of more than one group constituting an Eligible Shareholder under this Subdivision 2. If a group of 
shareholders aggregates Ownership of shares in order to meet the requirements under this Subdivision 2, (i) 
all  shares  held  by  each  shareholder  constituting  their  contribution  to  the  foregoing  three  percent  (3%) 
threshold must have been held by that shareholder continuously for at least three (3) years and through the 
date  of  the  regular  meeting,  and  evidence  of  such  continuous  Ownership  shall  be  provided  as  specified  in 
Subdivision  5,  (ii)  each  provision  in  this  Section  10  that  requires  the  Eligible  Shareholder  to  provide  any 
written  statements,  representations,  undertakings,  agreements  or  other  instruments  or  to  meet  any  other 
conditions shall be deemed to require each shareholder (including each individual fund) that is a member of 
such group to provide such statements, representations, undertakings, agreements or other instruments and to 
meet  such  other  conditions  (except  that  the  members  of  such  group  may  aggregate  their  shareholdings  in 
order to meet the three percent (3%) Ownership requirement of the Required Shares definition), (iii) a breach 
of any obligation, agreement or representation under this Section 10 by any member of such group shall be 
deemed a breach by the Eligible Shareholder and (iv) such Ownership shall be determined by aggregating the 
lowest  number  of  shares  continuously  Owned  by  each  such  shareholder  during  the  required  holding  period 
and  the  Shareholder  Notice  must  indicate,  for  each  such  shareholder,  such  lowest  number  of  shares 
continuously owned by such shareholder during such period.

Subdivision 3. Ownership. For purposes of this Section 10:

(a) 

A shareholder or beneficial owner shall be deemed to "Own" only those outstanding shares 
of common stock of the corporation as to which such person possesses both (i) the full voting and investment 
rights pertaining to the shares and (ii) the full economic interest in (including the opportunity for profit and 
risk of loss on) such shares; provided that the number of shares calculated in accordance with clauses (i) and 
(ii) shall not include any shares (A) sold by such person or any of its affiliates in any transaction that has not 
been settled or closed, including any short sale, (B) borrowed by such person or any of its affiliates for any 
purposes,  (C)  purchased  by  such  person  or  any  of  its  affiliates  pursuant  to  an  agreement  to  resell,  or  (D) 
subject  to  any  option,  warrant,  forward  contract,  swap,  contract  of  sale,  or  other  derivative  or  similar 
agreement entered into by such person or any of its affiliates, whether any such instrument or agreement is to 
be settled with shares or with cash based on the notional amount or value of outstanding shares of common 
stock  of  the  corporation,  in  any  such  case  which  instrument  or  agreement  has,  or  is  intended  to  have,  or  if 
exercised would have, the purpose or effect of (x) reducing in any manner, to any extent or at any time in the 
future,  such  person's  or  its  affiliates'  full  right  to  vote  or  direct  the  voting  of  any  such  shares,  and/or  (y) 
hedging, offsetting, or altering to any degree any gain or loss realized or realizable from maintaining the full 
economic ownership of such shares by such person or its affiliate.

(b) 

A  shareholder  or  beneficial  owner  shall  "Own"  shares  held  in  the  name  of  a  nominee  or 
other intermediary so long as the person retains the right to instruct how the shares are voted with respect to 
the election of directors and possesses the full economic interest in the shares. A person's Ownership of shares 
shall be deemed to continue during any period in which (i) the person has loaned such shares, provided that 
the person has the power to recall such loaned shares on no more than three (3) business days' notice and such 
shares are recalled prior to the final date of the Shareholder Notice pursuant to Subdivision 6 or (ii) the person 
has delegated any voting power by means of a proxy, power of attorney, or other instrument or arrangement 
that is revocable at any time by the person. Provided the Eligible Shareholder's Shareholder Nominee will be 
included  in  the  corporation's  proxy  materials  subject  to  the  terms  herein;  such  recalled  shares  shall  remain 
recalled (and otherwise 'owned' as defined herein) through the regular meeting.

(c) 

The  terms  "Owned,"  "Owning"  and  other  variations  of  the  word  "Own"  shall  have 
correlative  meanings.  Whether  outstanding  shares  of  common  stock  of  the  corporation  are  "Owned"  for 
purposes of this Subdivision 3 shall be determined by the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, which 
determination shall be conclusive and binding on the corporation and its shareholders. For purposes of this 
Subdivision 3, the term "affiliate" or "affiliates" shall have the meaning ascribed thereto under the rules and 
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") promulgated under the Exchange Act.

Subdivision 4. Required Information. For purposes of this Section 10, the "Required Information" that the 

corporation will include in its proxy statement is:

Exhibit 3.2 (Continued)

(a) 

The  information  concerning  each  Shareholder  Nominee  and  the  applicable  Eligible 
Shareholder  that  is  required  to  be  disclosed  in  the  corporation's  proxy  statement  by  the  applicable 
requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder; and

(b) 

If the Eligible Shareholder so elects, a written statement of the Eligible Shareholder, not to 
exceed 500 words, in support of each Shareholder Nominee, which must be provided at the same time as the 
Shareholder  Notice  for  inclusion  in  the  corporation's  proxy  statement  for  the  regular  meeting  (the 
"Statement"); provided that only one Statement may be submitted by any Eligible Shareholder, including any 
group of shareholders together constituting an Eligible Shareholder.

Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  contained  in  this  Section  10,  the  corporation  may  omit  from  its  proxy 
materials any information or Statement that it, in good faith, believes would violate any applicable law, rule, regulation 
or listing standard. Nothing in this Section 10 shall limit the corporation's ability to solicit against and include in its 
proxy materials its own statements relating to any Eligible Shareholder or Shareholder Nominee.

Subdivision 5. Information to be Provided by Eligible Shareholder. The Shareholder Notice shall set forth 
all information and representations required under Subdivision 3(b) of Section 9 of this Article II above (and for such 
purposes, references to the "beneficial owner" on whose behalf the nomination is made shall be deemed to refer to the 
"Eligible Shareholder"), and in addition shall include:

(a) 

a copy of the Schedule 14N that has been or concurrently is filed with the SEC under Rule 

14a-18 of the Exchange Act (as such rule may be amended);

(b) 

the  details  of  any  relationship  that  existed  within  the  past  three  (3)  years  and  that  would 
have been described pursuant to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14N (or any successor item) if it existed on the date of 
submission of Schedule 14N;

(c) 

the written agreement of the Eligible Shareholder (in the case of a group, each shareholder 
or  beneficial  owner  whose  shares  are  aggregated  for  purposes  of  constituting  an  Eligible  Shareholder) 
addressed  to  the  corporation,  setting  forth  the  following  additional  agreements,  representations,  and 
warranties:

(1) 

setting forth and certifying to the number of shares of common stock it Owns and 
has Owned continuously for at least three years as of the date of the Shareholder Notice and agreeing 
to  continue  to  Own  such  shares  through  the  regular  meeting  of  shareholders  and  during  the  initial 
term that the Shareholder Nominee may serve on the Board, which statement shall also be included 
in the Schedule 14N filed by the Eligible Shareholder with the SEC; 

(2) 

the Eligible Shareholder's agreement to provide written statements from the record 
holder and intermediaries as required under this Subdivision 5 verifying the Eligible Shareholder's 
continuous  Ownership  of  the  Required  Shares,  in  each  case  through  and  as  of  the  business  day 
immediately preceding the date of the regular meeting;

(3) 

the  Eligible  Shareholder's  representation  and  warranty  (i)  that  the  Eligible 
Shareholder  (v)  acquired  the  Required  Shares  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  and  not  with  the 
intent or effect of changing or influencing control at the corporation, and does not presently have any 
such  intent,  (w)  has  not  nominated  and  will  not  nominate  for  election  to  the  Board  at  the  regular 
meeting any person other than the Shareholder Nominee(s) being nominated pursuant to this Section 
10, (x) has not engaged and will not engage in, and has not been and will not be a participant (as 
defined  in  Item  4  of  Exchange  Act  Schedule  14A)  in,  a  solicitation  within  the  meaning  of  Rule 
14a-1(l) of the Exchange Act, in support of the election of any individual as a director at the regular 
meeting other than its Shareholder Nominee or a nominee of the Board, (y) has not distributed and 
will not distribute to any shareholder any form of proxy for the regular meeting other than the form 
distributed by the corporation, and (z) will Own the Required Shares through the date of the regular 
meeting of shareholders, (ii) that the facts, statements and other information in all communications 
by the Eligible Shareholder with the corporation and its shareholders are and will be true and correct 
in  all  material  respects  and  do  not  and  will  not  omit  to  state  a  material  fact  necessary  in  order  to 
make  the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which  they  were  made,  not 
misleading,  and  (iii)  as  to  whether  or  not  the  Eligible  Shareholder  intends  to  maintain  qualifying 

Exhibit 3.2 (Continued)

Ownership of the Required Shares for at least one term of the Shareholder Nominee following their 
election to the Board; and

(4) 

the Eligible Shareholder's agreement to (i) assume all liability stemming from any 
legal  or  regulatory  violation  arising  out  of  the  Eligible  Shareholder's  communications  with  the 
shareholders of the corporation or out of the information that the Eligible Shareholder provided to 
the corporation, (ii) indemnify and hold harmless the corporation and each of its directors, officers 
and employees individually against any liability, loss or damages in connection with any threatened 
or  pending  action,  suit  or  proceeding,  whether  legal,  administrative  or  investigative,  against  the 
corporation or any of its directors, officers or employees arising out of any nomination submitted by 
the Eligible Shareholder pursuant to this Section 10, (iii) comply with all laws, rules, regulations and 
listing  standards  applicable  to  any  solicitation  in  connection  with  the  regular  meeting,  (iv)  file  all 
materials described below in Subdivision 7(c) with the SEC, regardless of whether any such filing is 
required under Exchange Act Regulation 14A, or whether any exemption from filing is available for 
such materials under Exchange Act Regulation 14A, and (v) provide to the corporation prior to the 
regular meeting such additional information as necessary or reasonably requested by the corporation; 
and

(d) 

In the case of a nomination by a group of shareholders or beneficial owners that together is 
an Eligible Shareholder, the designation by all group members of one group member that is authorized to act 
on  behalf  of  all  such  members  with  respect  to  the  nomination  and  matters  related  thereto,  including 
withdrawal of the nomination.

Subdivision 6. Delivery of Shareholder Notice. To be timely under this Section 10, the Shareholder Notice 
must be delivered to, or mailed received by, the General Counsel of the corporation, not less than 120 days and not 
more  than  150  days  prior  to  the  first  anniversary  of  the  date  that  the  corporation  distributed  its  proxy  materials  to 
shareholders for the previous year's regular meeting of shareholders. If, however, the date of the regular meeting of 
shareholders is more than 30 days before or 60 days after the anniversary date of the prior year's regular meeting of 
shareholders, the Shareholder Notice will be timely if so delivered or mailed and received within ten (10) days after 
the first public announcement of the date of the regular meeting.

Subdivision 7. Undertaking by Eligible Shareholder. An Eligible Shareholder must:

(a) 

within  five  business  days  after  the  date  of  the  Shareholder  Notice,  provide  to  the 
corporation one or more written statements from the record holder(s) of the Required Shares and from each 
intermediary  through  which  the  Required  Shares  are  or  have  been  held,  in  each  case  during  the  requisite 
three-year  holding  period,  specifying  the  number  of  shares  that  the  Eligible  Shareholder  Owns,  and  has 
Owned continuously, in compliance with this Section 10;

(b) 

include in the Schedule 14N filed with the SEC a statement certifying that it Owns and has 

Owned the Required Shares in compliance with this Section 10;

file with the SEC any solicitation or other communication by or on behalf of the Eligible 
(c) 
Shareholder  relating  to  the  corporation's  regular  meeting  of  shareholders,  one  or  more  of  the 
corporation's directors or director nominees or any Shareholder Nominee, regardless of whether any 
such filing is required under Exchange Act Regulation 14A or whether any exemption from filing is 
available for such solicitation or other communication under Exchange Act Regulation 14A; and

(d) 

as  to  any  group  of  funds  whose  shares  are  aggregated  for  purposes  of  constituting  an 
Eligible  Shareholder,  within  five  business  days  after  the  date  of  the  Shareholder  Notice,  provide 
documentation reasonably satisfactory to the corporation that demonstrates that the funds satisfy Subdivision 
3. The information provided pursuant to this Subdivision 7 shall be deemed part of the Shareholder Notice for 
purposes of this Section 10.

Subdivision  8.  Representations  and  Agreement  of  the  Shareholder  Nominee.  Within  the  time  period 
prescribed in Subdivision 6 for delivery of the Shareholder Notice, the Eligible Shareholder must also deliver to the 
corporation a written representation and agreement (which shall be deemed part of the Shareholder Notice for purposes 
of  this  Section  10)  signed  by  each  Shareholder  Nominee  and  representing  and  agreeing  that  such  Shareholder 
Nominee:

Exhibit 3.2 (Continued)

(a) 

is not and will not become a party to (i) any voting commitment that has not been disclosed 
to  the  corporation,  or  (ii)  any  voting  commitment  that  could  limit  or  interfere  with  such  person's  ability  to 
comply, if elected as a director of the corporation, with such person's fiduciary duties under applicable law;

(b) 

is  not  and  will  not  become  a  party  to  any  agreement,  arrangement,  or  understanding  with 
any  person  or  entity  other  than  the  corporation  with  respect  to  any  direct  or  indirect  compensation, 
reimbursement, or indemnification in connection with service or action as a Shareholder Nominee or director 
that has not been disclosed to the corporation; and

(c) 

if  elected  as  a  director,  will  comply  with  all  of  the  corporation's  corporate  governance, 
conflict  of  interest,  confidentiality,  and  stock  ownership  and  trading  policies  and  guidelines,  and  any  other 
corporation policies and guidelines applicable to directors, as well as any applicable law, rule or regulation or 
listing requirement.

At the request of the corporation, the Shareholder Nominee must promptly, but in any event within five business days 
after such request, submit all completed and signed questionnaires required of the corporation's directors and provide 
to the corporation such other information as it may reasonably request. The corporation may request such additional 
information  (x)  as  necessary  to  permit  the  Board  of  Directors  or  any  committee  thereof  to  determine  if  such 
Shareholder Nominee is independent under the listing standards of any U.S. exchange upon which the corporation's 
common stock is listed, any rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission applicable to directors serving on the 
Board of Directors or any committee thereof and any publicly disclosed standards used by the Board of Directors in 
determining and disclosing the independence of the corporation's directors (the "Applicable Independence Standards") 
and otherwise to determine the eligibility of each Shareholder Nominee to serve as a director of the corporation, or (y) 
that  could  be  material  to  a  reasonable  shareholder's  understanding  of  the  independence,  or  lack  thereof,  of  each 
Shareholder Nominee.

Subdivision  9.  True,  Correct  and  Complete  Information.  In  the  event  that  any  information  or 
communications  provided  by  the  Eligible  Shareholder  or  any  Shareholder  Nominees  to  the  corporation  or  its 
shareholders  is  not,  when  provided,  or  thereafter  ceases  to  be,  true,  correct  and  complete  in  all  material  respects 
(including omitting a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which 
they  were  made,  not  misleading),  each  Eligible  Shareholder  or  Shareholder  Nominee,  as  the  case  may  be,  shall 
promptly  notify  the  corporation  and  provide  the  information  that  is  required  to  make  such  information  or 
communication  true,  correct,  complete  and  not  misleading;  it  being  understood  that  providing  any  such  notification 
shall not be deemed to cure any such defect or limit the corporation's right to omit a Shareholder Nominee from its 
proxy  materials  pursuant  to  this  Section  10.  In  addition,  any  person  providing  any  information  to  the  corporation 
pursuant  to  this  Section  10  shall  further  update  and  supplement  such  information,  if  necessary,  so  that  all  such 
information shall be true and correct as of the record date for the regular meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) 
business  days  prior  to  the  regular  meeting  or  any  adjournment  or  postponement  thereof,  and  such  update  and 
supplement  (or  a  written  certification  that  no  such  updates  or  supplements  are  necessary  and  that  the  information 
previously  provided  remains  true  and  correct  as  of  the  applicable  date)  shall  be  delivered  to  the  corporation  at  the 
principal executive offices of the corporation not later than five (5) business days after the later of the record date for 
the regular meeting and the date on which the record date is first publicly disclosed by the corporation (in the case of 
any update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than seven (7) business days prior 
to  the  date  of  the  regular  meeting  or  any  adjournment  or  postponement  thereof  (in  the  case  of  any  update  and 
supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting).

Subdivision  10.  Disqualifications.  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  set  forth  herein,  if  (i)  an 
Eligible Shareholder who has nominated a Shareholder Nominee has engaged in or is currently engaged in, or has been 
or  is  a  "participant"  in  another  person's,  "solicitation"  within  the  meaning  of  Rule  14a-1(l)  of  the  Exchange  Act  in 
support  of  the  election  of  any  individual  as  a  director  at  the  meeting  other  than  its  Shareholder  Nominee(s)  or  a 
nominee of the Board of Directors, (ii) a Stockholder Nominee is determined not to satisfy the eligibility requirements 
of this Section 10 or any other provision of the corporation's bylaws, articles of incorporation, corporate governance 
guidelines  or  other  applicable  regulation  at  any  time  before  the  regular  meeting,  (iii)  the  election  of  a  Shareholder 
Nominee to the Board would cause the corporation to be in violation of the articles of incorporation, these Bylaws, or 
any  applicable  state  or  federal  law,  rule,  regulation  or  listing  standard,  (iv)  a  Shareholder  Nominee  (A)  is  not 
independent under the Applicable Independence Standards, (B) is or has been, within the past three years, an officer or 
director  of  a  competitor,  as  defined  in  Section  8  of  the  Clayton  Antitrust  Act  of  1914,  as  amended,  (C)  is  a  named 
subject of a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses) or has been convicted 
in a criminal proceeding within the past ten years, (D) is subject to any order of the type specified in Rule 506(d) of 

Exhibit 3.2 (Continued)

Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or (E) dies, becomes disabled or otherwise 
becomes  ineligible  for  inclusion  in  the  corporation's  proxy  materials  pursuant  to  this  Section  10  or  unavailable  for 
election  at  the  regular  meeting,  (v)  a  Shareholder  Nominee  and/or  the  applicable  Eligible  Shareholder  shall  have 
breached any of its obligations, agreements or representations, or fails to comply with its or their obligations pursuant 
to this Section 10, including by providing information to the corporation in respect to such nomination that was untrue 
in any material respect or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statement made, in light of the 
circumstances under which it was made, not misleading, (vi) the applicable Eligible Shareholder otherwise ceases to 
be an Eligible Shareholder for any reason, including but not limited to not Owning the Required Shares through the 
date  of  the  applicable  regular  meeting  of  shareholders,  in  each  case  as  determined  by  the  Board  of  Directors,  any 
committee thereof or the person presiding at the regular meeting, then (x) the corporation may omit or, to the extent 
feasible,  remove  the  information  concerning  such  Shareholder  Nominee  and  the  related  Statement  from  its  proxy 
materials  and/or  otherwise  communicate  to  its  shareholders  that  such  Shareholder  Nominee  will  not  be  eligible  for 
election at the regular meeting, (y) the corporation shall not be required to include in its proxy materials any successor 
or replacement nominee proposed by the applicable Eligible Shareholder or any other Eligible Shareholder and (z) the 
Board of Directors or the person presiding at the regular meeting shall declare such nomination to be invalid and such 
nomination shall be disregarded notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the 
corporation. In addition, if the Eligible Shareholder (or a representative thereof) does not appear at the regular meeting 
to present any nomination pursuant to this Section 10, such nomination shall be declared invalid and disregarded as 
provided in clause (z) above.

Subdivision  11.  Maximum  Number  of  Shareholder  Nominees.  The  maximum  number  of  Shareholder 
Nominees that may be included in the corporation's proxy materials pursuant to this Section 10 shall not exceed the 
greater  of  (i)  two  or  (ii)  twenty  percent  (20%)  of  the  number  of  directors  in  office  as  of  the  last  day  on  which  a 
Shareholder Notice may be delivered with respect to the regular meeting, or if such amount is not a whole number, the 
closest whole number below twenty percent (20%): provided, however, that this number shall be reduced by:

(a) 

any  Shareholder  Nominee  whose  name  was  submitted  for  inclusion  in  the  corporation's 
proxy  materials  pursuant  to  this  Section  10,  but  either  is  subsequently  withdrawn  or  that  the  Board  of 
Directors decides to nominate as a Board nominee; 

(b) 

the number of incumbent directors who were Shareholder Nominees at any of the preceding 
two  regular  meetings  (including  any  individual  covered  under  clause  (a)  above)  and  whose  election  at  the 
upcoming regular meeting is being recommended by the Board of Directors; and

(c) 

the number of directors in office or director candidates that in either case will be included in 
the corporation's proxy materials with respect to such regular meeting as an unopposed (by the corporation) 
nominee  pursuant  to  any  agreement,  arrangement  or  other  understanding  with  any  shareholder  or  group  of 
shareholders (other than any such agreement, arrangement or understanding entered into in connection with 
an acquisition of common stock, by such shareholder or group of shareholders, from the corporation), other 
than any such director referred to in this clause (c) who at the time of such regular meeting will have served 
as a director continuously, as a nominee of the Board of Directors, for at least two annual terms, but only to 
the extent the maximum number of Shareholder Nominees after such reduction with respect to this clause (c) 
equals or exceeds one (1).

If the Board resolves to reduce the size of the Board effective on or prior to the date of the regular meeting, then the 
maximum number shall be calculated based on the number of directors in office as so reduced. In the event that the 
number  of  Shareholder  Nominees  submitted  by  Eligible  Shareholders  pursuant  to  this  Section  10  exceeds  this 
maximum number, the corporation shall determine which Shareholder Nominees shall be included in the corporation's 
proxy materials in accordance with the following provisions: each Eligible Shareholder (or in the case of a group, each 
group  constituting  an  Eligible  Shareholder)  will  select  one  Shareholder  Nominee  for  inclusion  in  the  corporation's 
proxy materials until the maximum number is reached, going in order of the amount (largest to smallest) of shares of 
the  corporation  each  Eligible  Shareholder  disclosed  as  Owned  in  its  respective  Shareholder  Notice  submitted  to  the 
corporation. If the maximum number is not reached after each Eligible Shareholder (or in the case of a group, each 
group constituting an Eligible Shareholder) has selected one Shareholder Nominee, this selection process will continue 
as many times as necessary, following the same order each time, until the maximum number is reached. If any such 
Shareholder Nominee is thereafter (i) nominated by the Board, (ii) not included in the corporation's proxy materials for 
any reason (including, without limitation, any determination that such Eligible Shareholder or Shareholder Nominee 
does  not  satisfy  the  requirements  in  this  Section  10)  or  (iii)  not  submitted  for  director  election  for  any  reason 
(including, without limitation, the Eligible Shareholder's or Shareholder Nominee's failure to comply with this Section 

Exhibit 3.2 (Continued)

10), no other nominee or nominees shall be included in the corporation's proxy materials or otherwise submitted for 
director election in substitution thereof.

Subdivision  12.  Disqualified  Shareholder  Nominee.  Any  Shareholder  Nominee  who  is  included  in  the 
corporation's  proxy  materials  for  a  particular  regular  meeting  of  shareholders  but  withdraws  from  or  becomes 
ineligible or unavailable for election at the regular meeting for any reason, including for the failure to comply with any 
provision  of  these  Bylaws  (provided  that  in  no  event  shall  any  such  withdrawal,  ineligibility  or  unavailability 
commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a Shareholder Notice) or did not receive, 
after  being  included  in  the  proxy  materials,  at  least  twenty  percent  (20%)  of  the  votes  cast  "for"  the  Shareholder 
Nominee's election in the prior year's election, will be ineligible to be a Shareholder Nominee pursuant to this Section 
10 for the next two regular meetings.

Subdivision  13.  Authority  of  The  Board.  The  Board  (and  any  other  person  or  body  authorized  by  the 
Board)  shall  have  the  power  and  authority  to  interpret  this  Section  10  and  to  make  any  and  all  determinations 
necessary  or  advisable  to  apply  this  Section  10  to  any  persons,  facts  or  circumstances,  including  the  power  to 
determine (i) whether one or more shareholders or beneficial owners qualifies as an Eligible Shareholder, (ii) whether 
a  Shareholder  Notice  complies  with  this  Section  10  and  has  otherwise  met  the  requirements  of  this  Section  10,  (iii) 
whether a Shareholder Nominee satisfies the qualifications and requirements in this Section 10, and (iv) whether any 
and all requirements of this Section 10 (or any applicable requirements of these Bylaws) have been satisfied. Any such 
interpretation  or  determination  adopted  in  good  faith  by  the  Board  (or  any  other  person  or  body  authorized  by  the 
Board)  shall  be  binding  on  all  persons,  including  the  corporation  and  its  shareholders  (including  any  beneficial 
owners). This Section 10 shall be the exclusive method for shareholders to include nominees for director election in 
the  corporation's  proxy  materials  (including,  without  limitation,  any  proxy  card  or  written  ballot),  other  than  with 
respect to Rule 14a-19 to the extent applicable with respect to form of proxies.

ARTICLE III 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1. Management. The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its 

Board of Directors, except as management rights are reserved or granted to shareholders by law.

Section 2. Number and Qualifications. The Board shall consist of not less than five nor more than twelve persons. 
The number of directors to be elected shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors and shall be stated in the notice 
of the meeting at which directors are to be elected.

Section 3. Terms. Directors shall serve for an indefinite term that expires at the next regular meeting of shareholders. 
Each director shall hold office for the term for which he or she was elected and until a successor is elected and has qualified, or 
until his or her earlier death, resignation, removal, or disqualification.

Section 4. Vacancies. Vacancies on the Board resulting from the death, resignation, removal, or disqualification of a 
director  may  be  filled  by  the  affirmative  vote  of  a  majority  of  the  remaining  directors,  even  though  less  than  a  quorum. 
Vacancies on the Board resulting from newly created directorships may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the 
directors serving at the time of the increase. Each director so elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office for an indefinite term that 
expires at the next regular meeting of the shareholders.

Section 5. Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held annually immediately after the regular 
meeting of shareholders and at such other times as may be fixed by resolution of the Board adopted from time to time. Special 
meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board or by two or more directors.

Section  6.  Notice.  At  least  five  days'  notice  shall  be  given  to  all  directors  of  the  date,  time,  and  place  of  a  special 
meeting of the Board. The notice may but not need state the purpose of the meeting. No notice is required if the day or date, 
time,  and  place  of  a  Board  meeting  have  been  provided  in  a  resolution  of  the  Board  establishing  regular  Board  meetings  or 
announced at a previous meeting of the Board. Notice of an adjourned meeting need not be given other than by announcement 
at the meeting at which adjournment is taken. Notice of a meeting may be waived by a director as provided by law.

Section 7. Advance Consent. A director may give advance written consent or opposition to a proposal to be acted on 
at a Board meeting. If the director is not present at the meeting, consent or opposition to a proposal does not constitute presence 
for  purposes  of  determining  the  existence  of  a  quorum,  but  consent  or  opposition  shall  be  counted  as  a  vote  in  favor  of  or 
against the proposal and shall be entered in the minutes or other record of action at the meeting, if the proposal acted on at the 

Exhibit 3.2 (Continued)

meeting  is  substantially  the  same  or  has  substantially  the  same  effect  as  the  proposal  to  which  the  director  has  consented  or 
objected.

Section  8.  Compensation.  The  directors  shall  receive  such  compensation  for  their  services  as  directors  and  as 
members of any committee appointed by the Board as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors and shall be reimbursed by 
the corporation for ordinary and reasonable expenses incurred in the performance of their duties.

Section  9.  Chair  of  the  Board.  The  Board  of  Directors  may  elect  from  its  own  number  a  Chair  of  the  Board.  The 
Chair of the Board, if elected and present, shall preside at all meetings of the Board and of the shareholders, and shall perform 
such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board.

ARTICLE IV 
OFFICERS

Section  1.  Principal  Officers.  The  Board  of  Directors  shall  elect  a  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  a  Chief  Financial 
Officer, neither of whom need be a director. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, and except as heretofore delegated to 
the  Chair  of  the  Board,  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  shall  have  the  duties  of  such  office  as  set  forth  in  Minnesota  Statutes, 
Section  302A.305,  Subdivision  2,  as  amended  from  time  to  time.  Unless  otherwise  determined  by  the  Board,  the  Chief 
Financial Officer shall have the duties of such office as set forth in Minnesota Statutes, Section 302A.305, Subdivision 3, as 
amended from time to time.

Section 2. Other Officers. The Board may elect or appoint such other officers or agents as it deems necessary for the 
operation and management of the corporation, each of whom shall have the powers, rights, duties, responsibilities, and terms in 
office determined by the Board. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer also may appoint officers 
other than the President, the Chief Financial Officer, or any other executive officer of the corporation. Any officer so appointed 
by  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  shall  have  the  powers,  rights,  duties,  responsibilities,  and  terms  in  office  determined  by  the 
Chief Executive Officer.

Section 3. Multiple Offices. Any number of offices or functions of those offices may be held or exercised by the same 

person, who may sign documents in more than one capacity if the documents indicate each capacity in which the person signs.

Section  4.  Salaries.  The  salaries  of  all  executive  officers  of  the  corporation  shall  be  determined  by  or  under  the 

direction of the Board.

Section 5. Removal. An officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by a resolution approved by the 
affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present. The Chief Executive Officer also may remove any officer other than the 
President, the Chief Financial Officer, or any other executive officer of the corporation. A removal as described in this Section 
5 is without prejudice to any contractual rights of the officer.

ARTICLE V
SHARES

Section 1. Issuance of Shares. The Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of shares of the corporation and 
rights to purchase shares of the corporation, to the full amount authorized by the Articles of Incorporation, in such amounts, at 
such times, and upon such terms as may be determined by the Board and permitted by law.

Section 2. Certificated and Uncertificated Shares.

Subdivision 1. The shares of the corporation shall be either certificated shares or uncertificated shares. Each 

holder of duly issued certificated shares is entitled to a certificate of shares.

Subdivision 2. Certificates for shares of the corporation shall be in such form as the Board of Directors may 
from time to time prescribe and shall be signed by the President or an Executive Vice President and by the Treasurer or 
an Assistant Treasurer. If certificates are signed by a transfer agent, acting on behalf of the corporation, and a registrar, 
the signatures of the officers of the corporation may be facsimile. If a person signs or has a facsimile signature placed 
upon a certificate while an officer, transfer agent, or registrar of the corporation, the certificate may be issued by the 
corporation, even if the person has ceased to serve in that capacity before the certificate is issued, with the same effect 
as if the person had that capacity at the date of its issue.

Exhibit 3.2 (Continued)

Subdivision 3. The corporation may determine that some or all of any or all classes and series of the shares of 
the  corporation  will  be  uncertificated  shares.  Any  such  determination  shall  not  apply  to  shares  represented  by  a 
certificate until the certificate is surrendered to the corporation.

Section  3.  Transfer  Agent.  The  Board  of  Directors  may  appoint  one  or  more  transfer  agents  and  registrars  for  the 
transfer and registration of shares of any class and may require that share certificates shall be countersigned and registered by 
one or more of such transfer agents and registrars.

Section 4. Transfer of Shares. Shares of the corporation shall be transferable on the books of the corporation only by 
the  holder  of  record  thereof  in  person  or  by  a  duly  authorized  attorney.  In  the  case  of  certificated  shares,  shares  shall  be 
transferred only upon surrender and cancellation of certificates for a like number of shares.

Section  5.  Lost  Certificates.  If  any  certificate  for  shares  of  the  corporation  shall  be  lost,  stolen,  or  destroyed,  the 
corporation may require such proof of the fact and such indemnity to be given to it and to its transfer agent and registrar, if any, 
as shall be deemed necessary or advisable by it.

Section 6. Determination of Voting and Other Rights. The Board may fix a date not more than 60 days before the 
date of any meeting of shareholders or the date for payment of any dividend or other distribution or the date for the allotment of 
rights or the date when any change or conversion or exchanging of shares shall go into effect, as the date for the determination 
of  the  holders  of  shares  entitled  to  notice  of  and  entitled  to  vote  at  the  meeting,  or  entitled  to  receive  payment  of  any  such 
dividends or other distributions, or entitled to any such allotment of rights, or entitled to exercise the rights in respect of any 
such  change,  conversion  or  exchange  of  shares,  and  in  such  case  only  shareholders  of  record  on  the  date  so  fixed  shall  be 
entitled  to  such  notice  of  and  to  vote  at  such  meeting,  or  to  receive  payment  of  such  dividend  or  distribution,  or  to  such 
allotment of rights, or to exercise such rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of the 
corporation after any such record date fixed as herein provided.

Section 7. Holder of Record. The corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares as 
the holder thereof in fact and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such shares on the 
part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise expressly provided by 
law, or as authorized by any procedure established by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI 
MISCELLANEOUS

Section  1.  Indemnification.  The  corporation  shall  provide  indemnification  and  advances  of  expenses,  including 
witness reimbursements, to any director or officer of the corporation made or threatened to be made a party to a proceeding, or 
appearing as a witness in a proceeding, by reason of the former or present official capacity of the person, in such manner, under 
such circumstances, and to such extent as required or permitted by Minnesota Statues, Section 302A.521, as amended from time 
to time, or as required or permitted by other provisions of law.

Section  2.  Fiscal  Year.  The  Board  of  Directors  may  fix,  and  from  time  to  time  change,  the  fiscal  year  of  the 

corporation. Unless otherwise fixed by the Board, the calendar year shall be the fiscal year.

Section 3. Seal. The corporation shall have no seal, and the affixing of a seal shall not be essential to the execution of 

any document or instrument by or on behalf of the corporation.

Section 4. Execution of Instruments. The Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, or any other 
person  or  persons  designated  by  the  Board  of  Directors,  may  sign  and  deliver  in  the  name  of  the  corporation  any  deeds, 
mortgages, bonds, contracts, or other instruments pertaining to the business and affairs of the corporation, except in cases in 
which the authority to sign and deliver is required by the law to be exercised by another person or is expressly delegated by the 
Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws or by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The summary of the general terms and provisions of the capital stock of Fastenal Company (the "Company") set forth below 
does  not  purport  to  be  complete  and  is  subject  to  and  qualified  by  reference  to  the  Company's  Restated  Articles  of 
Incorporation,  as  amended  (the  "Articles")  and  Restated  By-Laws  ("By-Laws,"  and  together  with  the  Articles,  the  "Charter 
Documents"),  each  of  which  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  and  attached  as  an  exhibit  to  the  Company's  most  recent 
Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. For additional information, please read the 
Company's Charter Documents and the applicable provisions of the Minnesota Business Corporation Act (the "MBCA").

Exhibit 4.2

Capital Stock

The Company is authorized to issue up to 805,000,000 shares, of which 5,000,000 have been designated preferred stock, par 
value of $0.01 per share ("Preferred Stock") and 800,000,000 have been designated common stock, par value $0.01 per share 
("Common Stock").

Voting Rights

The holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote 
of shareholders, including the election of directors. The Articles do not permit cumulative voting in the election of directors. 
Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock issued by the Company, each 
director of the Company shall be elected at a meeting of shareholders by the vote of the majority of votes cast with respect to 
that director, provided that directors of the Company shall be elected by a plurality of the votes present and entitled to vote on 
the election of directors at any such meeting for which the number of nominees (other than nominees withdrawn on or prior to 
the  day  preceding  the  date  the  Company  first  mails  its  notice  for  such  meeting  to  the  shareholders)  exceeds  the  number  of 
directors to be elected. Voting rights with respect to certain significant corporate transactions may require more than a majority 
vote  in  certain  circumstances  as  described  below  under  "Business  Combinations  and  Other  Transactions  with  15% 
Shareholders."

Dividend Rights

Subject  to  any  prior  rights  of  any  Preferred  Stock  then  outstanding,  the  holders  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  are  entitled  to 
receive ratably such dividends as may be declared by the Company's board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. 

Liquidation Rights    

Upon any liquidation or dissolution of the Company, the holders of shares of Common Stock share ratably, in proportion to the 
number of shares held, in the assets available for distribution after payment of all prior claims, including all prior claims of any 
Preferred Stock then outstanding.

No Preemptive Rights

Shareholders  of  the  Company  shall  have  no  preemptive  rights  to  acquire  securities  or  rights  to  purchase  securities  of  the 
Company. 

Listing    

The Company's Common Stock is currently traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC under the symbol "FAST."

Anti-Takeover Provisions

The Charter Documents and the MBCA contain certain provisions that may discourage an unsolicited takeover of the Company 
or make an unsolicited takeover of the Company more difficult. The following are some of the more significant anti-takeover 
provisions that are applicable to the Company:

Business Combinations and Other Transactions with 15% Shareholders

The  Articles  provide  that,  generally,  (i)  consolidations,  mergers,  statutory  share  exchanges  and  sales  or  other  dispositions  of 
10%  or  more  of  the  book  value  of  the  Company's  assets  involving  a  beneficial  holder  of  at  least  15%  of  the  stock  of  the 
Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors ("Voting Stock"), (ii) the acquisition of assets from a beneficial 
holder of at least 15% of the Company's Voting Stock equal to or greater than 10% of the book value of the Company's assets, 
(iii) certain issuances of stock involving a beneficial holder of at least 15% of the Company's Voting Stock, (iv) liquidations or 
dissolutions of the Company proposed by or on behalf of a 15% or more beneficial shareholder, and (v) certain other specified 
transactions involving a 15% or more beneficial shareholder, whether or not they otherwise require a shareholder vote, require 
the  affirmative  vote  of  the  holders  of  at  least  75%  of  the  outstanding  shares  of  the  Company's  Voting  Stock,  unless  (a)  the 
proposed transaction is first approved by a majority of the continuing directors (generally meaning any director whose election 
or nomination was approved by a majority of the currently sitting directors) whose election or nomination was approved by a 
majority  of  the  continuing  directors),  or  (b)  the  consideration  to  be  received  by  the  shareholders  of  the  Company  in  the 
proposed transaction meets certain conditions generally designed to insure that shareholders receive a fair price for their shares, 

Exhibit 4.2 (Continued)

and  certain  other  procedural  requirements  in  connection  with  the  proposed  transaction  are  followed.  A  75%  vote  of  the 
outstanding shares of the Company's Voting Stock is required to amend this special voting provision. 

Special Meetings of Shareholders; Shareholder Action by Unanimous Written Consent; and Advance Notice of Shareholder 
Business Proposals and Nominations

Section 302A.433 of the MBCA provides that special meetings of the Company's shareholders may be called by the Company's 
chief executive officer, chief financial officer, two or more directors, or shareholders holding 10% or more of the voting power 
of all shares entitled to vote, except that a special meeting demanded by shareholders for the purpose of considering any action 
to  directly  or  indirectly  facilitate  or  effect  a  business  combination,  including  any  action  to  change  or  otherwise  affect  the 
composition of the board of directors for that purpose, must be called by 25% or more of the voting power of all shares entitled 
to  vote.  Section  302A.441  of  the  MBCA  also  provides  that  action  may  be  taken  by  shareholders  without  a  meeting  only  by 
unanimous written consent. The By-Laws provide an advance written notice procedure with respect to shareholder proposals of 
business  and  shareholder  nominations  of  candidates  for  election  as  directors.    Shareholders  at  an  annual  meeting  are  able  to 
consider only the proposals and nominations specified in the notice of meeting or otherwise brought before the meeting by or at 
the  direction  of  the  board  of  directors  or  by  a  shareholder  that  has  delivered  timely  written  notice  in  proper  form  to  the 
Company's general counsel of the business to be brought before the meeting.

Control Share Provision

Section  302A.671  of  the  MBCA  applies,  with  certain  exceptions,  to  any  acquisition  of  the  Company's  Voting  Stock  (from  a 
person other than the Company and other than in connection with certain mergers and exchanges to which the Company is a 
party)  resulting  in  the  acquiring  person  owning  20%  or  more  of  the  Company's  Voting  Stock  then  outstanding.  Section 
302A.671 requires approval of any such acquisitions by both (i) the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares 
entitled to vote, including shares held by the acquiring person, and (ii) the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the 
shares entitled to vote, excluding all interested shares. In general, shares acquired in the absence of such approval are denied 
voting rights and are redeemable at their then fair market value by the Company within 30 days after the acquiring person has 
failed to give a timely information statement to the Company or the date the shareholders voted not to grant voting rights to the 
acquiring person's shares. The control share provision applies to any corporation that has not expressly provided to the contrary 
in its articles or in its bylaws approved by its shareholders. The Articles provide that this provision shall apply.

Business Combination Provision

Section 302A.673 of the MBCA generally prohibits the Company or any of its subsidiaries from entering into any merger, share 
exchange, sale of material assets or similar transaction with a 10% shareholder within four years following the date the person 
became  a  10%  shareholder,  unless  either  the  transaction  or  the  person's  acquisition  of  shares  is  approved  prior  to  the  person 
becoming  a  10%  shareholder  by  a  committee  of  all  of  the  disinterested  members  of  the  board  of  directors.    The  business 
combination provision applies to any corporation that has not expressly provided to the contrary in its articles or its bylaws. The 
Articles provide that this provision shall apply.

Takeover Offer; Fair Price    

Under  Section  302A.675  of  the  MBCA,  an  offeror  may  not  acquire  shares  of  a  publicly  held  corporation  within  two  years 
following  the  last  purchase  of  shares  pursuant  to  a  takeover  offer  with  respect  to  that  class,  including  acquisitions  made  by 
purchase,  exchange,  merger,  consolidation,  partial  or  complete  liquidation,  redemption,  reverse  stock  split,  recapitalization, 
reorganization, or any other similar transaction, unless (i) the acquisition is approved by a committee of the board's disinterested 
directors before the purchase of any shares by the offeror pursuant to the earlier takeover offer, or (ii) shareholders are afforded, 
at  the  time  of  the  proposed  acquisition,  a  reasonable  opportunity  to  dispose  of  the  shares  to  the  offeror  upon  substantially 
equivalent terms as those provided in the earlier takeover offer.

Greenmail Restrictions   

Under Section 302A.553 of the MBCA, a corporation is prohibited from buying shares at an above-market price from a greater 
than 5% shareholder who has held the shares for less than two years unless (i) the purchase is approved by holders of a majority 
of the outstanding shares entitled to vote or (ii) the corporation makes an equal or better offer to all shareholders for all other 
shares of that class or series and any other class or series into which they may be converted.

Authority of the Board of Directors

The Company's board of directors has the power to issue any or all of the shares of the Company's capital stock, including the 
authority  to  establish  one  or  more  series  of  Preferred  Stock,  setting  forth  the  designation  of  each  such  series  and  fixing  the 
relative rights and preferences for each such series, without seeking shareholder approval in most instances.  In addition, under 
the  By-Laws,  the  Company's  board  of  directors  has  the  right  to  fill  vacancies  of  the  board  of  directors  (including  a  vacancy 
created by an increase in the size of the board of directors).

Exhibit 10.1

Fastenal Company

Bonus Program for Executive Officers

Quarterly Incentives

Our  executive  officers  are  eligible  for  cash  incentives  through  individual  bonus  arrangements  based  on  improvements  in  the 
overall financial performance of the company and/or their respective areas of responsibility. The bonus arrangements provide 
our executive officers with the opportunity to earn a cash bonus for each quarter during a year when we increase our earnings 
above a predetermined minimum target. 

The primary cash bonuses for all of our named executive officers are based on growth in pre-tax earnings of the company and/
or  the  officer's  area  of  responsibility.  The  compensation  committee  selected  pre-tax  earnings  as  the  appropriate  metric  for 
calculating  cash  bonuses  for  those  officers  because  of  the  committee's  belief  that  the  focus  of  the  named  executive  officers 
should be on profitability, which is the primary driver of shareholder value. The cash bonus for our chief financial officer also 
includes a component based on growth in company-wide net earnings because his responsibilities allow him to affect our entire 
financial position including our tax position. The compensation committee believes that no named executive officer should earn 
a cash bonus under this program for a quarter unless financial performance has improved and therefore sets minimum targets 
for  each  quarter  that  are  equal  to  the  earnings  achieved  for  the  same  quarter  in  the  prior  year.  The  compensation  committee 
requires growth in earnings before any bonuses can be earned due to its belief that growth is achievable with superior effort and 
will  generate  the  cash  necessary  to  expand  the  company's  operations  in  accordance  with  our  business  plans  and  increase 
shareholder value. 

The payout percentage used to calculate the amount of each named executive officer's primary quarterly cash bonus reflects the 
officer's track record in his or her current position (i.e., newly promoted executives historically have had to prove themselves in 
their new positions before earning higher payout percentages) and relative ability to impact profitability.

Cash bonus payments to our named executive officers are tied directly to our financial performance so that they increase only if 
and to the extent the company's profitability grows; therefore, we do not believe it is necessary for payouts under our primary 
executive cash incentive program to be capped. We believe the current design of our executive bonus arrangements, along with 
our other controls, adequately mitigates risk and the use of multiple metrics would not be in furtherance of our goal of keeping 
our compensation programs simple, understandable, and transparent, and would risk keeping our executives focused on things 
other  than  profitability,  thereby  depriving  them  of  the  clear  feedback  and  motivation  necessary  to  improve  our  bottom  line. 
Therefore, we do not base these cash incentives on multiple metrics. 

Our named executive officers are each eligible for a supplemental bonus program. The supplemental bonus program, known as 
the ROA (Return on Assets) Plan, is intended to encourage better management of accounts receivable, inventory, and vehicles 
and provides cash incentive amounts on a quarterly basis for asset management improvement over the same quarter in the prior 
fiscal year and is described in more detail below. 

Exhibit 10.1 (Continued)

2023 Incentive Program

The bonus arrangements for our named executive officers for 2023 were approved by our compensation committee at its last 
meeting in 2022. Consistent with prior years, the bonuses for 2023 were based on growth in pre-tax earnings or net earnings of 
the  company  and/or  the  officer's  area  of  responsibility.  The  bonuses  for  each  quarter  were  determined  by  applying  a  payout 
percentage to the amount by which pre-tax earnings or net earnings exceeded 100% of pre-tax earnings or net earnings for the 
same quarter in 2022. The compensation committee determined that the payout percentages for each of the named executive 
officers for 2023 would remain unchanged from those in effect at the end of 2022, except that Mr. Lewis' bonus arrangement 
was updated to include a component for growth in pre-tax earnings, in addition to growth in net earnings. In May 2023, when 
Mr. Watts was appointed to Chief Sales Officer, his bonus arrangement was updated to reflect growth in company-wide pre-tax 
earnings. Prior to May 2023, his bonus arrangement included growth in pre-tax earnings of our international business units and 
a smaller component of company-wide pre-tax growth.

The specific bonus opportunities for our named executive officers are summarized in the table below. Each named executive 
officer's cash bonus for each quarter during 2023 was determined by applying the payout percentage listed opposite his or her 
name below to the amount by which pre-tax earnings or net earnings of the company and/or the officer's area of responsibility 
for that quarter exceeded 100% of such earnings in the same quarter of 2022 (the 'minimum target'). 

Name

Earnings Type

Mr. Florness

Company-wide pre-tax earnings

Mr. Lewis
Mr. Miller (1)
Mr. Watts (2)

Mr. Soderberg
Mr. Owen (3)

Company-wide pre-tax earnings / Company-wide net earnings

Pre-tax earnings

Company-wide pre-tax earnings

Company-wide pre-tax earnings

Company-wide pre-tax earnings

Payout Percentage

1.75%

0.50% / 0.35% 

1.00% / 0.25%

1.00%

0.65%

1.00%

(1)

(2)

The  bonuses  for  Mr.  Miller  were  based  on  growth  in  pre-tax  earnings  for  the  geographic  areas  under  his  leadership 
(Eastern United States), with the payout percentage applied to that growth of 1.00%, as well as growth in company 
pre-tax earnings, with the payout percentage applied to that growth of 0.25%.

Prior  to  May  2023,  the  bonuses  for  Mr.  Watts  were  based  on  growth  in  company-wide  pre-tax  earnings  for  the 
geographic areas under his leadership (which were all areas outside of the United States), with the payout percentage 
applied to that growth of 2.20%, as well as growth in company pre-tax earnings, with the payout percentage applied to 
that growth of 0.30%. 

(3)

Mr. Owen resigned on October 31, 2023.

The following table sets out, for each quarter in 2023, our actual and minimum target pre-tax earnings and net earnings on a 
company-wide basis for that quarter, in each case rounded to the nearest thousand. (As indicated above, the 'minimum target' 
amount in 2023 was 100% of such earnings in the same quarter of 2022.)

2023

First quarter

Second quarter

Third quarter

Fourth quarter 

Actual
Pre-tax Earnings

Minimum Target
Pre-tax Earnings

Actual
Net Earnings

Minimum Target
Net Earnings

$ 

389,734,000  $ 

355,714,000  $ 

295,139,000  $ 

392,640,000   

385,389,000   

354,226,000   

380,745,000   

375,316,000   

328,177,000   

298,050,000   

295,367,000   

266,429,000   

269,588,000 

287,102,000 

284,595,000 

245,606,000 

During  2023,  the  approximate  percentage  of  the  actual  and  minimum  pre-tax  earnings  of  the  company  attributable  to  our 
operations in the geographic area under Mr. Miller's leadership was 47% and Mr. Watts' leadership through April was 13%. 

As  noted  above,  the  ROA  Plan,  which  is  designed  to  encourage  careful  management  of  assets,  namely  accounts  receivable, 
inventories,  and  pick-up  trucks,  for  2023  was  approved  by  the  compensation  committee  for  our  named  executive  officers. 
Quarterly bonuses would be payable pursuant to the ROA Plan if a specified level of improvement in asset management relative 
to the comparable prior year quarter was achieved. Improvement in asset management was assessed using a two-quarter average 
of total assets divided by the trailing 12-month net sales, which we refer to as the 'performance percentage.' If the performance 
percentage when compared to the prior year benchmark showed improvement at a level specified in the table below, the named 
executive officer would receive the corresponding bonus amount. 

  
 
 
 
Improvement Amount Exceeded

150 basis points

100 basis points (but less than 150 basis points)

50 basis points (but less than 100 basis points)

Exhibit 10.1 (Continued)

Bonus Payout

$ 

$ 

$ 

15,000 

10,000 

5,000 

In addition, for each whole percentage improvement (e.g., 41.0%, 40.0%, 39.0%, etc.) a $10,000 bonus would be payable for 
the quarter when the new whole percentage threshold was first achieved. We achieved improvement and paid bonus amounts to 
our named executive officers,  pursuant to the ROA Plan for each quarter in fiscal 2023 as follows:

2023

First quarter

Second quarter 

Third quarter

Fourth quarter

Fourth quarter 

Total

2024 Incentive Program

Improvement Amount Exceeded

Bonus Payout

150 basis points

150 basis points

150 basis points

150 basis points

Whole percentage improvement (38.0% and 37.0%)

$ 

$ 

15,000 

15,000 

15,000 

15,000 

20,000 

80,000 

The bonus arrangements for our named executive officers for 2024 were approved by our compensation committee at its last 
meeting in 2023. The bonus plans for our named executive officers for 2024 are unchanged from our 2023 bonus plans, except 
that Mr. Miller's payout percentage on pretax earnings will decrease beginning in the third quarter of 2024 while the geographic 
area that his bonus will be based on (United States) will increase. 

 
 
 
 
FASTENAL COMPANY 

EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLAN 

(As amended and restated effective April 24, 2018)

Exhibit 10.2

This Plan is adopted and made by Fastenal Company, a Minnesota corporation with principal offices at Winona, Minnesota (the 
"Company"), for the benefit of certain employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. 

1. 

Purpose.

The Fastenal Company Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") is intended to advance the interests of the Company, its shareholders, 
and its subsidiaries by encouraging and enabling selected employees upon whose judgment, initiative and effort the Company 
and its subsidiaries are dependent for the successful conduct of their business, to acquire and retain a proprietary interest in the 
Company  by  ownership  of  its  Shares.  All  Options  granted  under  the  Plan  and  all  Shares  sold  upon  exercise  of  Options  are 
granted and sold by the Company. Options granted under the Plan will not be options that meet the requirements of Section 422 
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code"). 

2. 

Definitions.

(a) 

(b) 

"Administrator" means the body administering the Plan, as specified in Section 9. 

"Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company. 

(c) 

"Cause" means (i) any failure by an Optionee to materially conform to the Company's Standards of Conduct; 
(ii)  an  Optionee's  continued  failure  or  refusal  to  perform  his  or  her  duties  to  Company  or  any  Subsidiary  (except  when 
prevented by reason of illness, disability or approved leave of absence); (iii) an Optionee willfully engaging in conduct that is, 
in  the  good  faith  judgment  of  the  Board  or  Administrator,  demonstrably  and  materially  detrimental  to  the  Company  or  any 
Subsidiary,  financially,  reputationally,  or  otherwise;  (iv)  an  illegal  or  negligent  act  by  an  Optionee  that  adversely  affects  the 
Company  or  any  Subsidiary  in  a  material  way;  or  (v)  conviction  of  an  Optionee  of  a  felony  involving  moral  turpitude.  For 
purposes of this Plan, if an Optionee's termination of employment occurs for any reason other than Cause, and the Company 
thereafter discovers additional facts that the Company was not aware of as of the date of termination that would have justified a 
termination  of  employment  for  Cause,  and  if  the  Administrator  provides  the  Optionee  with  written  notice  stating  the  newly 
discovered facts that support a termination for Cause within 90 days after the applicable date of termination, then the Optionee's 
termination of employment will be deemed for all purposes under this Plan to be a termination of employment for Cause.

(d) 

(e) 

(f) 

"Company" means Fastenal Company, a Minnesota corporation, and any successor corporation. 

"Common Stock" means the Company's $.01 par value Common Stock. 

"Date of Grant" means the date on which the Administrator approves the grant of an Option under the Plan, or 

such later date as may be specified by the Administrator on the date the Administrator approves the grant. 

(g) 

"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

(h) 

"Fair  Market  Value"  on  any  date  means  the  per  share  closing  price  or  last  sale  price  at  which  Shares  were 
traded on that date or, if no sale of Shares occurred on that date, on the next preceding day on which a sale of Shares occurred, 
on the Nasdaq Global Select Market or such other recognized national securities exchange on which the Shares are then listed 
and  traded.  If  the  Common  Stock  is  not  then  listed  and  traded  upon  the  Nasdaq  Global  Select  Market  or  other  recognized 
national securities exchange, Fair Market Value shall be what the Administrator determines in good faith to be 100% of the fair 
market value of a Share as of the date in question. This determination by the Administrator shall be binding upon the Optionee 
and all other persons. 

(i) 

(j) 

the Plan. 

(k) 

(l) 

"Option" means an Option granted under the Plan. 

"Option Price" means the purchase price for each Share subject to an Option as specified in paragraph 6(a) of 

"Optionee" means a person to whom an Option, which has not expired, has been granted under the Plan. 

"Permitted Transfer" means a transfer of a Right by will or the laws of descent and distribution. 

(m) 

"Retirement"  means  any  termination  of  an  Optionee's  employment  with  the  Company  and  its  Subsidiaries, 
other than for Cause, occurring at or after age 60, or at or after completing 25 years or more of continuous employment with the 
Company and any of its Subsidiaries. 

(n) 

"Shares" shall mean shares of Common Stock, or such other securities or property as may become subject to 

Options pursuant to an adjustment as provided under Section 7 of the Plan. 

Exhibit 10.2 (Continued)

(o) 

"Subsidiary" or "Subsidiaries" means a subsidiary corporation or corporations of the Company as defined in 

Section 424 of the Code. 

(p) 

"Successor" means the legal representative of the estate of a deceased Optionee or the person or persons who 

acquire the right to exercise an Option by bequest or inheritance or by reason of the death of any Optionee. 

3. 

Shares Subject to Options.

The aggregate number of authorized and unissued Shares for which Options may be granted and which may be purchased upon 
the  exercise  of  Options  granted  under  the  Plan  shall  not  exceed  11,462,020,  subject  to  adjustment  under  the  provisions  of 
paragraph 7. In the event any Option shall, for any reason, terminate or expire or be surrendered without having been exercised 
in  full,  other  Options  may  be  granted  covering  the  Shares  subject  to  the  unexercised  portion  of  such  Option.  The  maximum 
number of Shares subject to Options that may be granted to any one individual under this Plan during any fiscal year of the 
Company  (the  "Maximum  Annual  Grant")  is  500,000  Shares,  subject  to  adjustment  under  the  provisions  of  Section  7  of  the 
Plan. 

4. 

Participants.

All employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries shall be eligible to participate in the Plan, subject to any criteria, categories, 
or  limitations  that  may  be  established  by  the  Administrator  from  time  to  time.  Criteria  for  participation  may  reflect  an 
employee's  contribution  to  the  success  of  the  Company,  including  the  employee's  responsibility  for  Company  revenues  and 
profits, responsibility for managing other employees, possession of special skills, and length of service. The Administrator shall 
determine participation, grant Options, and specify the number of Shares subject to each Option. 

5. 

Grant of Options.

Options shall be granted to employees eligible to participate in the Plan at such times and in such amounts, consistent with the 
Plan, as may be determined by the Administrator, as long as Shares remain available for award under the Plan, or until the Plan 
is terminated as provided herein. 

6. 

Terms and Conditions of Options. 

All Options granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by a written agreement or certificate in such form and with such terms, 
including  any  conditions  as  to  exercisability,  as  the  Administrator  may  from  time  to  time  approve  consistent  with  the  Plan, 
subject to the following limitations and conditions: 

(a) 

Option  Price.  The  purchase  price  of  each  Share  subject  to  an  Option  shall  be  determined  and  stated  by  the 

Administrator at the time of grant, but shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant. 

(b) 

Period  of  Option.  The  expiration  date  with  respect  to  each  Option  shall  be  determined  and  stated  by  the 

Administrator at the time of grant. 

(c) 

Vesting of Shareholder Rights. Neither an Optionee nor any transferee pursuant to a Permitted Transfer shall 
have  any  of  the  rights  of  a  shareholder  of  the  Company  until  the  Option  has  been  exercised  and  the  Shares  purchased  are 
properly issued to such Optionee or transferee. 

(d) 

Exercise of Option. The date or dates at which each Option will become exercisable and the period during 
which such Option may be exercised shall be determined and stated by the Administrator in the award agreement or certificate 
at the time of grant. Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, an Option may be exercised only while the Optionee is employed 
by the Company or a Subsidiary, and only if the Optionee has been continuously so employed since the date the Option was 
granted. 

(e) 

Manner of Exercise. Each exercise of an Option shall be in writing, in such form as the Administrator may 
prescribe, delivered to the Administrator or its designee, specifying the number of Shares being purchased and accompanied by 
payment of the Option Price for such Shares, by check payable to the Company or in such other manner as the Administrator 
may prescribe. 

Exhibit 10.2 (Continued)

(f) 

Nontransferability of Options. No Option shall be transferable or assignable by an Optionee otherwise than by 
a Permitted Transfer. Each Option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee or by a transferee pursuant to a Permitted Transfer. 
No  Option  shall  be  pledged  or  hypothecated  in  any  way  and  no  Option  shall  be  subject  to  execution,  attachment,  or  similar 
process. Any Option held by a transferee pursuant to a Permitted Transfer shall continue to be subject to the same terms and 
conditions that were applicable to such Option immediately prior to its transfer and may be exercised by such transferee as and 
to the extent that such Option has become exercisable and has not terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Plan and 
the applicable award agreement or certificate. For purposes of any provision of this Plan relating to notice to an Optionee or to 
the  exercisability  or  termination  of  an  option  upon  or  following  the  death,  disability  or  termination  of  employment  of  an 
Optionee, the references to "Optionee" shall mean the original grantee of an Option and not any transferee. 

(g) 

Termination of Employment. Except as otherwise provided in paragraphs 6(h), 6(i) or 6(j), upon termination 
of an Optionee's employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries, (i) any outstanding Option held by such Optionee shall 
terminate except to the extent that it is immediately exercisable by its terms at the date of such termination of employment, and 
shall  to  that  extent  remain  exercisable  until  the  earlier  of  90  days  after  the  date  of  such  termination  of  employment  or  the 
expiration date of such Option. The granting of an Option to an Optionee does not alter in any way the existing rights of the 
Company and its Subsidiaries to terminate such person's employment at any time for any reason or for no reason, nor does it 
confer upon such person any rights or privileges except as specifically provided for in the Plan. 

(h) 

Death of Optionee. If an Optionee dies while in the employ of the Company or any Subsidiary, then:

(1) 

Any  outstanding  Option  held  by  such  Optionee  that  was  granted  prior  to  January  1,  2012  shall 
terminate except to the extent that it is immediately exercisable by its terms at the date of Optionee's death, and shall to that 
extent remain exercisable by the Optionee's Successor until the earlier of 13 months after the date of Optionee's death or the 
expiration date of such Option. 

(2) 

Any  outstanding  Option  held  by  such  Optionee  that  was  granted  on  or  after  January  1,  2012  shall 
continue  to  vest  and  become  exercisable  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  applicable  award  agreement  or  certificate 
following  the  Optionee's  death,  and  shall  remain  exercisable  by  the  Optionee's  Successor  until  the  expiration  date  of  such 
Option.

(i) 

Retirement of Optionee. If an Optionee's employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates due 
to Retirement, then any outstanding Option held by such Optionee that was granted on or after January 1, 2012 shall, subject to 
the following sentence, terminate except to the extent that it is vested and immediately exercisable by its terms at the date of the 
Optionee's Retirement, and shall to the extent vested remain exercisable until the expiration date of such Option. With respect 
to any Option granted on or after January 1, 2012, the Committee shall have the authority, in its discretion, to provide in the 
applicable award agreement or certificate, either at the time the Option is granted or by amendment to such award agreement or 
certificate  while  the  Option  is  outstanding,  for  the  accelerated  or  continued  vesting  of  such  Option  upon  or  following 
Retirement. 

(j) 

Termination  for  Cause.  Upon  termination  of  an  Optionee's  employment  with  the  Company  and  its 

Subsidiaries for Cause, any outstanding Option held by such Optionee shall immediately terminate and be forfeited. 

(k) 

Forfeiture For Breach of Obligations. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, if an Optionee who is 
party to a non-competition, non-solicitation and/or confidentiality agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary violates any 
such  agreement  in  any  material  respect,  any  outstanding  Option  held  by  such  Optionee  shall  immediately  terminate  and  be 
forfeited, and with respect to any exercise of an Option by such Optionee within a 12 month period prior to the occurrence of 
such violation, the Optionee shall be liable to the Company for the difference between the aggregate Fair Market Value on the 
date of exercise of the Shares acquired upon such exercise and the aggregate exercise price of such Shares. The Optionee shall 
pay such amount promptly upon demand by the Company. 

(l) 

Demotion  or  Reassignment  of  Optionee.  If  at  any  time  before  an  outstanding  Option  becomes  fully 
exercisable the Optionee holder of such Option is transferred or reassigned to a position within the Company or any Subsidiary 
in which, had the Optionee been assigned to such position as of the Date of Grant of such Option, the Optionee would not have 
been entitled, under the Option award guidelines then being applied by the Administrator, to receive an Option award covering 
as many Shares as were made subject to the Option actually issued (a "Demotion"), then a portion (or all) of the Option will be 
forfeited by the Optionee on the effective date of the Demotion determined as follows: 

(1) 

if  no  portion  of  the  outstanding  Option  has  become  exercisable  prior  to  the  effective  date  of  the 
Demotion, then the portion of the Option that will be forfeited as of the effective date of the Demotion shall be equal to the 
difference between the number of Shares as granted to the Optionee on the Date of Grant and the number of Shares that would 
have  been  granted  had  the  Optionee  been  assigned  to  such  new  position  as  of  the  Date  of  Grant  under  the  Option  award 
guidelines  then  applied  by  the  Administrator.  The  Option  will  become  exercisable  as  to  the  remaining  Shares  that  are  not 
forfeited on a pro rata basis in accordance with the original exercisability schedule; 

Exhibit 10.2 (Continued)

or 

(2) 

if  a  portion  of  the  outstanding  Option  was  exercisable  prior  to  the  effective  date  of  the  Demotion, 
then it will remain exercisable during the remaining term of the Option, but the portion of the Option not yet exercisable as of 
the  effective  date  of  the  Demotion  will  be  forfeited  by  the  Optionee  on  the  effective  date  of  the  Demotion  consistent  with 
Section 6(l)(i) above. 

7. 

Adjustments. 

(a) 

Except  as  provided  in  paragraph  7(c),  in  the  event  of  a  capital  adjustment  resulting  from  a  stock  dividend, 
stock  split,  reorganization,  merger,  consolidation,  or  a  combination  or  exchange  of  Shares,  the  number  and  kind  of  Shares 
subject to the Plan and the Maximum Annual Grant and the number and kind of Shares as to which outstanding Options, or 
portions  thereof  then  unexercised,  shall  be  exercisable  shall  be  adjusted  consistent  with  such  capital  adjustment.  The  Option 
price of any Share under each outstanding Option shall be adjusted so that there will be no change in the aggregate purchase 
price payable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of such Option. The granting of an Option pursuant to the Plan shall not 
affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reorganizations, reclassifications, or changes of its 
capital  or  business  structure  or  to  merge,  consolidate,  dissolve,  liquidate,  or  sell  or  transfer  all  or  any  part  of  its  business  or 
assets. 

(b) 

In  the  event  of  the  dissolution  or  liquidation  of  the  Company,  any  Option  granted  under  the  Plan  shall 
terminate as of a date to be fixed by the Administrator, provided that not less than 30 days written notice of the date so fixed 
shall be given to each Optionee and each such Optionee shall have the right during such period (but in no event beyond the 
expiration date of the applicable Option) to exercise each of his outstanding Options as to all or any part of the Shares covered 
thereby including Shares as to which such Option would not otherwise be exercisable by reason of an insufficient passage of 
time. 

(c) 

In  the  event  of  a  Reorganization  (as  hereinafter  defined)  in  which  the  Company  is  not  the  surviving  or 
acquiring company, or in which the Company is or becomes a wholly-owned subsidiary of another company after the effective 
date of the Reorganization, then: 

(1) 

If  there  is  no  plan  or  agreement  respecting  the  Reorganization  ("Reorganization  Agreement")  or  if 
the  Reorganization  Agreement  does  not  specifically  provide  for  the  change,  conversion,  or  exchange  of  the  Shares  under 
outstanding  and  unexercised  Options  for  securities  of  another  corporation,  then  any  Option  granted  under  the  Plan  shall 
terminate as of a date to be fixed by the Administrator, provided that not less than 30 days written notice of the date so fixed 
shall be given to each Optionee and each such Optionee shall have the right during such period (but in no event beyond the 
expiration date of the applicable Option) to exercise each of his outstanding Options as to all or any part of the Shares covered 
thereby including Shares as to which such Option would not otherwise be exercisable by reason of an insufficient passage of 
time; or 

(2) 

If  there  is  a  Reorganization  Agreement  and  if  the  Reorganization  Agreement  specifically  provides 
for  the  change,  conversion,  or  exchange  of  the  Shares  under  outstanding  and  unexercised  Options  for  securities  of  another 
corporation, then the securities received on account of such Shares shall be subject to the Plan and then-outstanding Options. 
The Administrator may make appropriate adjustment in the number and kind of Shares for the purchase of which Options may 
be  granted  under  the  Plan  and  for  the  Maximum  Annual  Grant.  In  addition,  the  Administrator  shall  make  appropriate 
adjustment in the number and kind of Shares as to which outstanding Options, or portions thereof then unexercised, shall be 
exercisable, to the end that the interest of the holder of the Option shall, to the extent practicable, be maintained as before the 
occurrence of such event. Such adjustment in outstanding Options shall be made without change in the total price applicable to 
the unexercised portion of the Option but with a corresponding adjustment in the Option price per Share. 

The  term  "Reorganization"  as  used  in  this  paragraph  (c)  of  this  Section  7  shall  mean  any  statutory  merger,  statutory 
consolidation,  statutory  share  exchange,  sale  of  all  or  substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  the  Company,  or  sale,  pursuant  to  an 
agreement  with  the  Company,  of  securities  of  the  Company  pursuant  to  which  the  Company  is  or  becomes  a  wholly-owned 
subsidiary of another company after the effective date of the Reorganization. 

Exhibit 10.2 (Continued)

(d) 

Adjustments and determinations under this Section 7 shall be made by the Administrator as specified herein, 
and  its  decisions  as  to  what  adjustments  or  determinations  shall  be  made,  and  the  extent  thereof,  shall  be  final,  binding,  and 
conclusive. 

8. 

Restrictions on Issuing Shares. 

The exercise of each Option and the issuance of Shares in connection therewith shall be subject to the condition that if at any 
time the Administrator shall determine in its discretion that the satisfaction of withholding tax or other withholding liabilities, or 
that the listing, registration, or qualification of any Shares otherwise deliverable upon such exercise upon the Nasdaq Global 
Select Market or other recognized national securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or that the consent or approval 
of  any  regulatory  body,  is  necessary  or  desirable  as  a  condition  of,  or  in  connection  with,  such  exercise  or  the  delivery  or 
purchase  of  Shares  pursuant  thereto,  then  in  any  such  event,  such  exercise  shall  not  be  effective  unless  such  withholding, 
listing,  registration,  qualification,  consent,  or  approval  shall  have  been  effected  or  obtained  free  of  any  conditions  not 
acceptable to the Administrator. 

9. 

Administration of Plan. 

(a) 

The  Plan  shall  be  administered  by  the  Board  or  by  a  committee  of  two  or  more  directors  of  the  Company 
appointed by the Board (the "Administrator"). If the Plan is administered by a committee, it shall report all actions taken by it to 
the  Board.  In  administering  the  Plan,  the  Administrator  shall  be  governed  by  and  shall  adhere  to  the  provisions  of  the  Plan, 
including any criteria for eligibility or participation established by the Board from time to time. Subject to the foregoing, the 
Administrator shall determine eligibility to participate in the Plan, ascertain the number of Shares for which each participant is 
eligible  in  accordance  with  any  established  criteria,  grant  Options,  construe  and  interpret  the  Plan,  and  make  all  other 
determinations  and  take  all  other  actions  deemed  necessary  or  advisable  for  the  proper  administration  of  the  Plan.  All  such 
actions and determinations shall be conclusively binding for all purposes and upon all persons. The Administrator may delegate 
administrative authority under this Plan to such officers or employees of the Company or others as it may determine, except that 
any authority so delegated shall not extend to granting and administering awards to persons who are then subject to Section 16 
of the Exchange Act. Options granted to persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act are intended to be granted either by 
the Board or by a committee composed entirely of "non-employee directors" as defined in Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, 
and "outside directors" as defined in and in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code. 

(b) 

To the greatest extent permitted by law, (i) no member or former member of the Administrator shall be liable 
for any action or determination taken or made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Option granted under the Plan, and 
(ii) the members or former members of the Administrator shall be entitled to indemnification by the Company against and from 
any loss incurred by such members by reason of any such actions and determinations. 

10. 

Delivery of Shares and Proceeds. 

Upon  the  exercise  of  an  Option,  the  Administrator  shall  cause  the  purchased  Shares  to  be  issued  by  the  Company's  transfer 
agent and a certificate or statement of issuance to be delivered to the Optionee. The proceeds received from the sale of Shares 
pursuant to the exercise of Options granted under the Plan shall be the property of the Company, and shall be delivered to it 
promptly by the Administrator. 

11. 

Amendment, Suspension, or Termination of Plan.

The Board may at any time suspend or terminate the Plan or may amend it from time to time in such respects as it may deem 
advisable in order that the Options granted thereunder may conform to any changes in the law or in any other respect which it 
may deem to be in the best interests of the Company. Unless the Plan shall theretofore have been terminated as provided herein, 
the Plan shall terminate when all available Shares have been granted and no granted Option is outstanding. No Option may be 
granted during any suspension or after the termination of the Plan. No amendment, suspension, or termination of the Plan shall, 
without an Optionee's consent, impair any of the rights or obligations under any outstanding Option theretofore granted to such 
Optionee  under  the  Plan.  An  Optionee's  consent  to  any  amendment,  suspension,  or  termination  of  the  Plan  or  to  any  Option 
issued pursuant to the Plan shall be deemed to have been given if the Optionee fails to object in writing within 15 days after 
written  notice  thereof,  given  in  person  or  by  certified  mail  sent  to  the  Optionee's  address  contained  in  the  records  of  the 
Company. To the extent considered necessary to comply with applicable provisions of law or the listing requirements of the 
Nasdaq  Global  Select  Market  or  other  applicable  recognized  national  securities  exchange,  any  such  amendments  to  the  Plan 
may be made subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company. 

12. 

Adoption and Effective Date of Plan. 

The  Plan  was  originally  approved  and  adopted  by  the  Board  of  Directors  on  February  14,  2003,  and  approved  by  the 
shareholders of the Company on April 15, 2003. Amendments to the Plan incorporated in this document were approved by the 
Board of Directors on January 18, 2007, and became effective upon approval by the shareholders of the Company on April 17, 
2007. Additional amendments to the Plan incorporated in this document were approved by the Board of Directors on October 
10, 2012, December 12, 2014, and April 24, 2018.

Exhibit 10.2 (Continued)

Subsidiaries of Fastenal Company

Geographic 
Location
North America
United States

Canada
Mexico

Subsidiary Name

Fastenal International Holdings Company
Fastenal Company Purchasing
Fastenal Company Leasing
Fastenal IP Company
Fastenal Air Fleet, LLC
River Surplus and Supply, LLC
Fastenal Mexico, LLC
Innova Holdings, LLC
Innova Supply Chain Solutions, LLC
Fastenal Canada, Ltd.
Fastenal Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V.

Central & South America
Panama
Brazil

Fastenal Panama, S.A.
Fastenal Brasil Importação, Exportação e Distribuição Ltda.
Fastenal Brasil Participacoes Ltda.
Fastenal Chile SpA

Chile

Asia
Singapore
China

Malaysia
Thailand
India

Fastenal Singapore Pte. Ltd.
Fastenal Asia Pacific Limited
FASTCO (Shanghai) Trading Co., Ltd.
Fastenal (Shanghai) International Trading Co. Ltd.
Fastenal (Tianjin) International Trading Co. Ltd.
Fastenal (Shenzhen) International Trading Co. Ltd.
Fastenal Malaysia Sdn. Bhd.
Fastenal (Thailand) Ltd.
Fastenal India Sourcing IT and Procurement Private Ltd.
Fastenal India Wholesale Private Ltd.

Europe
The Netherlands Fastenal Europe B.V.

Fastenal Netherlands Holdings B.V.
Hungary
Fastenal Europe Kft.
United Kingdom Fastenal Europe Ltd.
Germany
Fastenal Europe GmbH
Czech Republic Fastenal Europe, s.r.o.
Fastenal Europe S.r.l.
Italy
Fastenal Europe RO S.r.l.
Romania
Fastenal Europe AB
Sweden
Fastenal Europe Sp. z o.o.
Poland
Fastenal AT GmbH
Austria
Fastenal Europe Sàrl
Switzerland
Fastenal Europe IE Limited
Ireland
Fastenal Europe, S.L.
Spain
Fastenal Europe FR Sàrl
France
Fastenal Europe BE BV
Belgium

Exhibit 21

Year 
Incorporated

Jurisdiction of 
Incorporation

1994
1997
1997
2005
2006
2014
2016
2020
2020
2008
1999

2009
2011
2011
2013

2001
2003
2003
2012
2012
2012
2009
2012
2013
2013

2003
2015
2009
2010
2011
2011
2011
2012
2013
2013
2016
2017
2017
2018
2018
2019

Minnesota
Minnesota
Minnesota
Minnesota
Minnesota
Minnesota
Minnesota
Minnesota
Minnesota
Canada
Mexico

Panama
Brazil
Brazil
Chile

Singapore
Hong Kong, China
Shanghai, China
Shanghai, China
Tianjin, China
Shenzhen, China
Malaysia
Thailand
India
India

The Netherlands
The Netherlands
Hungary
United Kingdom
Germany
Czech Republic
Italy
Romania
Sweden
Poland
Austria
Switzerland
Ireland
Spain
France
Belgium

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (No. 333-52765, No. 333-134211, No. 333-162619, 
No.  333-176401,  and  No.  333-224441)  on  Form  S-8  of  our  report  dated  February  6,  2024,  with  respect  to  the  consolidated 
financial statements of Fastenal Company and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.

Exhibit 23

/s/  KPMG LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota
February 6, 2024 

Exhibit 31

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Daniel L. Florness, certify that:

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Fastenal Company;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material 
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present 
in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the 
periods presented in this report;

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)

b)

c)

d)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be 
designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period 
in which this report is being prepared;

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial 
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report 
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period 
covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred 
during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual 
report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control 
over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control 
over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or 
persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)

b)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over 
financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, 
summarize and report financial information; and

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role 
in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 6, 2024

/s/    Daniel L. Florness
Daniel L. Florness
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

 
Exhibit 31 (Continued)

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Holden Lewis, certify that:

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Fastenal Company;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material 
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present 
in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the 
periods presented in this report;

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)

b)

c)

d)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be 
designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period 
in which this report is being prepared;

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial 
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report 
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period 
covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred 
during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual 
report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control 
over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control 
over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or 
persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)

b)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over 
financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, 
summarize and report financial information; and

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role 
in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 6, 2024

/s/    Holden Lewis
Holden Lewis
Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

 
CERTIFICATION UNDER SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, each of the undersigned certifies that this annual report fully 
complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained 
in this annual report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Fastenal 
Company.

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Fastenal Company and will be retained 
by Fastenal Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

Exhibit 32

Date

February 6, 2024

/s/    Daniel L. Florness

Daniel L. Florness
President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/    Holden Lewis
Holden Lewis
Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial 
Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

 
 
Exhibit 97

FASTENAL COMPANY
COMPENSATION FORFEITURE, RECOVERY AND TRUE-UP POLICY
(Adopted October 11, 2023)

Policy

The  Board  of  Directors  (the  "Board")  of  Fastenal  Company  (the  "Company")  has  adopted  this  Compensation 
Forfeiture and Recovery Policy (this "Policy") pursuant to Rule 10D-1 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended 
(the  "Exchange  Act")  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  ("SEC")  regulations  promulgated  thereunder,  and  applicable 
Nasdaq listing standards. Subject to and in accordance with the terms of this Policy, upon a Recoupment Event, each Covered 
Executive  shall  be  obligated  to  return  to  the  Company,  reasonably  promptly,  the  amount  of  Erroneously  Awarded 
Compensation  that  was  received  by  such  Covered  Executive  during  the  Lookback  Period.  In  addition,  to  the  extent  that  the 
Company underpaid incentive compensation due to inaccurate financial statements, Covered Executives will be reimbursed for 
the difference.

Administration

This  Policy  will  be  administered  by  the  Compensation  Committee  of  the  Board  (the  "Committee").  Any 

determinations made by the Committee will be final and binding on all affected individuals.

Definitions

"Accounting Restatement" means an accounting restatement due to the material noncompliance of the Company with 
any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, including any required accounting restatement to correct an error 
in previously issued financial statements that (a) is material to the previously issued financial statements (commonly referred to 
as a "Big R" restatement) or (b) would result in a material misstatement if the error were corrected in the current period or left 
uncorrected in the current period (commonly referred to as a "little r" restatement).

"Covered Executive" means each of the Company's current and former Section 16 Officers.

"Erroneously  Awarded  Compensation"  means,  with  respect  to  each  Covered  Executive  in  connection  with  an 
Accounting Restatement, the excess of the amount of Incentive-Based Compensation received by the Covered Executive during 
the Lookback Period over the amount of Incentive-Based Compensation that otherwise would have been received had it been 
determined based on the restated amounts, computed without regard to any taxes paid.

"Financial Reporting Measures" are any measures that are determined and presented in accordance with the accounting 
principles  used  in  preparing  the  Company's  financial  statements,  and  any  measures  derived  wholly  or  in  part  from  such 
measures. A Financial Reporting Measure need not be presented within the financial statements or included in a filing with the 
SEC.

"Incentive-Based Compensation" is any compensation that is granted, earned, or vested based wholly or in part upon 

the attainment of a Financial Reporting Measure.

"Lookback Period" means the three completed fiscal years immediately preceding the Required Restatement Date and 
any transition period (that results from a change in the Company's fiscal year) of less than nine months within or immediately 
following those three completed fiscal years.

A "Recoupment Event" occurs when the Company is required to prepare an Accounting Restatement.

"Required  Restatement  Date"  means  the  earlier  to  occur  of:  (x)  the  date  the  Company's  Board,  a  committee  of  the 
Board, or the officer(s) of the Company authorized to take such action if Board action is not required, concludes, or reasonably 
should have concluded, that the Company is required to prepare an Accounting Restatement, or (y) the date a court, regulator, 
or other legally authorized body directs the Company to prepare an Accounting Restatement.

"Section 16 Officer" is defined as an "officer" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 16a-1(f) of the Exchange 

Act.

"Section  409A"  means  Section  409A  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  and  the  regulations  and  guidance  promulgated 

thereunder.

Exhibit 97 (Continued)

"True-Up  Compensation"  means,  with  respect  to  each  Covered  Executive  in  connection  with  an  Accounting 
Restatement,  any  additional  amount  of  Incentive-Based  Compensation  that  would  have  been  paid  to  the  Covered  Executive 
during the Lookback Period, had the Incentive-Based Compensation been determined based on the restated financial statements.

Amount Subject to Recovery

The  Incentive-Based  Compensation  that  is  subject  to  recovery  under  this  Policy  includes  such  compensation  that  is 
received by a Covered Executive (i) on or after October 2, 2023 (even if such Incentive-Based Compensation was approved, 
awarded or granted prior to this date), (ii) after the individual began service as a Covered Executive, (iii) if the individual served 
as a Section 16 Officer at any time during the performance period for such Incentive-Based Compensation, and (iv) while the 
Company is publicly traded.

The  amount  of  Incentive-Based  Compensation  subject  to  recovery  from  a  Covered  Executive  upon  a  Recoupment 

Event is the Erroneously Awarded Compensation, which amount shall be determined by the Committee.

For purposes of this Policy, Incentive-Based Compensation is deemed received in the Company's fiscal period during 
which the Financial Reporting Measure specified in the Incentive-Based Compensation award is attained, even if the payment 
or grant of the Incentive-Based Compensation occurs after the end of that period.

Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Compensation

Promptly  following  a  Recoupment  Event,  the  Committee  will  determine  the  amount  of  Erroneously  Awarded 
Compensation for each Covered Executive, and the Company will provide each such Covered Executive with a written notice 
of  such  amount  and  a  demand  for  repayment  or  return.  Upon  receipt  of  such  notice,  each  affected  Covered  Executive  shall 
promptly repay or return such Erroneously Awarded Compensation to the Company. If the Covered Executive repays, chooses 
to  forfeit,  or  returns  Erroneously  Awarded  Compensation  within  a  reasonable  period  of  time  (generally  not  to  exceed  ninety 
(90) days from the date of notification from the Company or as otherwise agreed to by the Company), the Covered Executive 
may elect to repay, forfeit or return the Erroneously Awarded Compensation by timely: (i) transferring funds to the Company, 
(ii) forfeiting any compensation that is not yet payable; or (iii) forfeiting stock options that the Covered Executive has received 
from  the  Company,  whether  vested  or  unvested,  with  an  equivalent  value  to  the  Erroneously  Award  Compensation.  If  the 
Covered  Executive  does  not  timely  repay,  forfeit  or  return  Erroneously  Awarded  Compensation,  the  Company  shall  recover 
Erroneously  Awarded  Compensation  in  a  reasonable  and  prompt  manner  using  any  lawful  method  determined  by  the 
Committee,  provided  that  recovery  of  any  Erroneously  Awarded  Compensation  must  be  made  in  compliance  with  Section 
409A. The applicable Covered Executive shall also be required to reimburse the Company for any and all expenses (including 
legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Company in recovering such Erroneously Awarded Compensation in accordance with the 
immediately preceding sentence.

Limited Exceptions

Erroneously  Awarded  Compensation  will  be  recovered  in  accordance  with  this  Policy  unless  the  Committee 

determines that recovery would be impracticable and one of the following conditions is met:

•

•

the  direct  expense  paid  to  a  third  party  to  assist  in  enforcing  this  Policy  would  exceed  the  amount  to  be  recovered, 
provided the Company has first made a reasonable effort to recover the Erroneously Awarded Compensation; or

the  recovery  would  likely  cause  a  U.S.  tax-qualified  retirement  plan  to  fail  to  meet  the  requirements  of  Internal 
Revenue Code Sections 401(a)(13) and 411(a) and the regulations thereunder.

Reliance  on  any  of  the  above  exemptions  will  further  comply  with  applicable  listing  standards,  including  without  limitation, 
documenting the reason for the impracticability and providing required documentation to Nasdaq.

No Insurance or Indemnification

The Company will not indemnify any Covered Executive against the loss of any Erroneously Awarded Compensation 
(or related expenses incurred by the Covered Executive) pursuant to a recovery of Erroneously Awarded Compensation under 
this Policy, nor will it pay or reimburse a Covered Executive for any insurance premiums on any insurance policy obtained by 
the Covered Executive to protect against the forfeiture or recovery of any compensation pursuant to this Policy.

Exhibit 97 (Continued)

Additional Incentive Compensation Due to a Covered Executive

In the event of an Accounting Restatement, any True-Up Compensation due to a Covered Executive during the Look-
Back Period will be paid to the Covered Executive as soon as practicable, but not later than the March 15 of the calendar year 
following  the  year  in  which  the  Accounting  Restatement  was  complete.  The  amount  of  any  True-Up  Compensation  shall  be 
determined  by  the  Committee  in  its  discretion.  However,  in  any  payment  of  any  True-Up  Compensation  must  comply  with 
Section 409A; in the event that a payment otherwise due under this Policy would not be in compliance with Section 409A, the 
amount will be forfeited. In addition, in no event whatsoever shall the Company or its officers, directors, employees or agents 
be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalties that may be imposed on Executive by Section 409A or damages for failing 
to comply with Code Section 409A.

Interpretation

The  Committee  is  authorized  to  interpret  and  construe  this  Policy  and  to  make  all  determinations  necessary, 
appropriate, or advisable for the administration of this Policy. This Policy shall be applied and interpreted in a manner that is 
consistent with the requirements of Rule 10D-1 and any applicable regulations, rules or standards adopted by SEC or the rules 
of any national securities exchange or national securities association on which the Company's securities are listed. In the event 
that this Policy does not meet the requirements of Rule 10D-1, the SEC regulations promulgated thereunder, or the rules of any 
national securities exchange or national securities association on which the Company's securities are listed, this Policy shall be 
deemed to be amended to meet such requirements.

Amendment; Termination

The Board or the Committee may amend this Policy in its discretion and shall amend this Policy as it deems necessary 
to  comply  with  the  regulations  adopted  by  the  SEC  under  Rule  10D-1  and  the  rules  of  any  national  securities  exchange  or 
national securities association on which the Company's securities are listed. The Board or the Committee may terminate this 
Policy  at  any  time.  Notwithstanding  anything  herein  to  the  contrary,  no  amendment  or  termination  of  this  Policy  shall  be 
effective if that amendment or termination would cause the Company to violate any federal securities laws, SEC rules or the 
rules of any national securities exchange or national securities association on which the Company's securities are listed.

Other Recoupment Rights

Any  right  of  recoupment  under  this  Policy  is  in  addition  to,  and  not  in  lieu  of,  any  other  remedies  or  rights  of 
recoupment  that  may  be  available  to  the  Company  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  any  similar  provision  in  any  compensation  plan 
agreement,  and  any  other  legal  remedies  available  to  the  Company.  This  Policy  is  in  addition  to  any  other  clawback  or 
compensation recovery, recoupment or forfeiture policy that may be adopted by the Company from time to time, or any laws, 
rules or listing standards applicable to the Company, including without limitation, the Company's right to recoup compensation 
subject to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, but shall supersede and replace in its entirety the Company's existing 
Executive  Incentive  Recoupment  Policy  adopted  by  the  Board  in  2016.  To  the  extent  that  application  of  this  Policy  would 
provide  for  recovery  of  Erroneously  Awarded  Compensation  that  the  Company  recovers  pursuant  to  another  policy  or 
provision, the amount that is recovered will be credited to the required recovery under this Policy.

Successors

This Policy shall be binding and enforceable against all Covered Executives and their beneficiaries, heirs, executors, 

administrators or other legal representatives.

This core model is supported by a range of high-touch services and high-tech solutions to help customers solve problems and gain efficiencies. High-Tech Solutions•  Mobile apps – simplifying ordering and other processes•  FAST360° – tools to visualize inventory locations and status•  Trajectory – tracking how vended products are used in the business•  FASTCribSM – software to manage requisitions, inventory, and assets•  eProcurement Integration – automating processes while improving accuracy and visibilityHigh-Touch Services •  620+ supply chain professionals(4) including 130+ on the ground in Asia•  Approximately 90% of product tonnage is transported between our hubs and our in-market locations via our captive logistics fleet•  420M products made, modified, or maintained by our manufacturing and industrial services teams•  580+ subject matter specialists (e.g., Lean, safety, engineering, metalworking)23,201 employees71% directly serve our customers874,000+ Fastenal School  of Business trainings completedIt starts with a simple premise: great people, close to the customer, with a passion for learning and growth.In our industry, there’s generally a trade-off between service and scope. On one end of the  spectrum are small distributors who offer local service but limited technology and geographic reach. On the other end are large suppliers with strong eCommerce platforms and national reach but limited local service. In this landscape, Fastenal stands apart in our ability to support customers  with local service, comprehensive technology, and consistent capabilities on a global scale.The goal is to help organizations reduce cost, risk, and growth constraints in their supply chains. The result: an opportunity for our customers to reduce their total cost of ownership for products purchased from Fastenal by an average of 21.2% (learn more on pg. 8).These Fastenal Managed Inventory (FMI®) programs represented 40.3% of total sales in 2023.95% of total revenue comes from customers utilizing more than one of our sales channels and tools, with 74% of total revenue coming from customers utilizing four or more.(3)Our local team operates in 3,419 in-market selling locations across 25 countries.64% of our $1.5B in inventory is staged locally or within customer sites for same-day access.1,597 public branches1,822 Onsite locationsOur local service is enhanced by a variety of technology solutions.56.1% of our total revenue flows through this “Digital Footprint.”(1)113,138 weighted FASTBin/FASTVend installations (MEUs(2))MOVING FORWARD IN OUR ESG JOURNEYIn the latter part of 2022, we achieved third-party certification to the ISO 45001 occupational health and safety management standard, the ISO/IEC 27001 information security management standard, and the ISO 14001 environmental management standard – all reflecting our core commitment to being a safe, secure, and sustainable organization.Having completed an ESG materiality assessment in late 2022, we began 2023 by road-mapping our ESG strategy and building out our internal ESG Community of Practice to promote structured cross-departmental collaboration. In Q4 2023, we completed a scope 3 materiality assessment to broaden our understanding of our carbon inventory and guide future efforts to reduce our environmental impact.As a result of our efforts and improved reporting on ESG matters, we received the 2023 Sustainability Award from Business Intelligence Group and made Newsweek’s 2024 list of America’s Greenest Companies. We finished the year by being awarded a silver medal from EcoVadis, signifying that our sustainability performance ranks in the top 25% of all companies in all industries assessed by EcoVadis.Scan below to learn more about our ESG programs and progress.FASTVend™Providing secure access and usage tracking close to the point of use in a customer’s facility.FASTBin™Point-of-use devices with embedded technology providing a 24/7 sightline to the customer’s current inventory state.FASTStockSMUsing mobile technology  to illuminate inventory and simplify replenishment.eCommerceImproves the efficiency of procurement/purchasing processes. Represented 23.6% of total sales in 2023 vs. 8.4% in 2019.(1)   Our Digital Footprint is a combination of our sales through FMI Technology (FASTStock, FASTBin, and FASTVend) plus that portion of our eCommerce sales that do not represent billings of FMI services.(2)   Machine Equivalent Units (MEUs).  (3)   Sales channels and tools include branch, Onsite, FMI, national accounts, and web. (4)   Includes individuals specializing in the following: sourcing, quoting, purchasing, supplier development and operations, compliance, and logistics.Annual  MeetingThe annual meeting of shareholders will be at 10:00 a.m., Central Daylight Time, on Thursday, April 25, 2024, at the Remlinger Muscle Car Museum located at 3560 Service Drive, Winona, Minnesota.Home OfficeFastenal Company2001 Theurer BoulevardWinona, Minnesota 55987-0978Phone: 507-454-5374  I  Fax: 507-453-8049Legal  CounselFaegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLPMinneapolis, MinnesotaForm  10-KA copy of our 2023 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is available without charge to shareholders upon written request to Investor Relations at the address of our home office listed on this page. Copies of our latest press releases, unaudited supplemental company information, and monthly sales information are available at: https://investor.fastenal.com.IndependentRegistered PublicAccounting FirmKPMG LLPMinneapolis, MinnesotaTransfer AgentEquiniti Trust Company, LLCMendota Heights, MinnesotaCorporate InformationExecutive OfficersDirectorsChair of the Board; Retired President of North America Surface Transportation Division, C.H. Robinson Worldwide, Inc.Director since 2009SCOTT A. SATTERLEEExecutive Vice President, Strategic Planning, Ecolab Inc. (global water, hygiene, and infection prevention solutions provider)Director since 2020HSENGHUNG SAM HSUChief Executive Officer of M.A. Mortenson Company (family-owned construction company)Director since 2016DANIEL L. JOHNSONChief Financial Officer, First Citizens Bank (Iowa community bank)Director since 2021SARAH N. NIELSENSenior Vice President of Global Supply Chain and Logistics, Target Corporation (multi-category retailer)Director since 2023IRENE A. QUARSHIERetired Senior Executive  Vice President - Human Resources, Fastenal CompanyDirector since 2000REYNE K. WISECUPRetired Senior Executive Vice President - Operations,  Fastenal CompanyDirector since 2019NICHOLAS J. LUNDQUISTVice President and Chief Financial Officer, A.L.M. Holding Company (construction and energy company)Director since 2009MICHAEL J. ANCIUSPresident of the Aftermarket, Parts, Garments, and Accessories Division of Polaris Inc. (recreational vehicle manufacturer)Director since 2015STEPHEN L. EASTMANPresident and Chief Executive Officer, Fastenal CompanyDirector since 2016DANIEL L. FLORNESSPresident and Chief Executive OfficerEmployee since 1996DANIEL L. FLORNESSExecutive Vice President - Chief Accounting Officer and TreasurerEmployee since 1994SHERYL A. LISOWSKISenior Executive  Vice President - SalesEmployee since 1999CHARLES S. MILLERExecutive Vice President -  Human ResourcesEmployee since 2015NOELLE OASSenior Executive  Vice President -  Information TechnologyEmployee since 1993JOHN L. SODERBERGChief Sales OfficerEmployee since 1996JEFFERY M. WATTSExecutive Vice  President - OperationsEmployee since 2003ANTHONY P. BROERSMAExecutive Vice  President - SalesEmployee since 1995WILLIAM J. DRAZKOWSKIExecutive Vice President - ManufacturingEmployee since 1992JAMES C. JANSENSenior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial OfficerEmployee since 2016HOLDEN LEWISSelf-Employed Business Consultant; Retired Corporate Vice President and Chief Information Officer of Cargill, IncorporatedDirector since 2012RITA J. HEISE2023ANNUAL REPORT9706863 2023 Annual Report | JP 2.24 | Printed in the USACONTENTSTable of1-3Letters to Shareholders and Employees4-510-Year Selected  Financial Data and Financial Highlights6Stock and  Financial Data7Stock Performance Highlights8Creating Value and Measuring the ImpactInside Back CoverDirectors | Executive Officers | Corporate Information2023 ANNUAL REPORT